Home

MTS400 Series MPEG Test Systems User Manual

Contents

1. 2 Expand the Transport Stream tree until the required PID can be highlighted In the Associated Tests view note the tests that are enabled Gray LEDs indicate tests that have been disabled white LEDs indicate tests that are not applicable to the selected PID MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 123 TSCA Task Examples What is the Stream Type of a PID Method 1 1 Select the Program navigation view Program Tests SIPSI PID Packets Associated Tests PTS Graphs Bit rai c Transport Stream Id 4103 Network Name Sandy B Program 4167 BBC ONE zy Pip 600 0x258 gx B Name Pip 601 0x259 A J 1 4 Continuity PID 602 0x254 f 1 6P0 Q PiD 603 0x256 QJ 2 3 PCR Repetition Q 2 3b PCR Discontinuity Indicator PID 650 0x284 1911 QJ 2 4 PCR Accuracy F PID 651 0x286 3046 i J PID 652 0x28 dort 2 5PTS FID 1005 0x3ED 99i Q 3 4 a Unref PID 6 FID 1006 0x3EE 184 PID Occupancy PID 1007 0x3EF i646 J PCR Overall Jitter PCR O4 PMT PID 4167 0x1047 E J PCR Frequency Otfset PCR FO Program 4231 BBC TWO a PCR Drift Rate PCR DR Program 4351 BBC CHOICE em PID Bit Rete Variability Program 4415 BBC NEWS 24 1EM Discontinuity Q Program 4479 BEC TEXT i046 E E GHI GE 2 Expand the Transport Stream tree until the required PID can be highlighted 3 Keep the cursor over the PID A tooltip will display
2. TS Avadabity Qi Syne Qu Be rate 24 128287 Mhcs p 188 Packet Swa AH DVE No Exbensons Interface 451 BN EI The program detail view provides the user with an overview of the selected program allowing the user to see the relative data rates and stream types of all of the PIDs that are associated with the program including PCR and ECM PIDs If the program contains an MPEG2 video stream it is decoded to produce a thumbnail picture of the content this is updated during real time Similarly where EPG information is associated with the program a summary Now and Next program is displayed PID content is indicated using icons which are described on page 2 65 Bar chart and pie chart views are available PID related information is available under the Summary tab The Now Playing tab displays thumbnails for all programs where available The Associated Test tab shows tests related to the program Similarly the Bit rate Graphs tab displays the program bit rate in graph form 2 34 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Using the Program View The Parameters view displays the parameters associated with the currently selected test in the Associated Tests pane if applicable As well as displaying the current minimum and maximum values for each of the test parameters you can change the parameter value For deferred analysis where these values are set after analysis the stream must be reanalyzed for them to be appli
3. AL Humber 0 Skream ype Video PES Facket Humber D PTE am s rf OTS 41 nr Frame Hate Mat valid Frame Type mx UL EE CE CE OE er UE ERE Dior Ne NE NE NE NENG ME DE We NE ME wr m ERE a a a ee I I I I I I I I I I I T I I I I I 1 I I I I I mit 3X K 3 3 4 R HHN 0 000 0 1420 0 240 0 360 0 480 0 600 0 720 PTS Access unit time a TDT5 sum of durations Frotile amp Level Reserved amp Reserved The blue crosses of Presentation Time Stamps and the magenta crosses of Decoding Time Stamps can now be differentiated To Zoom back out click on the Zoom Out button as many times as required zs evel e mifer mi afa MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 39 PES Analyzer PTS DTS Timing Analysis Access Unit Selection Scrolling the View 3 40 The triangular cursor above the graph indicates the selected access unit Extra information about that access unit is displayed in the Panel on the right of the Graph Ad_10s mpg PTS DTS View Prog 27 Audio PID 306 Data at Cursor DADE POM HC FEM M KOGXCY SOUOCUC KHOE r MOCQOGXCOXGCXGEX ALI Number I I I I I I I I I I qq Stream Type PES Facket Number 16 zilie 418561304 mis x 0 1932 0720 1248 1 776 2304 28532 3 56 Scene PTS Access unt time zl DT5 sum of duratianiz tagih z The Slider at the bottom of the window indicates whe
4. Slider Slider Move to Move to Scrolls through packets of previous next the selected type in the file packet packet Packet number Packet Number Shows current packet number New values can be typed in Packet Number 73 click in the Packet Number Field and type in the new value To select a packet by number Goto Button Selects packet shown in Packet Number then click on the Goto Button MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual PES Analyzer Menus and Controls Packet Type Elementary Packet Type Stream Shows currently selected Elementary Stream Prog 2 Video PID 305 Drop Down Arrow Button Drops down the list of Streams to choose from Like the Toolbar the Slider Bar can be dragged from the edge of the main window into a floating pallet to do this click on the background inside the Slider Bar and drag it into the main window area The result is a self contained window which looks like this To replace the Slider Bar on the window border drag it over the border until the outline changes shape Unlike the Toolbar it can only be placed on either the top or bottom edges MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 15 PES Analyzer Menus and Controls Selecting Packet Type The Slider and Packet Number can only select packets in the currently selected program stream T
5. MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 3 TSCA Getting Started Tests View SI PSI Tables View PID View Packets View 2 4 The Tests view enables you to isolate errors to the specific tests that have been applied to the transport stream The error log is automatically filtered by the selected test and can also be filtered by Packet Identifier PID In addition to the standard first second and third priority tests included in TR 101 290 standard tests are available for Program Clock Reference PCR jitter and program PID bit rate A variability test enables you to test the changes in the bit rate of a specific PID and there are many tests that are specific to ISDB T and ISDB S streams The SI PSI Tables view displays the service information tables that have occurred in the analyzed stream which comply with the selected digital video standard This includes MPEG specific program information DVB service information and ATSC and ISDB program and system protocol information The tables are grouped together by function and hyperlinks enable you to quickly access related information within other tables The PID view displays information about all of the PIDs found in the transport stream When you select a PID the associated summary view provides a PID oriented overview of the transport stream displaying the relative data rates of all of the PIDs contained within the stream The information can be displayed as eithe
6. To calculate file transport rate Prescan 100 PCRs scan entire file O Use Mbps d Packet Index Use timestamps if present m Packet Index The file will be analyzed up to the packet index entered Leave this field blank to analyze the whole file NOTE Timestamps which are added when the stream is generated will be used if present and if the Use Timestamps checkbox is enabled Using timestamps will override the PCR options Prescan PCRs and Scan entire file The manual bit rate setting will override both PCRs and timestamps MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 9 TSCA Getting Started Real Time Analysis 2 10 6 Ifthe TSCA software cannot calculate the bit rate from the embedded PCRs or timestamps a message box is displayed You must enter an estimated bit rate before the TSCA software can analyze the stream With a file selected and the transport rate calculation set up you can start the analysis see page 2 11 Perform the following steps to start analyzing a transport stream received via IP or a hardware interface In the Open Transport Stream dialog box with Real time Analysis selected select an interface from the drop down list Open Transport Stream interfaces Select trom the avalable interface ASI Interface Setlings Time Stamping Figure 2 4 TSCA File Analysis Real time dialog box Real time analysis will not be available if the app
7. amp 3 lt PKT SS EDT edwi E Bouquets Bats Quas MTs D Time COTTON g ers arenrast PID sno tt ic PID 400 x19 PID 508 Fs 1S AvaleoM QP Sync GP Etrete 41470337 Mops gh 183 Pocket Sze 188 1 650 000 Pockets DvE Dro B NN Figure 2 57 Table Identity and Version summary view The table identity and version can also be seen in the table header using the Tables SI PSI section view as shown in Figure 2 58 2 130 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Task Examples 4 1 apa Program Tests SIPSI PID Packets H Summary Section S Repetition Graphs El Tables Subtable E Dx tra BB Programs PATJPMTISDT actual Version Dono s Paih BS PMTs SDT actual gy Bouquets BATS amp S Networks NTs Time TDT TOT E gl EPG rEIT SDTARST T PAT i table header table id OCOx0 P4T lt Table identity gection syntax indicator 1 section length 33 0x21 transport stream id 1 0x1 version number 0 0x0 lt ersi b current next indicator 1 ersion number section number 0 0x0 last eection number 0 0x0 ib programs E f program nurnber 0 0x0 Figure 2 58 Table Identity and Version section view How Do Examine a Transport Packet A transport stream packet is a unit of data that contains a header and a payload The Packets view allows individual transport stream packets to be identified and e
8. m Display Order of Pictures gt Presentation Order Motion Vector Overlay Colour Selection gt White Selecting Closed Caption Analysis Standard Two primary forms of Closed Caption Analysis are offered CC EIA608 and CC EIA708 CC EIA746 support is also supported in the ELA608 mode The selection of CC EIA608 or CC EIA708 is made from the Closed Caption Display tab available in the Slice and MB GOP tab NOTE Whichever standard is selected no closed caption content will be displayed until the file has been at least partially analyzed To start analyzing the stream select the GOP And Picture tab and press the Go button A sign that closed caption content has been detected during analysis is that the Video icon in the navigation tree changes to include a CC symbol S S 5 92 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Closed Caption Analysis CC EIA608 Support r Select CLK i EABOE ElA708 The following dialog box is displayed below the picture display in the Closed Caption Display tab when CC EIA608 Closed Caption Analysis is enabled Caption Services Test Services Extended Data Services ef cco cco e en ee Ts e C EDS eCcc2 C cca e 01729 0C Ta Display Meana RolUp Curent Frame Active Made Pop On Background Coler zz v Pop On Closed Caption Data in Current Made How 14 IN A WILDERNESS Row 15 TEEMING WITH LIFE Background Opaque ElA
9. 0 018 33 088 Kbos 0 01 0 000 bes ZO i e 0 900 Kbas 3 015 51 136 kbos 0 01 95 0 000 Kbps 0 01 T 0 000 ber 0 0155 51 136 kbo 0 0 9x 0 000 kbps cO e 0 000 Ebor 3 0155 51 136 Kbos e 01 95 D 006 Kbps lt 0 an 5s 0 000 kbps 0 1 36s 43 832 bes cL 266 208 Kbos 270 720 Kbps a a Kbps 1 i na kips 0 000 Kbos 18 043 kbps 4863 443 thos 4887 480 Kbps 254 704 Ebos 257 712 kips 67 660 Kbos 69 164 kbps 0 000 Kbos 60 160 Kbps 4854 544 Kbps 4078974 kbps 264 704 kbps 257 712 kbps 87 680 thos 62 184 kbps 0 0D ethos 57 167 Kins 812 800 Kbps 425 355 kbps 284 704 kbps 287 712 kbps 0 000 Kbes 1 504 Kbps 544 448 thos 51 264 Kbps 0 000 kbps 0 000 kbps O00 thes OCC Kbps 49 032 bos 51 155 kbps 103 288 kbes 103 792 kbps 31 584 thos 59 063 Kbps mra Ebs OJ kbps 0 000 Kbos 0 000 kbps 43 632 thos 51 195 kbps A000 ibas iE i na amp bies 0 000 Khes 0 000 kbps 49 632 kbos 51 135 Kbps 0 000 Kbos E aa kips 0 000 bes 0 000 kbps 49 632 thos 51 135 kbps apro ebos ng i ua kbps 0 000 kbps 000I kbps 49 632 kbps 51 135 Kbps g TS Avadabity Sync GD bitrate 24 128337 Mbps qp 163 Packet Ste 204 511 359 Packets Ove No Extensons i E Figure 2 22 PID Information view PID View Detail View PIDs The individual PID detail view provides you with information about the selected PID This view will be visible when you select an individual PID node in the P
10. EXUNTT E QU Transport Sreem iol 1 Network Nane ADE TU we n g H BEI DN amp Qrroaem t xm Dulo al Cursor ema wn uc DateTime Bitrate PHT EID 200 Gsc8 RH PID 210 0 D2 sg D Q rez s Q Pp 230 65 f Peyami n E Qrrogam4 p ie Q Prorom Em mel M 3 TS Avaletity Sync Et rete 41 471002 Mepa 189 Focel Sze 198 OVE No Exterstons interface DVB Poroiek ll il Figure 2 33 Bit rate graph 2 00 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Parameter Edit The error states displayed on the user interface are each the result of making one or more measurements or tests on the analyzed transport stream The displayed tests are derived from the selected interpretation standard Additional proprietary tests are also included Some measurements and tests translate directly to an error state others are the result of a combination of tests For many of the tests you can affect the result by varying parameters that influence the test result for example maximum and minimum bit rate values although the test result may not then conform to the chosen interpretation standard Figure 2 34 shows the parameters that are available for the ETR 101 290 test 2 5 Figure 2 35 shows the parameters that are available for a single PID under ETR 101 290 test 2 5 Not all parameters applied to a test are necessarily applied to a PID localhost MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer Fi
11. Ej SP PROGRAM 8448 fe PROGRAM 8575 FE y PROGRAM 8640 FE p PROGRAM ATOE E ap PROGRAM S768 Fie Marne Fie Size Simam Typo Video Tracks Audo Tracks Tyoe of Video Tied Audo a Uss Data Siname b Tota Progam 9 HOR IE j iP 1000 TFT3GPESIFIDe2BZ L MPEG ZVideo2v Inaslgng VES steam Hips TPTI PESIFIDSZHEP E MPEG 2 ios Thi iian MPEG 2 Video Elementary Steam M 1173 TPT gt PESIPIO 28271 MPEG Vileo Naimeges hom previous GOP are avedable Playing GOP 1 may shove hazy randi 1240 TFTaOPESIFIDS2R27L MPEG Vieri Iin the pichar play mode macroblock level eras ane not flagged ETIU Aresa tre Re MES P BEA a PSST vb Seem F TI E sk MESSAGE The working area contains two tabs DVB Subtitle Data and Page View 5 102 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer DVB Subtitle Stream Analysis DVB Subtitle Data Tab The DVB Subtitle Data tab displays the fields associated with the current display Access to two areas of detail is provided by pressing the Default CLUT Table and the Show Object buttons Acquisition Point MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 103 ES Analyzer DVB Subtitle Stream Analysis 5 104 Object View The Object View displays a decoded bitmap of the selected object rendered on a blank screen that is with no underlying picture The fields at the top of the dialog box provide the user with the options of changing the decoder
12. Examples of the screens are shown in the following illustrations VPS Video Program E er z T System s l El Bf PROGRAM 1 ip FESIPID 231 MPEG 2v Data identi peg FESIPIDsATL PES conta D UsERIPID 43 a ci ed FESIPID tEL PES contar ii ff resiPiID SEL MPEG 14 E FESPA MPEG 1 Aw MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 77 ES Analyzer Working with Teletext WSS Wide Screen e po uan DE a LE Signaling sour 3 jel g TPT C3 gg PROGRAM 1 PESADI MPEG 2 Vic Ey PESIPIDs4T PES cortas p userpic 5 fj PESIPIDiSd5L PES cortas ff PESsIPID 36 MPEG 1 Au fh PESIPID 17L MPEG 1 Au Anis Tracks Tape avka Mpeg Type of Buda Mpeal a Urs Daa Streams 1 gt TotelPiogan 1 Servion Type Di Monochrome Data ff PESIPID 27L MPEG 1 Au 5 78 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 74 9 Advanced Audio Compression Elementary Stream Analyzer ES Analyzer performs off line stored stream analysis for MPEG1 Audio MPEG2 Audio and Dolby Digital Audio streams as well as MPEG1 and MPEG2 video streams The streams can embedded inside DVB ATSC or MPEG System streams Advanced Audio Compression AAC is one of the audio compression formats defined by the MPEG 2 standard AAC used to be called NBC Non Backward Compatible because it is not compatible with the MPEG 1 audio formats AAC offers a better compression ratio than MP3 MPE
13. m Use the Transport Stream PID drop down list to select a PID and navigate to the selected PID using the Next button Header Extension and Hex Displays Header Display Window The header display window shows the current header and related information for the selected node in a read only mode The fields are interpreted and displayed The header is not displayed syntactically Wherever field codes represent specific values the corresponding value is shown rather than the code itself For example in a video sequence although Chroma format is a two bit code it is displayed with the interpreted value of 4 2 0 or 4 2 2 or 4 4 4 You can view field values in decimal or hexadecimal format by clicking the appropriate icon on the toolbar One bit fields are displayed using one of three icons Table 5 3 Header icons Icon Field value representation wi One bit field was set to 1 x One bit field was set to 0 G One bit field is not applicable here MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Getting Started Almost all MPEG headers allow stuffing bytes and have marker and unused bits defined in their syntax Although all these are parsed and checked for correct ness they are not displayed since they do not provide any meaningful informa tion Wherever appropriate ES Analyzer provides visual feedback by the use of color to represent different states Extension Displays Besides this generic structure individual
14. ES Analyzer Advanced Audio Compression Element Color Coding in the Raw Data Tab Color Coding of Raw Data Tabs 5 82 Figure 5 2 ADIF raw data Information The Element Type below the slider bar is color coded the key is given on the right side of the display in the Element Types box The number displayed in the Element Type color spot indicates the EIT element instance tag of that syntactic element The text in the Raw Data tabs is color coded as follows Light Blue indicates the syntactic element is present and activated in the raw data Dark Blue indicates that the syntactic element is present but currently inactive in the raw data Dark Gray indicates that the syntactic element is not present in the raw data MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Advanced Audio Compression Figure 5 3 Single channel element Information Figure 5 4 Coupling pair element information MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 83 ES Analyzer Advanced Audio Compression Figure 5 6 Low frequency element channel information 5 04 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Advanced Audio Compression NN Figure 5 7 Data stream element information Figure 5 8 Program configuration element information MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 85 ES Analyzer Advanced Audio Compression Figure 5 9 Fill element informati
15. M When you switch from the GOP And Picture or the Slice And MB tab to the Picture Player tab the video viewer presents the picture for the data being displayed on the GOP And Picture or the Slice And MB tab m If you select a macroblock and switch to the picture quality analysis tabs such as MB Size Display O Scale Code Display or Slice Display you will find that the same macroblock remains selected for easy identification The video viewer however has the following limitations M When you navigate to a specific GOP using the toolbar icon the picture display may be unable to display some B pictures correctly These pictures are those that use a frame from the previous GOP for reference This happens only when you navigate to a GOP that is not a closed GOP M For MPEG 2 scaleable streams you will be able to display pictures only from the base layer Other extension layer data cannot be displayed using ES Analyzer m ES Analyzer currently displays and decodes video streams within the following MPEG 2 profiles m Main Profile High Level MP HL m Main Profile Main Level MP ML m 4 2 2 Profile Main Level 4 2 2P ML 5 58 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams Picture Player Remote The Remote Control is displayed whenever the Picture Player tab is selected Control Playing 5ym2 trp ke rs med oO b Play Video Plays the video stream from where it last
16. x Nominal 10000 10 1 10000 25 25 10000 25 2000 gogg Set All to Nominal Select the Set All to Nominal button to return all parameter values to their factory settings During deferred analysis the current stream will need to be closed and reopened reanalyzed for the new parameter settings to take effect The event log displays a history of events related to a selected item When no log is available the message No log entries were found is displayed In a log events are placed in chronological order with the most recent at the top Event log displays are context dependent the view and object that is currently selected will dictate the content of the associated log For example with the transport stream node selected in the Programs navigation view the associated event log displays all events Similarly with a single PID selected the associated event log only displays events relevant to that PID Exported logs are similarly context dependent only currently displayed events will be exported MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose MA 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Event Log Control The event log will normally display the most recent event at the top of the log Past events will be scrolled down the screen not all of these event entries can be viewed on a single screen even in
17. 0 O 000khes 0 000 Kher D d 0 000 kbps 20 O00 kbps 18 048 Ebos 5 05 a H QU Program 4545 eec rever A 603 e258 E amp 0206 PES privat Q 650 rss i Ni OMe CSM OC 849 760 Kbos 13 9 544 448 Kos 851 264 Khe 208 0 000 Kbas 0 1 000 hgs 0 000 Etas i O 000 kbps 0 0 020 kbps 0 000 Kbos 103 5p 135Kbos lt 0 du amp 32khes 59 16 kbps110 0 000 kbps lt 0 D 50H eee 0 000 Ebasiitl Q 0D KEns lt 0 oD0kbps QO 000Kbos 112 18 048 kbps lt 0 15040kbes 18 048 kbps YE asi eam di 11 ane LECCE BF 682 est siu 1 00E DSH OC 1005 toD Mid 11 Oe DSM E 006 eT iy 11 Che SMO 3E 1007 SEF i L O06 C58 OC 167 tot B rr e i j TS Awadabiity GQ syne GQ Errate 24 128337 Mbps ip 169 Padat Sine 20M 511 359 Packets DwB No Estenscrs if E Figure 2 54 Program PID bit rate bar chart MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 127 TSCA Task Examples The PID bit rate summaries can be displayed as either bar charts or pie charts by selecting the appropriate icon at the top left of the Summary view Bar chart or amp E Pie chart oF D streamsibhbclaug 77 generated timestamps MPG MPEG TS Compliance Analyser File Mawigati n Settings Captunevy Record Help PE E rer anb Qe 0 Program Tests SIPSI PID Packets iz Transport Sines bcd
18. 01 00 OO 14 4B DB B3 00 01 B5 85 55 57 38 00 00 00 dy OT 32 BF 23 EF US EY AD 38 10 FF E 03 78 9C CE AS B1 BF 10 B4 62 C5 AS Fe go LIP CF 2C amp 3 55 41 B L3 AA 81 BB DL D4 2 24 70 AB AS 04 26 fo 3 BE AQ 83 D4 27 D4 1L 73 83 51 HE EA UF zD 40 AZ EA 05 C 70 14 D5 03 EQ zD DC OB AE 04 FD B A 1B Ue FL DL DY 05 BL 22 5D F eo b3 BY We LB 35 D5 05 5L BD ao 4F 4E Fl 13 46 LA Fs 00 01 WOOD da af Ee Ub Fo 43 OODE s 24 5E DO UT UO 1C DOF 32 4L 41 Co Ou JF 18 00100 AS 28 2L 05 EC BU 53 18 00110 D 40 uz DU 18 0A WB 00120 B 47 FC Fe 00 03 8b 00120 E4 63 BB Ag 15 Bl 97 00140 30 ni FB 02 88 CC T8 awien rici iw Omn TO rr D A This is the lowest level view of the PES Packet data It displays the contents of every byte in hexadecimal Each byte is represented as a pair of hexadecimal digits The window may be resized to display 16 32 48 bytes of information on each row The four digit numbers in the left most column are the addresses of the first that is leftmost byte in the row The addresses are shown in hexadecimal QE Ad_10s mpqg Hex View Prog 2 Video PID 305 PES Pack odd OO OO OF EO OO OO SO 80 05 21 QA 17 54 B3 OO OD oodi OF OO OO 14 46 DB B8 OO OO 01 B5 83 55 57 38 DU DOCE 00 OU UT Uj 32 BF 23 20 8B EE U3 E7 AD 96 10 F 30 Ar 09 78 9C DE A9 61 BE 1 BF 10 B4 E C5 AB 92 Column of bytes addressed Address Column showing address of byte immediately to the right MTS400 Serie
19. 3 27 a Packet Header Interpretation QE Ad 10s mpg Header Interpretation Prog 2 Video PID 305 PES Packet 171 PES PTS scrambling DTS pth control copy flags ags OO f O0 O0 USD Ox Oke UO Os O0 Os0O O0 O0 5 42316377 This window interprets and displays the header of the currently selected packet The above example shows a packet which carries a Presentation Time Stamp PTS The relationship between the top row of information displayed in the Header Interpretation for this packet and the Hex View is packet start code Ad_10s mpq Hex Prog 2 Video PID 305 PES Packet 171 COO00 foo 00 01 E0 00 00780 S0 05 21 OA 17 64 B3 00 00 nnam rn A AH Be nn nn m Ba S5 855 SF 98 ON MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 29 PES Analyzer Packet Header Interpretation 3 30 The next row completes the compulsory header information The mapping between the Header Interpretation and Hex View is PES data original PTS papp ES Cee additional pes scrambling alignment copyright or DTS il rate We control Indicator copy flags 55 flag oae flag Ux f Ox0 OO OO OkO O 2 0x0 OxO OxO Ox f OsOf Ox0 Us LN BEER BEES Piog 2 Yided PID 305 PES Packet 171 IEG adn 00000 00 DO 01 ED OO DU 80 80 05 21 04 1 64 B3 00 00 onnin mp nn nn 15 4m np T3 m AS 85 55 57 an nn The last row is a reminder that after the header come
20. Dec B 2005 Dec amp 2005 Dar E 20605 Dei 5 2005 Dec B 2005 Dac 6 2005 J 1 z2crc Q 2 3 4 FCR Repetition 2 3 b PCR Discontinuity Indicator Q o4 PCR Accuracy 110542457 72783025 11 08 42 085 22777287 11 02 40 700 u 11 05 44 04 22770705 V0 So 22769223 11 0841 574 22758940 110841425 72755553 11 05 41 388 22752437 1100841 C78 See reas 11 0240 713 22755125 Toraen Tee ST 22752953 ed 3 1 3 NIT Actual C 3 1b NIT Other 3 251 Repetition 3 4 2 Unret PID Q 3 5 4 SDT Actual Q 3 56501 Othar 3 5 5 ET Actual Q 3 6 6 ETT Other Deerrintion TRAM 20 error mmm any section repetiian error kd DWB ETT inte o TR 501 20 error mririmum an y section repetition error it DYB ET inte TRA 290 error 1 5 PIC erre pid 613 timeout steri TRA 230 error 1 5 FID errer pid G43231imsout end duration 119004ms TRI 290 error minimum any 2ection repetition error de DB ET inte TR 20 error rimam any section repetition error dit DW EIT inte TRAD 280 error mirman any sachan repetition error ict CYB EIT Inte TR 101 280 error 1 8 PIC errer pid 823 limeced end duration 355m TRA 30 20 error minimum ary sextion repetition error db DE ETT inte SOT Timer error end duration 201 7m SOT Timer errer sari TR 3601 290 error minimum any fection repetition error KE OWE ETT inte 9 TS Avadetiity Sync Bit rate 24 128292 Mbps p 188 Packet Soe 204 DVB
21. External Recording will start when a rising falling signal edge is detected at the external trigger input connector Refer to the MTS400 Series Technical Reference 071 1724 xx for specifications Test Failure Recording will start when an error occurs on a flagged test Tests are flagged by highlighting a test in the Program or Tests view and selecting Record from the right click menu The record icon is displayed next to the test 9 2 1 Transport Q 22cRc Q 2 3 8 PCR Repetition 2 3 b PCR Discontine 9 3 1 a NIT Act J 3 1b NIT Othe h ahi AA MMe T Test 2 3 a PCR Repetition D 2 4 PCR Accuracy Reset E Q 25Prs Disable H Q 25caT alarm iq he S Capturevu Breakpoint Record Go to Test T 2 2 CRC Q 23a PCR Repetition gt Q 2 3 b PCR Discontinuity Indicator a 2APCR Accuracy You can set the Record flag on as many tests as you re quired recording will be triggered by the first flagged test that is encountered 2 106 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Timed Buttons Arm Stop Start Recording will start when the time and date set in the Start recording at field is reached You can enter the date and time manually in the format displayed The date can be selected from the drop down calendar For all trigger types except manual when recording is complete the starting packet is indicated in the Record Setti
22. Load Man Intra Quantizer Matrix Load Chroma Intra Quantizer Matris X X amp Ss Load Chroma Man Intra Quantizer Matris Video Analysis Settings Analysis of GOPs can be carried out at picture level or macroblock level This will affect the speed at which the next GOP is analyzed The setting is selected from the Video Analysis Settings dialog Select Menu Bar gt Settings gt Video Analysis The following dialog is displayed Video Analysis Settings Picture level analysis Macroblock level analysis fe Cancel Macroblock Shadding Scheme Based on Macroblock Size Based on Prediction Type i Picture level analysis provides faster analysis but error reporting at the macro block level is suspended Macroblock level analysis provides error reporting but at the cost of analysis speed MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 39 ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams Displaying the Picture Header Displaying the Picture Extension 5 40 Status Bar in GOP mode When ES Analyzer displays the GOP and picture headers the status bar as shown below displays the B Picture rate m Chroma format m Video Type NTSC PAL Unspecified etc m GOP number of the current GOP Picture number of the currently selected picture relative to the current GOP the first picture is given the offset 0 B Picture display number which gives the picture number in display order relative to the firs
23. MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose MA 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com TSCA SI PSI Nodes Table 2 17 ATSC SI PSI Cont ST 0 mem E 000 EMEN Directed channel change DCCT id a DCCSCT rr a Other tables ee ee 2 Table 2 18 ISDB S SI PSI nodes PaaS 0 jm e S mp S mmm Nits Wrow mem Bru re ruber nay 2 136 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA SI PSI Nodes Table 2 18 ISDB S SI PSI nodes Cont Primary node Other tables Subsidiary node 1 Subsidiary node 2 Subsidiary node 3 o Nowivex ET PF Basic Schedule EIT schedule Extended Schedule EIT schedule Other TS NENNEN eee o o y oO SeWe umennme Eo o Noite EIT PI Basic Schedule EIT schedule Extended Schedule EIT schedule Makeridmodelid Table 2 19 ISDB T SI PSI nodes Primary node TS info Programs Conditional access Networks Time Subsidiary node 1 Subsidiary node 2 Subsidiary node 3 Partial TS eee Pf SS EUST 0 o Ber o o G PAT rr PMT PIDs a NIT This C NIT Other MEM MNMMZMZgZVMd MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual Subsidiary node 4 Subsidiary node 4 2 137 TSCA SI PSI Nodes Table 2 19 ISDB T SI PSI nodes Cont Pince Subsidiary node 4 HT o p s ER EE es N Mists fst
24. MTs B9 Tris retak NIT aeta QU Time TDT TOT mr ror 5 dicc greporesn 3 b this Tronaport Stream SOTET actual BE SOT actum E end Araran CO iT actual EB Mow itdeod EIT actual pf a E Secs Filet ET ech E eee 3 Adherent dn aT actus E E Saia 4 Adherent o ST octo amp BE esce 5 Adherent V EIT octal Ts Aeinbity Qi sre QU Ernte 41 471001 Mops G 160 Packet sire 168 OVE No Extensions wtertace DVE Paratel B IN Figure 2 59 Primary SI PSI nodes DVB example MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 133 TSCA SI PSI Nodes Table 2 15 MPEG SI PSI Primary node Subsidiary node TS info TSDT Programs PAT PMT PIDs Conditional access CAT Other Tables Table 2 16 DVB SI PSI Primary node Subsidiary node 1 Subsidiary node 2 Subsidiary node 3 PMT PIDs PMT PID Bouquets Conditional access Networks NIT This NIT Other wo 2 134 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA SI PSI Nodes Table 2 16 DVB SI PSI Cont Primary node EPG MHP apps Other tables Table 2 17 ATSC SI PSI Primary node Subsidiary node 1 Subsidiary node2 Subsidiary node 3 mr Service number name LLL oeer Schedule EIT schedule Service number name rn Erf C Subsidiary node 1 Subsidiary node 2 Subsidiary node 3 Subsidiary node 4 TS inf MEME RENE A Programs Conditional Access Ratings Time PMT PIDs ee a Veron Ld
25. Mi DHMMPQATS 2169201244 19215020072 UDP W 3335 6150 Sb6 o7 ERN FFFFFFEFEFT 19215620144 82450200 256 UDP 430 436 aoc FFFFFFFEFEFF 19215820 58192168201255 UDP 430 13 omo FFFFFFFEFEFF 19216820 7519216820288 UDP 138 3 omo A default configuration name is allocated and displayed in the IP Configuration Name field You can enter a more meaningful name This name and the settings associated with it will remain available for recall The names of any network devices installed in the unit MTS400 or standalone are displayed in the IP Device Name field Select the network device required from the drop down list The traffic present on the selected interface is displayed in the bottom half of the dialog box The settings IP addresses UDP port can be set up in two ways m Enter the values required in the IP and UDP fields m Highlight a session in the current traffic area the values are entered in the IP and UDP fields automatically Traffic carrying transport streams will have a check mark in the Has TS column When the settings are correct select OK to confirm and save the configuration The Edit IP Configuration dialog box is closed and the new configuration is immediately available in the Open Transport Stream dialog box MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Getting Started Edit an Existing IP Configuration An existing IP configuration can be modified as required Select Edi
26. Program 2 Program 3 Program 4 Frogrem Information 3 Error e Enor En Eno Erno C Eno e Enor e E nor D Eno e Emor ED Ena C3 Error C Eror e Enor C3 Eno ED Ena C Ero 3 Error Packet Number m Prag 3 udo FID 107 PES Packet 3 Prog 3 ucio PO 106 PES Packet 3 Prog 3 Auc FID TUO PES Packet 4 Prag 3 fuo FID 106 PES Fackel 4 Prag Sauce AD 106 PES Packer 5 Prog 3Audo FID 107 PES Packet 5 Prog 3 Aucio PID 107 PES Packet 6 Prog 3 udio PID 106 PES Packet amp Prog 3 Audio PID 105 PES Packel 7 Prog 3 udo PD T0 PES Packet 7 Prog 3 uio PID 1065 PES Packet 8 Prag 3 odo AD 107 PES Packet 8 Prog 3 uc FID 1077 PES Packet 8 Prog 3 Audio PID 106 PES Packet 3 Prag 3 Auc PI DI 107 PES Packet 10 Prog 3 Aveo FID 105 PES Fackel 10 Prag Judo FAD 107 PES Packet 11 Prag 3 Auc PID 106 PES Packet 11 Prog 3 udio PID 1051 PES Packet 12 Stating Analysis PTS Eim PTS difference s greater han Z0Dme PTS Emo PTS difference iz greater than 700ms PTS Emu PTS diference rx greater than mes PTS Eno PTS difference s greeter than 700mg PTS Eime PTS difference is greater than 7 Ones PTS Eig PTS difference i grester than Olime PTS Ene PTS difference i greater than ZODms PTS Emo PTS difference E greater than ZODms PTS Euci PTS difference z greeter than 700ms PTS Eno PTS difference is greater than 7COms PTS Eio PTS diferenca s greater than OD PTS Enci PTS
27. Prograrn Tests SPST PID Packets Taika BE Progranes PATIPIMTADT achas E Eg Networks Nits E 4E Time TOOT 0 ceo imos Bi rr IEF EGS SAN p Se ET eS M Meterork 9010 Transport Stream 154 SOT M neces 078 Transport Stream 12280 971 Time scale Service Subtable pane Event pane Te TEE ont Boe tn a xX fl Metwvork 9070 Transport Stream 20400 501 PME Meteri 9078 Transport Stream 24576 S01 amp dose Source table kl TE tae version 22 qp ORG section p carmen on Pil 18 rta e Event detail pane he Sound Of Music Event ime From 27 Aug 2001 13 25 00 to 27 Aug 2001 16 10 00 duration 2 45 00 BEC OHNE Channel ID orig net ki 8018 0x2334 ts Id 4103 01007 serice_id 4167 O1 047 Event ID 61960 F 208 Brant Typ Present overt Running Status A runing TS Avedabiry sync Q BE rate 24 128337 Mops ch 109 Packer Sce 204 511 399 Packets ove 1o Extenecos I E Figure 2 42 EPG Summary view 2 94 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts EPG Node Summary amp Qh Time TDT TOT zi jl EP EITJEDTIR ST Egi This Transport Stream SOTET actual EE SDT actual E Service 4167 BBC ONE EIT actual i Mow ext CEIT actual pifi E Service 4231 BEC TWO EIT actual amp B Service 4351 BBC CHOICE EIT actual 3 Service 4415 BBC NENS 243 EIT actual E Service 4479 B
28. Select Font Links from the File menu 4 In the Font Links dialog box select Link with Selected Fonts NOTE If you select Link with All Fonts the following actions will overwrite any existing font extension Sets 5 Inthe Select Fonts box find and highlight the font to which you are adding the extension This font should be the one you selected in the TSCA font preferences dialog box 6 After you select the font to which you are adding the extension click on Save As 7 Inthe Modify Private Character Filename dialog box browse to the TrueType extension file you are adding tte and click Save 8 In the Font Links dialog box click OK 9 Close the Private Character Editor window MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 17 TSCA Getting Started 2 18 10 To verify that the font extension has been successfully installed open the Character Map application a Select Run from the Start menu b Enter charmap in the Run dialog box and click OK 11 Browse through the font list for the name of the font to which you added the extension The term Private Characters should follow the font name When you select the font name in the list you can view the extended character set 12 Close the Character Map application The new font extension you installed should now appear as a possible font selection in the Preferences dialog box You must select the new font in the Preferences dialog box before th
29. T STD Buffer Analyzer Stream List 4 20 An ATSC stream might look like this P ATSC Sample bm Stream List Jo System Unprocessed Video Processed p Private Unprocessed as AC 3 Audio Unprocessed State indicates if the stream has been processed analyzed in the buffer model A stream may only be processed once while the file is open To process a stream again the file must be closed and then opened again When an MPEG file is first opened the program streams are all marked as Unprocessed This is because no buffer model analysis has yet been performed in this session If a BMR file is opened the State column indicates which streams have been processed The file only holds results for those streams marked as Processed To obtain results for Unprocessed streams the original MPEG file will have to be opened and analyzed MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T STD Buffer Analyzer Stream List Selecting Streams To analyze or open the results views for a stream or streams they must first be selected in the Stream List To select a stream click on the PID number For example to select the Video stream carried in PID 289 click on the number 289 EP Ad 10s bmr Stream List PID SteamType Program State 3z System Unprocessed BB Audio Unprocessed B Audio Unprocessed dn Audio Unprocessed Video Unprocessed zd Audio Unprocessed 33 Sus bern 2 Processed oc hii 7 he mr
30. TSCA Using the Tables View Summary Section SI Repetition Graphs Subkable bab Version PMT ft table header o o3 table id 2 Ox 2 PMT sem section syntax indicator 1 section length 139 sem program number 4167 0x1047 pm amp version number 12 0xC sem current next indicator 1 mi section number 0 0x0 bus last section number 0 0x0 et PCR_PID 600 0x258 ped program info lenath 0 0x0 en descriptors gt elementary streams g t D Pod Stream type 2 0x02 MPEG 2 Video we elementary PID 600 0x258 ge EZ info lenath 12 DxC descriptors tat stream identifier descriptor E STD descriptor H 1 target background grid descriptor v E Dang B 47 pS 0 00 Ua Ez 58 001g 52 ll O1 FF 07 B 020 z 04 65 Ez 5 FO gasta 67 03 52 01 F OF 52 agag 6E 67 10 00 E3 ED FO Figure 2 20 Section payload If the section is corrupted or empty the hex view background is red instead of blue 2 48 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Using the Tables View Tables Detail View SI Repetition Graphs The section graph view will be available when the selected node in the service information tree represents a table or subtable in the transport stream You can view graphs of the following data W Section repetition interval This graph displays the interval
31. The diskette icon will highlight on top toolbar at the left when the function is available Select the icon name the dump file and select it s type if required ES Analyzer will then create a PES or elementary stream This stream can be loaded back into the ES Analyzer to be checked and then it can be used as input to Multiplexer application to create a transport stream with SI PSI to your specifications 5 30 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual i wWwggsss2s2sse 5 Working with Transport and PES Streams Using Packet View ES Analyzer displays transport packets in a specific way that is useful for analyzing the Transport stream and also for quickly accessing a packet at random 15020804_cut mpg packetview PID Number arrose EERE 23011 od For Help press F1 FI D 81591 PACKE TH 125 ee The packet view window can be displayed by clicking the Show Hide Packet ssl View icon on the toolbar A window appears that shows a spectrum of the packets in the order in which they appear in the transport stream Each PID is assigned a color and each packet is represented using a single line of the corresponding color By double clicking the spectral line for any packet you are positioned to the corresponding packet in the main window of ES Analyzer Packet View communicates with ES Analyzer s main window through OLE You can selectively turn on off the display of spectral lines for any PID in the Packet View by clicki
32. Use the Draw All Points option to look for outlying points and to resolve the fine detail when zoomed in on the data Selecting the Draw All Points option from the Option menu will cause the application to plot every point Analyser Ad 5s bmr View MEAE Process Window Hel 1 Synchronize Views N Auto Scale Asis MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 4 35 T STD Buffer Analyzer Results Graphs Alternatively select the equivalent shortcut button el amp 3 r5 we z8 eL This may take much longer for larger files than the default option The option may be disabled by clicking on the shortcut button again or deselecting the option from the menu This can be done even while still redrawing the graphs Elementary Buffer Graph BP video Elementary Buffer EB1 Pid 1110 0 0 000 04 015 0 8 030 0 12 045 0 16 059 0 20 074 Time MM 55 An Elementary Buffer graph can only be opened for Video Streams since these are the only type that have an elementary buffer Elementary Buffers are not allowed to overflow so the graph of the results never goes above 100 The graph uses the scale 50 to 250 to make comparison easy 4 36 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T STD Buffer Analyzer Results Graphs Multiplex or Main Buffer Graph BP Video Multiplex Buffer MB1 Pid 1110 TIN OW C E WFBFETPEMFEFEEN 200 7 175 H 150 os 0 0 000 0 2 O07 0 4 015 0 5 022 0 8
33. cee eee eee What are the Contents of the Programs and What PIDs are They On What is the Bit Rate of each PID ina Program 0 0 0c eee What is the Latest Version Number of the Program Association Table PAT AIDEN Sb nk Ranh he Oa ee vetu Aa ney Dania hil ea Sead Ran How do I Examine a Transport Packet cc cece eens SLPSENOGUOS soe ee tuae e er eee Pee eee es PES Analyzer Get ng Started oaov seed vr SERE UR wk Roe RR RR ew ees Starting De PrOSEAIU z aiid ie nre e bsec rs evo Ehe beDP ES E ES ORONS mic tases chee ec uA Mod Dco Pado a ae A E oe d ees Openine d PIG 2544224 ieodaieeocarwi dde patei edd re Gor Menus and Controls ccc ccc cc ccc cer ce eee hts OO I DAN 1 Sosa ise beh hate panto das Gut ots bene rr Slats HB dl ec exh wots Sat bss en Beh OS had Ps ion Be OS Oe hos see Beas Slider Bir ues dun dase God hk EN SOS DA Me RARE Dee bad bond EAE IMCNUS And ODHONS cs dots dos SEN Eo QUESO PE BR Ed oW Qd Eb eq ES Packet Hex View 0 22 5 sod Vane bv oe as xU UE RU Packet DECR oo rea ee tare ssh hdres etc Routen ede niu petes Mui fes esu ce Event LOS Wr M Packet SClCCHOM a amp doses mee bier Sra ee bide ee he Eee lotes D XAR es Y qo rn r2 P2 l I l 0 O o0 N l O09 CO WMA WAONNADADANHA AANA Pac ee ee ai Ve A a WOoORrR OAR ON W Oo DR 0n IM Ln mA E l l WwW Ne BR N me B UC T N UA ji MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T
34. eee eee on 2 27 Program Navigation Transport Stream Node 000 eee 2 29 Program Navigation Program Nodes 00 cece eee eee teens 2 34 Program Navigation Elementary Stream Node 0006 2 35 Usine the Tests View x ves Qm ERIS CIR eee tae see ee eke 2 39 TOSO EUEG ous Eo Rer Gu ts Teddy OR Gow areal PE EUdict Cees 2 41 Tests Navigation All Tests sis ce bee erases 0 Ieee LIBER EE ce oes 2 43 Test Nayigation Test Nodes 2 02 62 ior enn es IC RE XE ERR AE ES 2 43 Test Navigation PID Nodes 23 4 oes we oe Eee ns tC X BEER EE Eee dps 2 44 Usine the Tables View ss 9 eret d b EDUC REA E REUOUER QUE DC FUR EE 2 45 Table Summary Pane tore dcivg howd ESSO beue b Id Soe eV re Sw esr 2 46 Tables Detail View Section VIEW shoe ubere ibo be bee Up des 2 47 Tables Detail View SI Repetition Graphs 0 0 0 eee eens 2 49 Using the Pip View i33 thie heehee hace EUCOE UU tes 2 51 PID View A BIDS dedit oie debi etta et D wd bid Reais a did eee eee ees 2 52 PID View Detail View All PID and Group 0 0005 253 BID View Detal Miew PIDS iussa eit Rer et Re ACE Ub 2 54 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual i Table of Contents Volume 1 Using the Packets View 234 4 9 ITERUM dias Packet Navigation Bat 4 occ oon kcnee o SUE PI PEN ENSE med mds Packet Navigation PIDs node eeeeeeeeeeee es Packet Donil View 22 5622 mud Eos Que ExMO eI EPI E ENS I
35. m F FRE o S S Po 60000256 n Program number s 4457 x 1047 Q ros 258 A E Poenos m Semice Provider BBC ro 605 258 ES Semice Type 1 idigilal television service Q rc eso qma WAT E Po es 0 288 ii i PO 682 Osc TH ro 1005 toeseny Wii SE PO 1008 AEE Bd iE PO 1007 DEF oe a Q rur PO e167 1087 IE E y Program 422 BOC TS m Qu Program 4351 BEC CHOICE semi Seam type unent Bit nin Me PIC Seam typ urrent 1 s Corpor g oir D e SOS Ea ideo BB icak 60 5 1504 kbps 4936 125 K i 0zi Frag am 4415 DEC HES M EH g amp 1 0x259 AS 0G HPEG 1 Auda f 267 712 Ebs 4 38 0000 Kbps 270 720 ki 2 fe amp d Frogram 447 BEC TEXT La 4 02 L0 254 A Chee MEEG D Aude 0 000 kbps 0 0 0 000 Kbps 0 000 kbps 05 E Progam 4549 BEC PARLIN A 50258 m Cit PES private d C 000 kbps 0 0 C000 bps 18 048 Mbps 5 125 Q eso tna ieee en ESLA Kbps 13 9 O00 Kbps 861 264 kbps M01 Cone BB eo eee HA 11 oe DSM DC Ue O 000 Kbps 0 0 C000 Kbps 0 000 kbps 102 be Eb 652 ieee ipic Lt iae ue C 000 kbps 20 0 CoD dbs 0 000 kbps 103 zz 3 1005 Ox SED is 11 ee SoC UE 51 136 Rope 0 0 1 504 Kbps 51 036 Kbes 110 Ux 5b E weer Bi 11 cene rence Le DOO kbps lt 0 0 DOO kbps D OnD Kbps 111 oe B 1007 0 3EF ip il 0de SMC UE O 000 kbps 0 0 C 000Kbps C000 kbps 112 0705 a 167 dlzi a FMT 16 544 Ebpe 0 0 3 006 Kbps 18 04 8 ios
36. select the Synchronize Views option from the Options menu Analyser Ad 5s bmr eee Process Window He N Draw All Points Synchronize Wiews Auto Scale Axis 4 32 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T STD Buffer Analyzer Results Graphs Alternatively click on the equivalent shortcut button el amp 3 tp we z8 eL This will apply the zoom cursor and visible section of the active window to all of the other graphs While Synchronize Views is enabled a change to any graph is immediately applied to all of the other graphs After selecting Synchronize Views the previous example looked like this B Video Multiplex Buffer MB1 Pid 1110 0 2 832 0 3 082 0 3 333 3 504 03 625 Time MM 55 150 100 ED Dx D MM M ME S 012 618 02 869 03 120 3 371 3 522 3 873 Time MM S5 To separate the control of the graphs disable synchronize views by selecting the menu option or clicking on the shortcut button again Selection The cursor may be repositioned within a graph by clicking on the required point This is useful when Synchronize Views is selected as a way of marking the same time in all the graphs for ease of comparison MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 4 33 T STD Buffer Analyzer Results Graphs Auto Scale 4 34 The scale on the y axis of the graphs shows space used in the buffer as a percentage By default all of the graph
37. 2 standards International Organization for Standards http www iso ch DVB standards European Technical Standards Institute http www etsi org ATSC standards Advanced Television Systems Committee http www atsc org ISDB ARIB standards Association of Radio Industries and Businesses http www arib or jp english SCTE Society of Cable Television Engineers http www scte org MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual XV Preface Manual Conventions Naming conventions for the interface elements are based on standard Microsoft Windows naming conventions Naming conventions for MPEG 2 ATSC and DVB structures follow the conventions derived from the standards listed above In addition the following formatting conventions apply to this manual Bold text refers to specific interface elements that you are instructed to select click or clear Example Select Settings from the Configuration menu M Mono spaced text can indicate the following Text you enter from a keyboard Example Enter the network identity http TSMonitor01 m Characters you press on your keyboard Example Press CTRL C to copy the selected text M Paths to components on your hard drive Example The program files are installed at the following location C Program Files Tektronix xvi MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual e Introduction EE ee MTS400 Series Software Applications Table 1 1 summarizes the software applicati
38. 2005 Oe a0 274 SOT Timer error start Dec B 2005 0279 200 TR 101 290 error 1 6 PID error pid 613 timeout start Dec 6 2005 0226 S00 TR 101 290 error 1 6 PIB error pid 523 timeout start Dec 6 2005 229 852 15842510 TR 101 290 error minimum any section repetition error ic DWB EIT Inti Dec B 2005 O29 BS 15842312 TR 101 290 error minimum any section repetition error ick DB EIT Inti Der A AA WS 39 AIR 45838484 TR 101 7290 error minimum ane Section teneti inn errar fd DR FIT Inti w gt Figure 2 13 Event Log Two buttons are available in the Error Log toolbar T E Pin log Log is Pinned Export Log The buttons are described in detail in Event Log page 2 84 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 33 TSCA Using the Program View Program Navigation Program Nodes Each of the program nodes in the transport stream represents a single program referenced within the stream When a program node is selected in the navigation view the detail pane displays the details of the program The LED adjacent to the program node represents the status of its child nodes elementary streams and the related tests oF AS MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer De Hevigation gete Capturewu Record Help Lad 2D Anak Ex o a Preferences Tal s ius E am P BH Program Texts PSI POD Packets Summary Howe Paving Qi Associated Texts Bk race Graphs Trarrspost Stream i 4103 Neluvcek Mame Sandy Hell
39. 52 In the navigation view PIDs are grouped under four subordinate nodes M Reserved PIDs m Referenced PIDs m Unreferenced PIDs B User PIDs M Obsolete PIDs The number of PIDs in each group is shown adjacent to the node The root node label shows the total number of PIDs found and the Network Name When highlighted the All PIDs node displays in the detail pane all of the PIDs found in the analyzed stream Each of these subordinate nodes contains PIDs belonging to that group PIDs are allocated during analysis the number of PIDs is identified for each node You can also allocate PID numbers to the User PID node user PIDs may not necessarily have been found in the stream This feature allows you to compare the properties of one or more PIDs more easily The associated summary view provides a PID oriented overview of the transport stream allowing you to see the relative data rates of all of the PIDs contained within the transport stream The information can be displayed as either a bar chart or as a pie chart Columns in the summary views can be sorted in ascending or descending order by clicking on the column header PID related information is available under the PID Infromation tab Each PID is associated with a number of tests If one or more tests fail they will be listed under the relevant PID node in the navigation view Selecting the PID node will display a summary in the detail view of all associated tests that have been fo
40. Audio Streams Understanding Dolby Digital AC 3 Audio Streams ES Analyzer also analyzes Dolby Digital s audio streams which could be an independent stand alone audio stream or a multiplexed stream that is embedded inside an MPEG 2 System stream ATSC transport or program stream The Dolby Digital stream is analyzed by ES Analyzer for syntactic compliance with Dolby Digital specifications For a detailed discussion on the Dolby Digital audio syntax refer to the document A 52 from Advance Television Systems Committee ATSC ES Analyzer analyzes Dolby Digital stream frame by frame and also performs CRC checks for each audio frame When analyzing a Dolby Digital stream you may navigate to any frame and also view data specific to an audio block within it Automatically detecting the data format used in the Dolby Digital stream ES Analyzer analyzes both the little endian and the big endian formats For ease of debugging ES Analyzer displays information for all the fields of any block for any audio frame When errors are encountered in a stream ES Analyzer reports the errors and synchronizes to the next audio frame to continue the analysis ES Analyzer displays the header and audio block information on specific tabs as shown The Header And BSI tab displays the Dolby Digital synchronization and bit stream information Header And HS Audio Block Synchronization Information CHE Sampling Frequency 48 KHz Frame Size
41. By double clicking the corresponding icon for the stream in the display m ll By clicking the more details icon shown for the corresponding stream in the elementary stream listbox Program Map Table Wersion Number ja Curent Hest Indicator CRC 3820531 455 Hap Number Elementary Streams MPEG2 Video 0x02 MPEG1 Audio 003 The form is extended if not already extended to add the descriptors display as shown in the following illustrations All descriptors that are received for the corresponding stream are displayed on tabbed folders If a descriptor is not received its tab will not appear in the descriptor display The illustrations below show descriptors for the respective video and audio tabs Descriptors for Stream ID 224 Wideo Multiple Frame Rate Flag x Frame Rate 30 Constrained Parameters Flag 3 still Picture Flag x MPEG Escape Bit x pe Main E Main Chroma Format 42 Frame Rate Extension Flag x MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 73 ES Analyzer Working with Program Streams Descriptors for Stream ID 192 Audio Free Format Flag Explaining the Status Bar The status bar for Program streams displays the following Display l Pack number which is the number of the displayed packet m Packet number which is the number of the current packet in the entire stream m Packet number of SID which is the number of the current packet taking into account only packets of the same
42. CC BY C7 Ol OR CY 28 16 Cn 06 AB DF ZE ZA CB AD x AD 34 De E6 Cl EO 7B z AZ EC 5 35 G8 40 78 36 07 5A 88 12 D D2 OC 63 zh CF 01 7C SF 38 EA 13 6A UL Fa 55 BF 27 55 ba 20 A4 a 69 E6 60 UC DE 0O EC ZA CC 92 BU 34 4E I 04 2k E3 LL 42 46 2D 78 Q7 Cl CO 3E Ee 45 BS F7 DA CF gl 20 40 49 SC C3 4E 03 T 3E ES 93 lz 00 3F FF 40 3F 69 4L 50 08 55 17 73 Be ST DO 27 44 S52 56 40 00 OF C2 3B T The packet navigation view shows a tree structure which represents the packets within a stream grouped according to content including PID value SEN mega initialization packets MIPs DVB only and ISDB T information packets IIPs The All Packets MIP and IIP nodes do not have any child nodes The All Packets node represents all of the packets in the transport stream The MIP node will represent all of the DVB SFN MIPs in the transport stream The HP node will represent all of the ISDB T information packets in the transport stream The PIDs node represents all of the PIDs that are of interest You can add PIDs in the transport stream to this node as well as PIDs that are contained within the user PID list MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 57 TSCA Using the Packets View Packet Navigation Bar 2 58 Selecting any leaf node in the packet tree will apply a packet filter to the associated packets For example selecting a PID node will only allow packets carrying that particular PID to be displayed in the associated
43. E Cancel Help These options can only be set before analyzing a file They are disabled grayed out while a file is open The MPEG2 ATSC option is available on ATSC or ATSC DVB dual standard MPEG Test System products It is disabled grayed out on single standard DVB systems Packet Interpretation Specifies which standards will be used for interpreting the packets in the Transport Stream when a file is opened for analysis The options are MPEG2 Interprets the packets according to the standards for DVB streams MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 4 5 T STD Buffer Analyzer Getting Started 4 6 Video Settings MPEG2 ATSC Interprets the packets according to the ATSC standards This option is required to allow AC 3 audio stream con tent to be analyzed Pre Scan Packets During the initial processing of an MPEG file a number of packets are prescanned for information that will result in a more accurate analysis of the initial parts of the transport stream The greater the number of prescanned packets the greater the chance of locating all of the information required for accurate analysis The drawback is increased processing time By default 10000 packets are prescanned which should be sufficient for most streams excluding High Definition Video All Packets Select this checkbox to cause all packets to be pres canned If this checkbox is selected the packets field will be disabled grayed out Packe
44. M Programs m PIDs The display choices bar chart or pie chart and management of the display are similar for each type Select the appropriate icon to switch charts Bar chart EN e E __ Pie chart Summary Now Playing MPE Sessions f Transport Stream Id 4103 Network Name Sandy Heath 00 NUmber of Programs 6 Mean TS bit rate 24 128 Mbps Mean TS bit rate excluding Null PID 22 126 Mbps 8 30 1 895 Mbps 2 324 Mbps 21 35 5 790 Mbps 6 115 Mbps 21 43 5 805 Mbps 6 169 Mbps 21 43 5 804 Mbps 6 166 Mbps 20 96 5 679 Mbps 5 996 Mbps 3 10 0 594 Mbps 0 902 Mbps 3 42 0 686 Mbps 0 994 Mbps Q NULL PID 8191 Ox1FFF BBC OnE 4167 56c mo 4231 GBC CHOICE 4351 Bec NEWS 24 4415 BBC TEXT 4479 BEC PARLMNT 4543 Figure 2 40 Bar chart The following information is included with the bit rate bar charts m Error status LED m Object name Program or PID name W Stream type PIDs only m Bit rate bar including change bars and limit markers where relevant MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 89 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Error Indication Range Bar Bit Rate Limits 2 90 Bit rate statistics including the current bit rate the bit rate expressed as a percentage of the overall bit rate and the maximum and minimum values reached during analysis The bit rat
45. Method 1 Select the PIDs navigation view Program Tests SIPSI FIQ Packets All Fida 43 Network M ame Sanchy Heath 2 Expand the All PIDs node to display the subgroups and their quantities Program Teste SPI PID Packets lg g All Pida 46 Metwork Mame Sand Heath X Qi Reserved PIDs g Referenced PIDs in stream 41 g Unreterenced Pils in stream 0 Q User Pics 1 2 122 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Task Examples Which Tests Have Been Applied to a Program PID 1 Select the Program navigation view Program Tests SLPSI PID Packets TP uh Associated Tests PTS Graphs Bit ra E g Transport Stream Id 4103 Network Mame Sandy c Program 4167 BBC ONE n PD 600 0x255 a Q PIp5a x259 A PD 602 0x254 f Q Jae O PID 650 0x284 641 PID 651 0x285 101 PID 652 0x28C 1011 Q PID 1005 Ox3ED 9t Se PID 1005 Ox SEE 194 SE PID 1007 03EF 1046 PMT PID 4167 0x1 047 EE m Q Prograrn 4231 BEC TWO ms T Prograrn 4351 BEC CHOICE x Program 4415 BBC NEWS 24 mmn E E Program 4478 BEC TEXT 304 J 1 4 Continuity Q1sPp Q 2 3 8 PCR Repetition 9 2 3 5 PCR Discontinuity Indicator J 2 4 PCR Accuracy LJ 2 5 PTS J 3 4 8 Unret FID 9 PID Occupanesy 9 PCR Overall Jitter PCR OJ I PCR Frequency Offset PERFI PCR Drift Rate PCR DR PID Bit Rate variability g Discontinuity
46. No Extensions Interface 4s Ui E Figure 2 15 Tests Navigation view The view displays a test tree which represents all the tests that have been applied to the analyzed transport stream Figure 2 16 shows the nodes available in the navigation view MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 39 TSCA Using the Tests View Program Tests SIPSI PID Packets 20 All Tests TR i 280 Group QD Priority 1 Priority Priority 2 Q 24 Transport Test Q 22crc Q 23 4 PCR Repetition Q 23b PCR Discontinuity Indicator Q 24 PCR Accuracy Qp2sets Pip 210 0xD2 Associated Q PID 220 00C PIDs Q PID 310 0x136 Q PID 410 0x194 Q PID 10 Ox1FE 3 25caT 25 CAT Table D lt Subset Q 28 CAT Scrambling J CAT max subtable RI E Pricrity 3 other 9 SFN Error Group Other Figure 2 16 Test View nodes 2 40 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Using the Tests View Test Structure The test tree structure represents all of the tests that can be applied to a transport stream complying with a particular digital video standard MPEG DVB ATSC ISDB S and ISDB T Select the standard before beginning analysis The test tree contains nodes for each individual test that the analyzer can implement An example of a tree structure for a selected standard is the TR 101 290 group of tests for DVB
47. Non Intra Quantiser Matrix displays the applicable quantizer matrix The check mark icon indicates that the matrix was received in this sequence header For MPEG 2 streams an optional sequence extension and user data may also be received User data is displayed as a hex dump If data is in the ASCII format the ASCII equivalent is displayed next to the hex dump For Help press F1 25 00 fas az The picture rate chroma format and the video type NTSC PAL Unspecified etc appear in the status bar when the sequence headers are displayed 5 36 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams The information whether the stream is an MPEG 1 or an MPEG 2 stream is displayed in the tree view window as a single numeral 1 or 2 on the node icons Within a sequence you can view the GOPs by clicking on the GOP icon in the left side hierarchy view of the stream The GOP node appears below the sequence header node Viewing the GOP and Picture Header When displaying a GOP ES Analyzer shows you a window with three tabs as shown below GO Aid Vere Slice And MB Picture Player Briefly the contents of each tab are explained below For details see the specific sections Displaying the GOP Header Displaying the Slice and Macroblock and Using the Video Viewer for Picture Analysis The GOP tab displays the following M GOP header data M A slider for the pictures in the GOP The sl
48. PCR Deconinty Fclicatce Q 34 aUe Po Q 24 PCR Accuracy 354507 Actus 2 5 PTS Q 350 OT ther 28 CAT Q 36407 Actual i 26b ET oer asc Fr a7 RT A E TS Avalbity GQ Sync QQ Et rote 24 128337 Meas p 188 Puck Sze 204 511 359 Pockets DVE No Exirnsonz BM Figure 2 1 TSCA Program View Deferred Analysis MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 1 TSCA Getting Started TSCA Features Easy program centric user interface quickly isolates information of interest CaptureVu technology captures and analyzes system events in real or deferred time In depth analysis of stored transport streams including support for MPEG ATSC DVB ISDB T and ISDB S table types Data summaries and automated filters simplify the analysis of complex transport streams TR 101 290 Priority 1 2 and 3 tests European Telecommunications Standards Institute ETSI TR 101 290 Digital Video Broadcasting DVB Measurement Guidelines for DVB Systems Syntax analysis and display supported for TMCC and IIP data Consistency checks performed between SI TMCC and IIP data Proprietary PSI SI syntax section rate error testing Error logging Suspension of all tests at program changeover based on PMT version change DII and DDB error checking Deferred and Real Time Modes 2 2 The TSCA can be run in deferred or real time mode Deferred mode is available on any recommended platform including users own PCs In defer
49. PESIPID E10 MPEG 2 Video OCA face m ORCA Edtentien ns Dirorirasy inccr x 8 vio a Gor E g PESIFID E2U MPEG 2 Aude fi Ests Film Haie amp Progncte A mama F oma Fie Soe Pasep KB Sisam Typa Trancpent J Video echo 1 E 0 Stream Property Type Window Typa 47 40 UD 33 E UU FF FF FF FF FF FF FF EF FF FE EF FE EF FF FF FF FF FF Uva ada steams U FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF F Hex Dispi FF FF TctaPangamt 6 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FE FF ex VISpIay FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FE FF FF FF FE EF FF window FF FF FF FF FF FF FF EF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FE FF FF FF FE FF FF FE FE EFE bk FF EF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF Eevi Type DVE MO TPIGPESIPIDITU MPEG z amp Aude AES T95EL Inkang AES ieem MO TPI PEZ PID BSTU MPEG 2Audot AES InasgngAES 7 Dh TPT PESAD620 MPEG 2 Aude AES 21 intsiong aes Error Log Display Window M TPT sPES PID E10 MPEG 2 Vida VES ZM Inaakezng VES reese Db rPIGPES PID E10 MPEG 2 videos VES ZAAE Tut iz an MPEG Video Elemenlen Seem Fea Help pense FT 897 Pee 873 PIDU aeii GR E MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 5 ES Analyzer Getting Started Tool Bar Table 5 1 Tool Bar icons Icon Pg KS 100 5 amp 109 He e The tool bar provides a means of accessing frequently used menu bar commands qui
50. PTS and DTS for each Access Unit AU Therefore a compliant stream will exhibit each DTS on the Oms y axis Streams with errors usually exhibit a stepped graphical effect Any AU in the stream may be selected to view additional information in the panel on the right If the panel is not tall enough to show all of the information a scroll bar appears MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 37 PES Analyzer PTS DTS Timing Analysis When first opened the entire stream is shown Even a small file may display data points packed too closely together to be read for example here is just under 12 Dats st Cursor__ seconds of video REN m m i Tretia thie thier retina 2 EE ALI Humber non 1 400 2800 4200 5600 7000 S8 400 3800 11 800 a Protile amp Level x PTS Access unit time s DTS sum of durations Heserved amp Reserved g Ad_10s_mpg PTS DTS View Prog 2 Yideo PID 305 Shean ype Video PES Facket Humber 0 PTS am rs f OTS 41 POU Frame Aate Mat valid Frame Type A longer sample may appear as a solid band of blue To see the individual packets or access units click on the Zoom In button on the Toolbar ols ev pe afm zo ala 3 38 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual PES Analyzer PTS DTS Timing Analysis In this example clicking the on the Zoom In button four times gave a much clearer view g Ad 10s_mpg PTS DTS View Prog 2 Yideo PID 305 DataatCumor
51. Packet Hex View window When the button is in this state the window is not visible and clicking on the button will open the Hex View E Toggles the PTS DTS View window When the button is in this state the window is not visible and clicking on the button will open the PTS DTS View E Toggles the Header Interpretation window When the button is in this state the window is not visible and clicking on the button will open the Header Interpretation El MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 11 PES Analyzer Menus and Controls aq Zoom In on data in the PTS DTS View This button is only enabled when the PTS DTS View is the current window q Zoom Out from the data in the PTS DTS View This button is only en abled when the PTS DTS View is the current window The Toolbar can be dragged off the edge of the main window into a floating pallet To do this click on the background inside the Toolbar that is not on one of the buttons and drag into the main window area The result is a self contained window which looks like this O O zi al alana aja To replace the Toolbar on the window border drag it over the border until the outline changes shape It can be placed on the top bottom left or right edges 3 12 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual PES Analyzer Menus and Controls Status Bar View the PTS O7S Analysis TS Packet 1043 ee The Status Bar may be hidden from view but if visi
52. Pretrigger 150 lise 0 50 30s at 41 471 Mbps 15ME 3s at 41 471 Mbps Trigger 5 Manual External Test Failure C5 Timed Activate this dialog when recording starts Figure 2 47 Record Settings dialog box Status bar Indicates the trigger status Ready Armed Recording Complete and the pretrigger recording progress The status and progress are also displayed on the tool bar in the main window Target file Path Enter the file name and path for the recording or use the browse button to find and select an existing file name If this file name already exists you must approve the over writing of the old file when recording is initiated MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 105 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts File Size Enter the file size MB required For example for a stream at 30 Mbps a file size of 600 MB would record approximately 160 seconds of stream information Pre Trigger A proportion of a stream can be recorded before a trigger event occurs See Pre Trigger Recording page 2 108 Enter the pretrigger size MB that is to be recorded Trigger Type The event that triggers the recording can be one of five types selected from the drop down list In each case the trigger is set and pretrigger recording starts when Arm is selected Pre trigger recording must be complete before triggered recording will start Manual Recording will start when the Start button is pressed
53. QU NULL Pm EI 2 012 Pbes ox zu PO H sscTeo s5ccHOE 1 BEL NEVYUS UM BETET BEC PARLMNT T Bo 1 095 Mbps 2 324 Mbps 21 x x4 s TD Mbps 5 115 Mbps 6 bbs 2139 5605 Mbps 5 162 Mbps E is 0 o3078 8 64 Mbps 6 165 MS A o c0 Ein 8679 Mbps 5 9 Mes EE Darbs 3 1556 0 534 Mbps 0 902 Mbps pl 453 0 393 Mbps S456 0 636 Mbps 0 994 Mbes io zo Other CQ SFN Emor H Event Log 2 1 Transport gt zzcac 2 3 0 PCR Repetition 2 3 MIT Actual C 31b NIT Ciber 2cuBgeuxo 2 3 5 PCR Discontinuity Indicator 3 4 4 Urret PD 9 2 4 PCR Accuracy Qi 3 5 4 SOT Actual Q 3 5b sor other 3 4 46 Actual iD 3 4 b ET Other 3 4 coTre 3 7 RST ia ToT TS Avadebdty GQ Syne QU Bitrate 24 12837 Mops p 188 Packet See 204 511 359 Packets OWE No Estersions Bi Edi Figure 2 51 Failed tests example Identify the tests that have failed red LED As shown in Figure 2 51 in test summary view TR 101 290 tab the following tests have failed B First Priority 1 6 PID W Second Priority 2 3a PCR Repetition W Third Priority 3 1a NIT Actual 3 2 SI Repetition 3 5a SDT Actual 3 5b SDT Other Remember that the tests may be distributed over more than one tab in the test summary view the color of the LED on the tab helps you locate the failed tests for example the Other tab in Figure 2 51 2 120 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual
54. Rio n LS La ba REDE 14 11 5t C E VDLOD acutae S A pela dob deni dd bo a ee hats eee eee ee aa 14 12 Glossary MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual IX i eee General Safety Summary Review the following safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it To avoid potential hazards use this product only as specified Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures To Avoid Fire or Use Proper Power Cord Use only the power cord specified for this product and Personal Injury X certified for the country of use Ground the Product This product is grounded through the grounding conductor of the power cord To avoid electric shock the grounding conductor must be connected to earth ground Before making connections to the input or output terminals of the product ensure that the product is properly grounded Observe All Terminal Ratings To avoid fire or shock hazard observe all ratings and markings on the product Consult the product manual for further ratings information before making connections to the product Power Disconnect The power cord disconnects the product from the power source Do not block the power cord it must remain accessible to the user at all times Do Not Operate Without Covers Do not operate this product with covers or panels removed Do Not Operate With Suspected Failures If you suspect there is damage to this product have it inspected by
55. System User Manual 2 41 TSCA Using the Tests View Figure 2 17 shows an example of the test view for an ISDB T stream Note the additional group node ISDB T Tests F localhost MPDG TS Compliance Analyzar File Mawigation Settings Capturewu Record Heb ME Renat Amy Gea Qoo db rmenxe 777 a OE Gan Boe Bee F Priory Taste Qu ise taste D Other Program Tests sies A Packets im Pronfy Tests 3 35 MT Actual Bg Q 12 Sync Byte O22c LJ 31 b MT Other gen isarar 2 3 5 PCR Repetition QU 3 2 a Repetition itinc et Q 1 4 coninuty 2ibPCRDieconinuty hester Q Aatreet FD E Qr i Sarh 24 FcR Accuracy 35 4507 Achis Q scatwuty eise zsrs 3 35b5DT Other H ILL Qgoscar Q 35aBT idu sg iene Qro 0a Q no owas Q rore onn roris ese rome men roe ior amp gri be 9 Preanky I E E Ten E Qa sper HT Temerina Delivery idatin QD EDET Gund Interes Dorsshanay QJ SOOT Trannerirsion Mode Cansirtanz QD BCT Partie Pacaption Connrtancy 9 OST Modulation Cosi iey zii dt A 9 BOGT KIT Soru Lic Ceai i Io xen d i TRIG 2B error 1 CE repalitior amori ki Dex Cot aration UA nian doura Hit A SET ET Type Cowtent Check B r i i TRIG i ere mminue secim repetition ero i Che Inber SOOO start 3 ESDET FIT LEiqua Eat hi Tro zem TRIC 200 arrar 12 SR rope liteon armor i ki Det Eiaeai DURE briana 1T amd c QU cer SOTET Conrizterzs i TRIC ZB error ra
56. Table 3 5 File menu options Command Function Close Closes the current file This option is available as soon as analysis starts If the wrong file is being opened or the wrong Conformance Tests are being run selecting this option will abandon the analysis and close the file Print Prints contents of the current window Print Setup Selects printer and configuration Exit Closes any file that is open and terminates execution the program Edit Menu options The Edit menu contains the menu options listed in Table 3 6 Table 3 6 Edit menu options Command Function Copy Copies the contents of the current window to the MS Windows Clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document in another application Copy TS Packet Allows the user to select an AU access unit within the PES Analyzer and then copy the TS packet number onto the Windows clipboard The Stream Analyzer may then be started and Paste TS packet selected to go to the packet number retrieved from the clipboard MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 17 PES Analyzer Menus and Controls View Menu options The View menu contains the menu options listed in Table 3 7 Table 3 7 View menu options Command Toolbar otatus Bar Event Log Hex Interpretation PTS DTS Timing Function Shows or hides the Toolbar which provides a set of convenient shortcuts for the more frequently used menu options Shows or hides the Status Bar Shows or Hides t
57. Tue PTE diterence i mss than time Clicking on the message for Prog 3 Audio PID 106 PES Packet 78 selects both the program stream and the packet This is reflected by the Slider Bar in the Program Structure Hex View Header interpretation and PTS DTS Views MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 25 PES Analyzer Event Log The Slider bar will look like this Packet Number 7 Frog 3 Audio PID 107 In the program structure view the magnifying glass icon appears on the selected stream d test_seamless mpg Program Struct Miel PID 289 040121 io PID 290 001 22 io PID 88 0058 Audio FID 85 006053 MM Audio FID 90 00054 ru Program 2 B Program 3 PO bees Video PID 160020040 FID 1040x006 IL Audio FID 105 00065 PID 1060x0064 FID 107080066 If the Hex View and or Header Interpretation windows are open they will be updated to show the contents of the selected packet If the PTS DTS View window is open the cursor is placed on the packet and the panel showing the Data at Cursor is updated 3 26 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual PES Analyzer Event Log Having selected the packet it can now be inspected with other tools The information in the Header Inspection and Hex View windows will look like this Ae test_seamless mpg Header Interpretation Prog 3 Audio PID 107 PES Packet el Ea stream id 000000 OC audio
58. Y pestes m E Ej Astron tet mog E rate of the stream _ Ej beci augi generated timestamps MPG D Scan enire file ESO C E BBCIAUGZ mpg Ouse site s Hj Copy of 85 Tin MPG f delete mpg HI HO iss Of The Spierfiomon241ps422 mpg iH HB LordotTheR gs Sor pra20 mpg ij HDvidea SDeudie Lorci2 mpg Click Real time Analysis to select an T ale verge input source IP or hardware inter 4 ses 10 ev ij SES 13MM MPG face for real time analysis 5 kj ses ss MPG Hj SES 85 MPG B Symi mpg Hj Sym2 mpg Hj Syma mpg La Sym4 mpg ti Svm5 mpn Packet ince Click Stream Interpretation to select d Sym mes Go ne nesters f prem F gt v Use Frente il present which standards will be used to inter ee AAAM pret the stream file pies if ioe wed Tempeiseen teen mem sim 5 Hi My Network Places T Avnlutdly Qi Sync O Bime 0000000 mbps 165 Packet Size 0 DVB MaExtersices M NI Figure 2 2 TSCA Start up The Open Transport Stream dialog box allows you to M Select the interpretation standard to be used for analysis The stream interpretation should be checked and if necessary set first m Identify a stream file for off line analysis m Identify an MTS400 input IP ASI or SMPTE or DVB Parallel receiving a stream and start real time analysis 2 6 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Getting Started Stream Interpretation 1 Click Stream Interpretation a
59. a maximized Log View window If events are constantly being generated an event entry may pass out of view before you have had a chance to examine it However if you scroll down to view a past event the viewing window will remain fixed on that entry even though events entries are still being added at the top of the log view Evidence of this is shown by the scroll box continuing to advance towards the bottom of the screen The event entry being viewed will eventually move to the bottom of the event log At this point the entry will be lost and the view will return to the most recent entries at the top of the screen automatic scrolling will recommence Event Log Pinning Another way of viewing a single event in a stream of log events is by pinning the log By pinning the log you are taking a snapshot of the log at a particular moment in time you can then move up and down the pinned log as required Newly generated events will continue to be generated but will not be displayed until the log is unpinned You can pin the log by selecting the Pin icon or Pin Log from the right click menu fd Shows that log is not pinned Select to pin log 3d Shows that the log is pinned Select to unpin log When the log is pinned it is displayed against a blue background and the pin icon is changed Note that pinning the log may take a few seconds the whole log is saved that is up to 1000 entries The log will remain pinned until you select t
60. actual size of the picture is displayed and if the picture is larger than the picture display area scroll bars will appear For the current picture being viewed you can select a macroblock by clicking the left mouse button anywhere in the picture display area When you do so the slice and macroblock area below the picture displays the slice and MB data for the currently selected macroblock If Tooltips are selected a summary of the macroblock information is displayed in a popup box When you switch from the picture display to the other picture quality analysis tabs e g MB Size Display O Scale Code Display or Slice Display the same macroblock remains selected for easy identification You can also enable a macroblock grid on the displayed picture by using the Show Grid button to easily identify and select macroblocks 5 48 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams The picture display has the following limitations When you navigate to a specific GOP using the toolbar icon the picture display may be unable to display some B pictures correctly These pictures are those that use a frame from the previous GOP for reference This happens only when you navigate to a GOP that is not a closed GOP For MPEG 2 scaleable streams you will be able to display pictures only from the base layer Other extension layer data cannot be displayed using ES Analyzer ES Analyzer currently displays and decode
61. ase gi eos ier OD curam 4 Q euis jum csocmosa E 65102258 E es oscar n530080 QU c6 s j s wa E bz 0236 bbs Oz 37 OCS DO SED MC Orc IEE io c3EF Ics Doe 3FU Voce pancreas 1010 fie SF2 W010 pc3F3 101 oes 16013 ite SF5 1014 Uc 3F6 IiocESCoEECHERCES A 30x03 MPES 1 B onc MPEG E 60x06 FES priva SZ 0x 027 MIPEG 2 A adii MPS A 3003 MES 60206 PES priva igh 2 Ost MPEG o agi MPEG 1 3 0003 MPEG 1 amp D 06 PES pria 2 sth MPEG 340203 MPEG 1 E 0206 PES priva 5 M1 Do DSM OC Eni 1 x08 DSH OC ji 11 OE DSH OC 01 rene SM 30x03 MPEG 1 11 0006 OSHC 11 Caen OSH gni M1 06 Seo id 11 Oo DSH CC 1 Chae DSM CXC Eni 11 O08 CSRS Mei 11 06 DSM C M nae DSM ADC Emi 01 036 D5M 2C Mii 11 OnE DSH OC Oi 11 0 08 DSM CC eni Li raten DS Mi 11 Dxfi8 DSH CC 268 216 Kbos 12r 0 0080 kbps 0 01 9 0 900 KEoc 3 0155 4875 96 Kos 22 11 265 2080 kbps 1 21 67 660 kbar 0 01 55s 0 000 kbo 0 01 9z 39871 456 Kbps 22 50 265 208 kbar 1 2155 3 184 Kip 20 01 000 Ebos 0 nn 9s 873 328 EKbpc 21 8755 285 208 itos 1 21 0 000 bas 0 070 95 849 760 Ebos 3 054 0 000 kbps 3 015 0 0060 Ebes e0 0d E 49 632 Kbas 0 n1 109 222 Kbps
62. bar this also includes the keyboard Shortcuts which are shown next to the menu bar entries m By clicking icons on the toolbar m By clicking the right mouse button and selecting a command on the quick menu After you have invoked ES Analyzer you need to select the bit stream file you want to be analyzed by clicking Open on the File menu or by clicking the appropriate icon on the toolbar If the bit stream file is a valid MPEG file ES Analyzer displays the first packet of the top level stream Now you can use commands described below to navigate randomly to any part of the stream You can also run through a selected embedded stream using the Go command MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 7 ES Analyzer Getting Started Tree View and Navigation 5 8 Edi TPT H E PROGRAM 1 H E PROGRAM 2 5 PROGRAM 6 G ff PESIPID 610 MPEG 2 Video O g Ese M iN GOF E3 Bj PES PID 620 MPEG 2 Audio in Gt AES 192 The tree view window displays the stream hierarchy of the currently opened bit stream file Each node in the tree view represents a level of hierarchy and is displayed with m An associated icon the icon varies depending on the type of stream that the node represents these are displayed in the following table A tip that describes the kind of stream represented by the node M The PID associated with the node if applicable Table 5 2 Navigation icons Icon Stream type representation Transpo
63. between two sections of a table on a particular PID m Subtable intersection gap This graph displays the interval between sections in a particular subtable W Subtable repetition interval This graph displays the time between receiving one complete subtable and receiving the next complete subtable NOTE Not all of the above graph types are relevant to all table types Graph Management is described in more detail in the Common User Interface Concepts section of this manual see page 2 63 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 49 ee Ae Using the PID View The PID view displays information about all of the PIDs found in the transport stream being analyzed The navigation view contains the PID tree this is a tree structure representing all of the PIDs that have occurred within the transport stream F it treamstbbcl sue generaled timestamps MPG MPDo 5 Compliance Analyser Fie Mavigation Settings Captunevu Record Hep BE E reutae Cheek Qoo dh Preferences OO s ED Summary Now Playing MPE Sessions is QD AL Pos 47 Network Name Sandy Heath te Reserved Pits 6 E g Reterenced PIDE in resm 41 ATE YDE TENE OE CUITETE i QD Unreterenced PDS in stream LO 16 244 Kbps 2 0 Quse ros cn Q 16010 U COD kbes D 0 D Cosctete POs 0 a 17 d zi 1 504 Kbps n 18 043 kbps 6016 Kis 18 048 Kbps 16 544 thos 0 000 Kbas a b bes E Poos FID 17 SOT BAT n Is henlablity Q sync
64. boundary When displaying macroblocks the status bar looks like this For Help press F1 25 00 fos 4 2 0 GORA Pic 2 Display Ott g239i241 7 Viewing Coded Block While in the slice and macroblock level display you can view the coded block Patterns for a Macroblock pattern for any macroblock except for the skipped macroblocks This is displayed in the last field CBP as shown below Prediction Type Dua Fri STW Code Flag x Kotion ector Format Fielo S PM Class fo Motion v ectar Count STi Code Na Chit 4 0 eeraa e ize CBP onoona Depending on the chroma format the coded block pattern is displayed as a sequence of 6 8 or 12 bits From left to right the bit pattern represents the blocks in the macroblock as they are numbered in the standard MPEG specifica tions For more details see the ISO IEC 11172 3 and ISO IEC 11318 3 documents MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 43 ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams Analyzing Picture Quality Viewing the Macroblock The Macroblock Size Display provides a color mapped two dimensional Size Spectrum graphical plot of the macroblock size and type distribution in a picture it is plotted as an overlay on the slice display area This plot can be viewed by clicking on the MB Size Display button in the Slice and MB tab The types of all macroblocks in the picture are color mapped a Key is shown at the right side of the display and described below see Mac
65. c Hd To select a contiguous range of streams click on the first streams PID then hold the Shift or key down and click on the last stream s PID number If the required streams are not adjacent hold the Ctrl key down and click on the PID number for each stream All streams can be deselected by double clicking the mouse pointer over any item of data other than in the PID column To deselect a particular stream while leaving others selected hold the Ctrl key down and click on the stream s PID number Processing Streams Having selected one or more streams from the Stream List they can be analyzed in the buffer model To start analysis select the Process Streams option from the Process menu PEG 2 T STD Buffer Analyser 4 Optons Sitter Window Help m sx ii Process Streams Alternatively click on the Process button in the toolbar MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 4 21 T STD Buffer Analyzer Stream List pepe en ev ej mela eed Supported Profiles amp Buffer Analyzer supports the 6 Profiles Simple Main SNR Spatial High and Levels 4 22 It supports the 4 Levels High High 1440 Main and low Details of valid combinations of profile and level are given in standards document ISO IEC 13818 part 2 section 8 5 Start Up The hypothetical T STD specified in ISO IEC 13818 part 1 section 2 4 2 assumes a processing steady state To handle the start up processing before reaching th
66. color of the LED in the body of the icon indicates the most serious event state in the log When the top surface of the icon is gray it indicates that all entries in the log have been viewed Double click the icon to view the log Gray The log is empty Amber There are entries in the log but none since the log was last viewed Red There are new entries in the log Analyzer Window No If the user chooses not to select and analyze a stream the screen will appear as Stream Available shown in Figure 2 8 the analysis structure is present but with no stream content F Na File MPEG TS Compliance Analyser File Mawigation Settings Capturevu Record Help EQ dh Preferences Program Tests SIPSI PID Packets Summary paw Playing MFE Sessione i E e NA Humber af Programs D Current TS bit rats bps Current TS bit rata exeluding Full FID bp LJ TR 101 230 y ther C SF Eror Evert Leg LJ 2 1 Transport af 3 1 8 HIT Actus CQ z z cm cal 3 1b HIT Othar QJ 2 3 4 PCR Fon pezition Qi 3 2 St Repetition 3 2 3 b PCR Discontiraug Diekcabar Ji 3 5 8 Unref POD CJ 2 4 PER Accuracy LJ 3 5 0 SDT Actual 3 5 PTS 3 55 SOT Other Q 2 6 CAT LJ 345 2 EIT Actual 35b FIT Othar J 345 c EN PF J 3 7 RST 1 8 ToT TS Awadabiry J syne C trate 0 000000 Mbps Kp 188 Packer Sra 0 DWB Mo Extensies if Gj Figure 2 8 Analyzer window no file MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual
67. di Preferences 7777 a gt ad Program Tess SIPSI PID Packets f Summary Naw Playing Q Associated Tests Bt rate Graphs E M Transport Sirea id attri Notarork Mame Sanc Oo a a Bil ER Data at Cungor Q Pp 500 0x258 eer TE Pb Gm oes 4 PE EXEC O54 gd Prana Q PD 550 0264 XE PID 551 0288 3t SE Po os cc D Po 1005 caen H3 6 PD 1005 00365 H S P 1007 xar sii Q PHT pp ve oo RR e Prognom 4721 BBC Tun sem E Program 4351 BBC CHOKE ay E Program 4415 560 NEWS 24 mn m QU Program 4475 BC TEXT Sii E Qu Program 4543 BBC PARLNNT A MB eH i fendatlry Q syne prre 24 178337 Mbps ap 188 Packet Spe 204 511 359 Packets DW No extensors iB B Figure 2 56 Bit rate graph MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 129 TSCA Task Examples What is the Latest Version Number of the Program Association Table PAT in the SI Tables and their versions can be found in the Tables SI PSI view When a node representing a table is selected in the navigation view the table identity and the version are displayed in summary view top right as shown in Figure 2 57 oF Dstreamsisym mpg MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer Fils Mawigation Settings Capturevu Record Help EF ores n Gea dh rete 7077 as gt 8 Program Teds F PES Packets gt Summary Seion 5 Fosse tion hapa Gp tae Table ID Version 0 f 00 00 00 carried on PID 9 BE Programs PATJEMT SDT actual
68. difference is greater han 700ms PTS Ein PTS difference amp greater than TODme PTS Enc PTS difference k greeter than Ome PTS Emu PTS difference i greater than OD PTS Eia PTS difference e greater than ZODms PTS Eio PTS difference is greater than ZODms PTS Ein PTS difference E greater han ZODmes PTS Eng PTS diterenca amp greater than Dms Proa 1 Video FD 205 hal MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual NUM TS Paketin 4 Menus and Controls When a file is open the program presents a different set of menus and options They change as soon as the Program Structure and Event Log windows appear For example the Open file commands are replaced by Close file commands Toolbar u amp pe Te mjaa eal The Toolbar provides a set of convenient shortcuts for the more frequently used menu options The available commands are Closes the current file This button becomes enabled the moment a file is opened and analysis starts If the wrong file is being opened or the wrong options are selected clicking on the button will abandon the analysis and close the file Eg Open a file This button is disabled when a file is open Print the contents of the current window Opens a dialog which displays the program version number Toggles the Event Log window When the button is in this state the window is not visible and clicking on the button will open the Event Log m e Q Toggles the
69. for details of how to set up and use Buffer Analyzer and Tracer together MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 4 25 a Results Graphs The results of the analysis are plotted on a separate graph for each buffer When a graph is opened for a stream that is still being processed each result is plotted as soon as it is produced from the model All of the graphs have a similar format and controls Common Features The Axes All of the graphs plot time from the start of file on the x axis and current space used in the buffer on the y axis Zoom When the results graph is first opened the entire graph is shown Even a small file may display data points packed too closely to see the features clearly For example here is just under 20 seconds of a video stream that generated a lot of events BE Video Multiplex Buffer MB1 Pid 1110 ii 1753 1 d 1 ss 1 xl 75 DEK benennen T cements i E a Ir ee M E 4 015 0 9 030 012 045 15 D53 0 20 074 Time MM 55 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 4 27 T STD Buffer Analyzer Results Graphs Even this small sample holds some solid bands of blue lines and green event markers from which only general trends can be determined To change the time scale x axis to resolve finer detail click on the Zoom In button on the Toolbar ERE ZI amp ki Te me zE eL vi zs of a Zoom in as many times as required
70. for regression from the displayed list of files To select multiple files double click a file or select it and then drag and drop it in the lower window The streams selected for regression appear in the lower window Streams Selected For Regression Default Di CS IN OOWSS TEMP Change 22 k prajeckssStreamssCandidatesMiscsdHl cut mpg Cal HO OSS TEMP dA eut mpa lng 2 Kk nrajeckssStreams DCandidatesM iscmnlest orig mpg CAO DSSVSSTERNP mntest omg mpa log For each stream the following are displayed m File name M Default log file where the messages for the stream will go You can change this by clicking the icon displayed next to the log file name ES Analyzer displays a default directory where all log files are created that store the results of the regression You can change the directory for storing log files by clicking the Default Dir button M The stream type Initially this is not known and is set to Unknown Once the regression is complete this is updated to reflect the type of stream that the file contains An icon indicating the state of the stream Initially when a file is selected the icon appears as a question mark indicating an unknown status After the stream is regression tested the icon changes to red if the regression reported errors or changes to green if there were no errors Regression Running IOJ X C mpegstreams mls bombs 000 14316354 video Elementar Stre Minimize ES nal
71. headers may have special displays For example the video sequence header has a lot of information to be displayed in a small area This is achieved by using tabbed folders for all the MPEG 2 extensions see the following illustration The tab corresponding to an extension is disabled if the corresponding extension does not appear in the sequence header When an extension appears in the video sequence its presence is also communi cated by the changed color of text in red on the corresponding tab FE OME icE B oe esse COszsE RHUD acre Load Intra Quantizer M atris EXRCRBAEEUIEREUELS Load Non Intra Quantizer Matrix G Hee Load Chroma Intra Quantizer Matrix G 22 22 26 27 29 34 37 40 Load Chroma Man Intra Quantizer M atris 8 22 26 27 29 32 35 40 48 26 27 29 32 35 40 48 58 25 ey eo ED 23 6 E ee zr 29 35 38 46 6 63 83 Hex Display Window The hex display window shows a hexadecimal dump of header bytes contained in the header being currently displayed in the header fields display window This is useful if you are used to viewing the headers in the hexadecimal format rather than the interpreted format that is displayed in the header display window Also able to be displayed are sequence information at VES level and frame informa tion at GOP level as shown below 00 00 00 00 O1 01 14 23 9B B8 OO 00 00 O0 00 01 B5 85 55 57 00 OO OO OO OO 00 oo 00 0
72. information from the Hex View the PES Analyzer provides the Header Interpretation window This interprets the header and displays the contents in table form according to the MPEG 2 standards MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 23 Event Log QE test seamless mpg Event Log IDE XJ Starting Analysis e Information e Error e Error 3 Error e Error e Error 3 Error e Error e Error e Error e Error e Error e Error 3 Error e Error e Error e Error e Error e Error 3 Error 4 3 Audio PID 107 PES Packet 3 3 Audio FID 105 PES Packet 3 3 Audio FID 107 PES Packet 4 3 Audio FID 106 PES Packet 4 3 Audio PID 106 PES Packet 5 3 Audio FID 107 PES Packet 5 3 Audio FID 107 PES Packet E 3 Audio PID 106 PES Packet 6 3 Audio PID 105 PES Packet 7 3 Audio FID 107 PES Packet 7 3 Audio PID 106 PES Packet 8 3 Audio PID 1027 PES Packet 8 3 Audio FID 107 PES Packet 3 3 Audio FID 106 PES Packet 3 3 Audio FID 1027 PES Packet 10 3 Audio FID 105 PES Packet 10 3 Audio FID 107 PES Packet 11 3 Audio PID 106 PES Packet 11 3 Audio FID 106 PES Packet 12 PTS Error PTS Error FTS Error FTS Error PTS Error PTS Error PTS Error PTS Error PTS Error FTS Error PTS Error PTS Error PTS Error FTS Error PTS Error PTS Error FTS Error PTS Error PTS Error PTS difference is greater than 7m PTS difference ix greater than 700m PTS difference is greater tha
73. is open using the File menu Select File gt New Regression Script Note that disk drive icons are displayed on the right side of the directory window you may need to scroll right to view access them i T ektronix MPEG ES Analyser Mask3 File Edit Yiew Window Help Settings promampl mpg mediaplayer mpeg op i Streams Selected for Regression Default Dir CATEMP Change S AProjectssStreamss Candidate mpeg streams 100ga CATEMP 1 00grads mls lag D S Projects Streams Candidate smpeg streams prama CATEMP promomp _ mpa lag vje Reports Double click on the file you require and it should appear in the lower window Streams Selected for Regression with an orange question mark to the left of the file name When regression is done this will turn to a red or green ball depending on the errors found A default log file name is entered it can be renamed by clicking on the double arrow button to the right of the name After regression testing the log file can be viewed by double clicking on the log file name Error messages written to the log file can be controlled via the Message Settings screen MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Error Testing Methods and Outputs The button View Reports is only available to show dump dat files if they have been set up beforehand see Select Fields and Reviewing a Report sections Setting up the Regression You can select multiple streams
74. lets you view them graphically When motion vectors cross the picture boundary an error condition occurs and the same is reported in the error log window In this case the vector is drawn until the edge of the picture display MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 9 47 ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams Reviewing the Decoded ES Analyzer decodes and displays the selected picture when you click the Picture Picture Display button You can view I B or P frames or fields only for MPEG 2 GOP And Picture Sec And Mit Picture Player PP FRAME Slice Display MB Size Display Q Scale Code Display Motion Vector Display ispla Picture Display Macroblock Number 165 Motion Vector Parameters in units of je MV Forward Frame x Q0 y 00 Dther Parameters Intra FALSE DCT Type FRAME MB Quantizer Scale 3 CBP 3 011100 BB MB Size Pint Bekea nA Quantizer Scale 7 Sice Extension Flag X Inta Slice 3 Fiche ID NA Row Numberfja a X Mactobiock Quant W Prediction Type MA O STWCodeFag X Macroblack Pattern v Quanizerscae i Motion Vector Format N STW Class p Macroblock Motion Backward 9 DCT Type Frame Motion Vector Court NA STW Code ue Macroblock Motion Forward 3 Macroblock Sie 56 DMV Macroblock Address es CBP mmo ES Analyzer also allows you to view the previous and the next decoded picture whether frame or field by clicking the appropriate buttons The
75. n he a nhe TS Avaleniy GQ Sync Qj Etirete 41471002 mops 123 Pocket Size 188 DVE No Extensions Intertoce DVE Porcie E i Figure 2 31 PTS graph limits on 2 78 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts E localhost MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer File Mswigstion Settings Capturevu Record Help LED Qe Q9 amp eeex 777 fa e Our By Progam Tasis sues eus Packets P Aceocisted Tests PCR Graphs PTS Graphs pa rala Graphe E Tanor Sheer id 1 Network Name ADi 7779 a SS EE DI E QPoxem tm Dalo al Cursor m Progam um Packet None Selected UTC PRT PIE 200 Ox C8 E Arevaat int PID 210 O2 ee mmea n Q pp 230 0x65 A Peyami un E Qu eroaam4 ue is Prorom x H gt 4 m m 2 H ee TUNCHPEERHEXD s r TS Avodetaity QQ Sync Eirete 41471001 Mops 183 Pocket Size 188 pve No Exterssona Interface DVE Porplic iti B5 Figure 2 32 PTS graph limits off MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 79 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Bit Rate Graphs Bit rate graphs are available on program and PID nodes See also Graph Management page 2 68 F localhost MPEG T5 Compliance Analyzer File Mavigation Settings Capturevu Record Help EGP recat anaes uma ros dorem 7777718 d 777 Ou Roo mos Fl Qi Associated Tests PCR Graphs PTS Graphs BI rns Graphe Progam Tests SIESI PID Packets r
76. ons atop Ed beet bap tenses dia diet un 6 4 Menus and Controls 52e y RR UVRE EFE CRES Ya P RERO MUR ewan 6 13 NICMOS MONS 6 2152 uro doanthe sd n iSt iod no hoa ost ML cep mud E Reb sides 6 13 TOGIDIE S dna Sesion rd a os Odd cedat eandcm oes 6 17 Transport Packe BE 5s 4o DUE Qe oi oem UR tud iae soos 6 19 ARUSHA us auibus d htt hook OOM OS ae bales OLE mor dus bites mus dudas 6 20 WORKS E5023 tror dimora te iui modes dioe te aide cries E Pis 6 21 IV TCWG Sve C n ae alaas aoe ee 6 27 PrO ranis Services VIEW ous acetal edeew hue ber eke eile Bone as 6 30 Object Carousel View uas o po Toe n Sede Re PEOR wot e BAT 6 34 U NSDOWHBIOSGC VIG WE 2 trol uh ie rre eb a e PES Oe eed einai 6 41 Data Carousel D VB VEW see nu oda n e eque e tenant si tis saab dpa 6 45 Data Garo sel ARIB VEW vosmet p Hie ra ono e n Opus bp pas 6 46 Resource mul Ze T Er 6 50 SMOC Vi WS rerin rieren ua Tod e n o die BAT Dd S eR n awk ota iea ss 6 52 Bitrate VIEW oda ei ees e pote ie need o i An e Bn whe gina iets 6 55 KRepetion View 43 soupe koe Tod b n o ede Bon PEdACe wv e ATH 6 58 PD NIG cr 6 61 Bod rrr 6 64 Cycle Times VIOW S oeda te boxer Dres ta ved idis dde e Reed e qub p A dls 6 67 Application SUppOrt s iweb os io met ende 6 71 Application Management ccc ccc eee rnnr ereere 6 71 Application Definition 45e a ouo EE bI DATES PIDES EN PI Dd dE 6 73 Application Timing i22 EDO be oes EMEN DE EN Oe oes ES EN DT ED Dd 6 78 MHP SUDDOEI 55 CEP ETXE
77. same time To open a file select the Open option from the file menu If the required file is in the list of recently analyzed files then it can be opened from the list to save using the Open file dialog Alternatively use the Ctrl O keyboard shortcut GE MPEG 2 PES Analyser Eg view Settings Help Print Setup 1 amp d 1 Us mpg 2Ad_8s mpg 3 4d imn mpg 4 Ad 5s mog Exit There is also a shortcut button available on the Toolbar for opening a file which has the standard file open symbol Once a file is open this button will be disabled which is shown by being grayed 99 out MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual PES Analyzer Getting Started Window Layout Program Structure and Event Log windows are opened as soon as the file is opened The layout of the windows will have been saved from the last time the program was used If the program has just been installed the windows will be in the application default Cascade arrangement which looks like this i MPEE 2 PES Analyse d Ts mpg Fie Edt View Options Window Hen Stat ng Lorin Anal Complete Interval E E z Packet Nurses u SALLE IMUM TS Packet 1047 ZA Many users rearrange the windows so that the Program Structure and Event Log windows do not overlap The examples in this manual often use this arrange ment i MPEE 2 PES Anahleser d Ts mpg Program 1 Catena MIT Q Video PID 269000121 B
78. selected from the Dump CC Statistics option sub menu for example EIA608 3 A destination file must be specified for the statistics dump 4 Further analysis must be carried out to provide data for the statistics dump The following paragraphs describe the setup required for each standard however the previous steps must be adhered to for the dump to be successful MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Closed Caption Analysis EIA608 Closed Caption Statistics Dum P 1 Select the EIA608 option from the Dump CC Statistics sub menu lucent 5 mpg J Settings E a Dump CC Statistics an 2 Enable Dump Statistics Closed Caption ElA608 Statistics 3 Identify a destination file in the Statistics File field 4 Enable the parameters to be dumped 5 Select OK Existing reports reports that you set up can be viewed by selecting View Report MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 99 ES Analyzer Closed Caption Analysis EIA708 Closed Caption Statistics Dump l 1 Select the EIA708 option from the Dump CC Statistics submenu lucent156 mpg 3 Sellings 2 Enable Dump Statistics Closed Caption EIA7OS Statistics CATEMPACE7UBT dat m Semice 1 Service 1 Service Z T3573 ES 3 Identify a destination file in the Statistics File field 4 Enable the parameters to be dumped 5 Select OK Existing reports that is repor
79. set W Qi Program sazs BBC TEXT JH E Program 4545 BEC PARLMAT J 11 02 20 046 15853860 TR 161 230 error minimum any section repetition error Id DWG EIT inte Vite 1501607 TR 164 230 error nmirimum any section repetition error id Oye EIT iri 102 SB 15855514 TR 161 230 error minumum ary sachon rapebhion error d DE EIT infs 110230339 15850751 TR 101 730 error minimum ary section repellir error id DWE EIT ints 11 02 S288 15843841 SDT Timer error end curalinn Z015ms 0230274 SOT Timer error start 110229200 TR t 230 error 1 6 FID error pid 61 3 timescul start TR 161 230 error 1 6 FI error pid 623 timeout start 15842610 TR 163 230 error minimum ary section repetition error Od D E EIT int 11 02285813 15842312 TR 101 230 error minimum ary recon regebhon error Ud DYE EIT inte Vil PRATA lARRAAR TR t FAN erro emia are Section raed jme id 0 FIT T ME TS Avadehity Qi Sync Qe 24 128792 Mbps 188 Facket See 204 OVE Na Exhereaons Interface AST ia Figure 2 10 Program View The detail view shows details of the node highlighted in the navigation view With the tree expanded the navigation view shows the makeup of the stream as shown in Figure 2 10 the stream display consists of the nodes shown in Figure 2 11 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 21 TSCA Using the Program View Program Tests SIPSI PID Packets E i SSS Transport stream node 5 2 Tr
80. size 720 H x 576 W pixels The regions and objects are rendered at their actual locations on the blank screen The user can select the Decoder Type and Background Color from the drop down lists DWB Subtitle Data Page View gt Setting Decoder Type 4 BitDecoder 7 Background Calc Bi aaa NOTE Background color is not carried in the broadcast The user can select a suitable color 5 106 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose MA 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com
81. spectrum for a GOP and the frame size plots Spectrum To view the plot 1 Display the GOP for which you want to see the Frame Size Spectrum plot 2 Click the Show Frame Size Statistics icon Es on the toolbar The following plot is displayed Each bar represents the frame size in kilobytes Frame Size Spectrum for GOP No 1 46 0 Frame Size Bytes Selecting the Show Data Distribution button will further enhance the plot by showing the content of each frame Frame Size Spectrum for GOP No 1 48 0 43 3 38 5 33 8 20 8 Frame Size Bytes Picture Size Bytes Use ala Sime Bytes U MotonVector Size Bytes 578 DCT Size Bytes 1 7082 Content is color coded as shown by the Key in the bottom left corner Details of the content of each frame are displayed when the cursor is moved over a frame 5 56 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams Using the Video Viewer for Picture Analysis The video viewer or Picture Player allows you to play a video stream and display the decoded picture on the screen The picture player playback speed may vary from real time according to the ES Analyzer processor speed You may also notice certain pauses in the display at regular intervals These pauses occur at GOP boundaries The Remote Control described below allows you to pause and resume the display at any frame You can also restart the display from the beginning o
82. starts If scripts are not present in the scripts directory the interpretation and validation of the SI will be incomplete NOTE If the script list is modified in any way always use the button to verify the changes Scripts can be selected from any directory using the button If the directory is not that identified in the Scripts Directory field the path either relative or absolute will be displayed with the script name in the Script Files list NOTE The Scripts Directory browse button allows you to specify a default directory for script selection The browse window does not display the scripts available If you need to see the scripts available use Windows Explorer If the standard script list has been customized and you want to return to the default list of scripts highlight the required Base Standard and Region and select the default script button the list will be overwritten with the default list NOTE Each Base Standard and Region combination can be individually customized Script Validation Validating scripts checks the syntax of the listed scripts If the Enabled scripted section validations during analysis checkbox is enabled the scripts are checked during analysis to ensure that the data as defined by the scripts is as expected for example values are within specified ranges A fault in the syntax of a script will not necessarily prevent a stream from being analyzed but it may result 1n incomplete analysis of the st
83. stream OHUBEB 2 PES pgg data original PTS cpp ES an additional peg scrambling sicnt alignment copyight or DITS flags He contral indicator copy flags UM Ove Ux OU 00 01 C3 OB B2 60 80 05 23 4E L3 rO BF 20 47 PTS 45 A 76 Fl 17 DA B3 OB 24 22 BU 24 B2 7C 1 amp 30 07 SE CO 42 05 FD 97 71 EC 80 F3 Ad CC B1 BD 24 61 090C 52 F3 FA 8D Al BO OF AU 3E OF SL SF 26 1 304032073 OC E1 OC 2E 66 CB 03 D2 EB 1D 88 58 81 90 DC 25 24 69 49 B BD 83 52 01 A8 IF 42 F1 ED CE C4 AB 0 4L 32 03 BC 08 DS DE 38 CS O4 B3 44 9 CC CT 4D To look at the timing of all the PTS carrying packets open the PTS DTS View HE test seamless mpg PTS DTS View Prog 3 Audio PID 107 DatssatCuso 4 AL Number 3b Skream Type Audio PES Packet Number T ES 1404092079 ID 1 MPEG Layer 2 Layer Bitratel nder 10 132kbit z Frequency AA000H2 Wade Stereo Made Extension a 1660 2520 3350 4200 5040 45904 1 SES PST s AX Jaob3s x L L L L L L L L LS L L L L L L L L r L L L L L L L L 4 7 p P a es ee E er lucc BSz3s 2 m mom om m om m m m om APTS TOIS Access unit tine s sum of durations Copyright Mone Orignal Corp This shows all the PES packets for the selected PID See the section on the PTS DTS View for more information on selecting a particular packet MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual
84. stream ID SID B At GOP level the location of GOP header start at PES level and Pack level is displayed by PES packet number amp Pack number respectively B At AES amp AC3 level the location of frame header start at PES level and Pack level is displayed by PES packet number and Pack number respective ly M Byte offset in the file which is the first byte of the Pack header being currently viewed in both the hexadecimal and decimal formats 5 74 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual r Working with Teletext Teletext can be incorporated into DVB streams ES Analyzer allows the associated data to be analyzed and viewed TEST To view the teletext data navigate to the teletext icon in the Tree View window Initially the Page Header data will be displayed PES PID 257 PES Pacies z PESIPID 321 PES contar EE PROGRAM E33 3 4 PROGRAM 637 P PROGRAM 900 G ef PROGRAM 40 6 640 DVB Teletext ii MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 75 ES Analyzer Working with Teletext Using the Next button details of the page can be viewed in the Data Packet tab c Tektronix MPEG 2 ES Analyser ACI on DVE mpgl Inr We Fle Ect View Window Node Zetng Help 18 x soul Za ae lelledhesalsst ab TPT 2 5 E af PROGRAM man Teletet Data Block lib 5 r Bj PESIPO 255 MPEG 2 Data ideni e Data Ung ID EE 7 a PESIPID 255 MPEG 1A e HAE x Line isat 5 Faid Panhy Fa Fide
85. the Name in the Program Structure or from the List in the Slider Bar List Box PID 89 040059 PID 90 040054 Program 2 xL Video PID 305 0 0131 oe Audio FID 306040132 Audio PID 96040060 Prog viden FID 305 m Audio FID 97 0 0067 Prog 2 Audio FID 306 h Q0 89 Audio PID 3 050062 Frog z Audio FI J6 Program 3 Prog 2 Audio FID 37 ie Prog 2 Audio PID 38 E Program 4 Program 3 Prog 3 videa PID 180 Prog 3 Audio PID 104 Prog 3 Audio PID 105 Prog 3 Audio PID 106 Prog 3 Audio PID 107 Prog 4 Wideo PID 1 amp 1 Prog 4 udio PID 112 Prog 4 Audio PID 113 Frog 2 Video FID 305 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 35 i ee PTS DTS Timing Analysis Ad_10s_mpg PTS DTS View Prog 2 Video PID 305 Data at Cursor al BOs AE RA ESO EE KE EEEE KE EEEE KE EAE EEE ROEE ALI Number Stream Type Video PES Packet Number dims td 1 Omek CBC ETCH ec BES SCT ed CE Se beeen FECT BE BRE PE SHC 3400 3 760 4120 4480 4640 S200 5 560 5 920 6 200 XPTS Access unit time s TOTS sum of durations Profile amp Level Main amp Main The PTS DTS View shows timing analysis of the selected stream The x axis shows the duration of the stream in seconds The y axis shows the differences between the expected and actual DTS values A vertical blue line is used to show the difference between the
86. the dialog box without applying the changes To store the displayed messages J Click the right mouse button anywhere in the error display window 2 Select Dump To File from the menu that appears LOCATION 42 TPT Packett87048 gt TPT Packet IB TPT gt PES P I ie TPT Packett TPT Packet TPT PES PID 32 PES Packets containing Frivat Dump To File Clear Log Window Filter Messages 3 The Dump Message dialog box is displayed Enter the name of the file in which you want to store the messages 4 Click the Save button when done To clear the windows 1 Click the right mouse button anywhere in the error display window 2 Select Clear Log Window from the menu that appears PT SPESIPID 32 PES Packets containing Privat 5 22 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Error Testing Methods and Outputs Status Bar During regression and run through mode progress through the stream is indicated by the status bar at the bottom of the main window The status bar is split into multiple fields and displays the following A progress bar indicates the approximate byte position in the file for the currently selected stream NOTE Since you can view each embedded stream inside a multiplexed stream independently it is possible that in each embedded stream you may be viewing packets which are far apart in the stream In such cases the file pointer will be at different position
87. to achieve the desired magnification The magnification is doubled each time the button is clicked In this example clicking on the Zoom In button three times gave a much clearer view BF Video Multiplex Buffer MB1 Pid 1110 W n m Fs NE HMM BU NEM PME NEN 0 2317 0 2919 0 3 321 0 3 823 0 4324 0 4 9826 Time MM 55 S S To Zoom back out click on the Zoom Out button as many times as required ERE ZI amp 3 r5 e eB ec v zs of ala Each time the Zoom Out button is clicked the magnification is halved until the full graph is again displayed 4 28 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T STD Buffer Analyzer Results Graphs Scrolling the View The slider at the bottom of the window indicates where the displayed area is in relation to the rest of the file It can be used to scroll the display through the graph in a similar way to a window scroll bar Slider Control View Bar Shows either the center of the visible Shows size and position area of the graph or the position of the of visible area of the cursor in both the file and visible area graph within the file To scroll the stream through the view M Drag the Slider Control left or right with the mouse M Click the mouse pointer in the slider bar either the clear sections or the view bar to the side of the Slider Control When a time or event is selected on the graph the Slider Control is automatic
88. to include the limit values Upper limit Show limits L Limit limit Hide limits Et Figure 2 29 Figure 2 1 Limits display Hide show the limits by selecting Hide Limits Show Limits on the graph right click menu or toolbar When the limits are hidden the graph is rescaled between the maximum and minimum Y values Settling Time Some of the graphs in the TSCA require a number of samples to be available before meaningful results can be displayed The period during which sufficient samples are being gathered is referred to as the settling time During this settling time the graph is grayed out and displays the word Settling Time MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 73 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Zoom Feature PCR Graphs 2 74 You can zoom graphs in and out using the controls on the menu bar or from the Graph Menu An area of a graph can also be expanded by holding the right mouse button and dragging a rectangle around the required area Zooming action in or out is centered on the center point of the graph irrespec tive of the cursor position Both axes are expanded contracted to accommodate the revised display The graph is expanded or contracted by 25 of the displayed area each time that the control is used Double clicking on a graph rescales the axes to show the complete plotted data set If the shift key is held while the zoom control is clicked the Y axis is locked while the X ax
89. transport streams through PES and video streams into GOP pictures slices and all the way down to the macroblock layer Play out audio streams to MPEG 1 MPEG 2 Layers I and II Japanese AAC and Dolby Digital AC 3 standards Audio play to soundcard Analyze Layer I Layer II audio data AC 3 audio and AAC audio View video output with the incorporated video player and analyze picture data for any frame Produce picture quality analysis data including Quantizer Scale distribution motion vectors graph in a picture and macroblock and picture size plots View the coded block patterns that have been extracted Display and analysis of DCT coefficients for each macroblock in a picture View interpreted and hexadecimal view of headers for all streams Display and analysis of DVB Teletext information View and analyze DVB subtitle content View and analyze ATSC closed caption to EIA608 and EJA708 standard View PID spectrum analysis for transport streams Analyze multiple streams in batch mode through the regression testing mode MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 1 ES Analyzer Getting Started M Quickly navigate through stream hierarchy using the powerful and easy to use graphical interface including the Stream Properties summary window m Seekback at all levels allowing users to go back in a stream at all levels thus allow more flexibility in navigation m Set a level to report errors filter them a
90. 0 00 OO g0 0 00 OO ODO OO 00 OO OO OO O1 7A 14 36 CO 34 Al 43 E2 EO C8 OO 30 75 39 CC El 2B DE 7 9A A7 10 79 BA 69 60 40 08 1D 3D EB AE 20 8B 3C F1 33 1 87 1C 9F 43 88 C1 8C 80 3E 0 DL del E afe 0000 Len D 0 Go to field Find field The data collection for the hex display window can sometimes be memory intensive and can affect ES Analyzer s performance You can turn on the hex display or turn it off according to your requirements by checking or clearing the MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 11 Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose MA 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com ES Analyzer Getting Started check box next to Hex Window in the Open dialog box If you have not enabled the Hex Window option when opening a stream you will be unable to open it when ES Analyzer is parsing the stream However you can dynamically turn off the Hex Window whenever you want by clicking the Show Hide Hex Viewer icon on the toolbar if you enabled it when you opened the stream See details in the Opening an MPEG Stream section The hex window displays a hyphen after every eight bytes for display purposes The status bar in the hex window displays the current cursor position s byte offset from the start of the header If you select a sequence of bytes in the hex window the size and the byte offset from the start of the selection appears in the status bar when you release the mous
91. 0 error 2 5 PTS error Timer pid 220 end I CNN NE 14 50 48 451 27806523 TR 101 230 error 2 5 PTS error Timer pid 220 start Reset Color A onrFenonns 4345m2annn TR 4fM 900 errar 3 R FIT PF eren det Divide Fender amp i Reset All Colors uni am km pac et Sh i umm 188 Packet Size 188 DVB No Extensions Interface DVB Parate I 0 __ Fh Goto PCR Graphs Figure 2 38 Event log context menu color MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 87 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Figure 2 39 shows the Color dialog box Preview r Lr sample Text Sample Text Coc Coen Cree Figure 2 39 Event log color dialog boxes 2 Select the primary display color The color can be specified from the Swatch tab It can also be specified in HSB Hue Saturation Brightness or RGB Red Green Blue terms by selecting the appropriate tab and entering the required values 3 Select OK AII events of the same type are now highlighted in the selected color The color coding on a single event type can be removed by selecting Reset Color from the Event Log context menu Color coding can be removed from all event types by selecting Reset All Colors from the context menu 2 88 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Bit Rates Bar Charts In a stream bit rates are calculated and displayed for the following m Transport stream
92. 00 MB are available for analysis MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 103 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Resuming Analysis You can resume deferred analysis by selecting the Resume Analysis button from the dialog box or the tool bar NOTE When you select the Resume Analysis button analysis will continue from the point at which analysis was paused Similarly you can resume real time analysis by selecting the Restart Analysis button from the dialog box or the tool bar NOTE While real time analysis is paused further analysis is stopped When the Restart Analysis button is pressed analysis is restarted at the current time 2 104 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Triggered Recording During real time analysis stream information can only be held for a finite time eventually it will be overwritten by more up to date information To examine events that occur in real time mode more closely recordings can be made manually or automatically Recordings are saved to hard disk and can be subsequently analyzed and examined in more detail The Triggered Recording setup is accessed by the Record Setting button on the toolbar or Record gt Record Settings on the menu bar the Recording Settings dialog box is displayed The dialog fields are described below Record Settings s Qrnewv 70 000000 Jos Target file Path Cotermplrecording mpg File Size
93. 029 010 037 Time MhM 55 For Video streams this graph shows the results for modeling a Multiplex Buffer For Audio and System Control streams the graph shows the results for the Main buffer The title bar shows the stream type Here is an example to show the title for a graph of a System Control stream on PID 34 taken from a different file EE System Main Buffer E Pid 34 U2 sd 0 4 745 D 7 12 0 3439 0 11 563 Time MM S5 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 4 37 T STD Buffer Analyzer Results Graphs Transport Buffer Graph BP video Transport Buffer TH1 Pid 305 r2 374 r4 748 0 7 121 3 485 11 863 Time MM 55 The Transport Buffer graph shows results of modeling the Transport Buffer for Video Audio or System Control streams The type of stream is shown in the title bar In the above example the results plotted are for a Video stream carried in PID 305 Here is an example of an audio stream on PID 306 from the same transport stream 4 38 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T STD Buffer Analyzer Results Graphs BP Audio Transport Buffer TBn Pid 306 1 I 1 I eee eee eee eee eee eee sts eee eee eee possesses D2 374 4 748 D 7321 0 5 495 0 11 564 Time MM 55 Detail Message Logging The Buffer Analyzer may be used with the software developers utility Tracer to reveal more detail When executed with the d command line option the Buffer Analyzer produc
94. 04 511 359 Packets DB No Estensoms BS EJ Figure 2 26 PCR graphs Within the category the x axis is common to the all graphs A horizontal scroll bar allows you to select an area for inspection when the graph extends beyond the display area 2 69 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Cursor Data and Control 2 70 The y axis initially shows the measurement limits both upper and lower where appropriate Limits are set from the Tests view see page 2 39 The area outside the limits is shaded red the shading can be hidden if required using the graph context menu The Y axis is rescaled to show the maximum and minimum data points A cursor can be displayed on the graphs allowing you to see accurate measure ments in the adjacent data panel Place the cursor by left clicking any data point on one of the graphs Note that the cursor is displayed at the same point on all of the visible graphs Q Associated Tests PCR Graphs PTS Graphs Bit rate Graphs P 09 ac AQ mG rog a a E Ei 3 Links Data at Cursor Packet UTC 1 108 342 821 270 418 Date Time 18 47 04 270 O Hiter 3 inaccuracy 8 Arrival Int 38 Drift Freg Offset 2 183 Figure 2 27 Graphs cursor A tooltip is displayed when the point is selected giving the X and Y coordinates of the point the values of these will vary depending on the graph Data associated with the selected point will also be displayed in the grap
95. 053 09e Audio PID 90 0005 H Program 2 fe Program 3 An Elementary Stream is selected by default The Program Structure view shows the selected stream and other streams in the same program The first program is expanded to show the streams in the next level Streams in the other programs are initially hidden from view The structure is represented by a tree diagram with the root node or highest level component at the top Components which contain more information beneath them in the structure are indicated by a square box Components that are connected to a branch of the tree without a square box are leaf nodes In this case the Video and Audio elementary streams are leaf nodes They display the lowest and finest level of detail Nodes can be expanded and contracted by clicking on the square box 3 34 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual PES Analyzer Program Structure Selecting a Packet Type When a file is first opened and analyzed a stream will be selected by default The type is indicated by the magnifying glass symbol B in the Program Structure It is also displayed in the Packet Type list Box on the Slider Bar A new stream may be selected from either the list box or the window QE Ad_10s mpg Program Structure ESI Program 1 Pe Video io FID 290 0801 22 oo Audio PID 88 0 0058 e FID 289 040121 Elementary Stream by selecting
96. 1 morior m EiT por tat Hierarchy window E Fs FESP0 273 MPEG 2 Video i H i M i Fis Hare Summary window x fi Ses Shean Type Video Tracks Audio Tracks Typo Video Analysis window Total Progamr Packetit 12351 Propam 170 Resdng PMI Packetit 13067 Reading PAT Pxeket 13911 Pregiam 170 Aosding PMT Error log window Packet 15447 Roading PAT Packetll 15171 Propantt 170 Roading PUT 5 80 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Advanced Audio Compression ADIF Stream Forms The analyzed information regarding the input ADIF stream is displayed by means of a property sheet containing three tabs The ADIF Header tab Figure 5 1 displays the fields of the header Ese E ed penny us 0 SCE 2 SCE 3 SCE 4 SCE S SCE 6 CPE 0 CPE 1 CPE 2 CPE 4 CPE 5 CPE 6 CPE 7 OPE 8 CPE 9 CPE 10 CPE 11 CPE 12 CPE 13 CPE 14 CPE 15 SCE 7 SCE 8 SCE 9 SCE 10 SCE 11 SCE 12 NA Figure 5 1 ADIF header Information The Raw Data tab Figure 5 2 displays the fields in each raw data block A slider control helps to navigate through the various raw data blocks The information regarding each raw data block is displayed by means of another child property sheet containing seven tabs the fields in each tab are shown in Figure 5 3 to Figure 5 9 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 81
97. 104 290 error 2 5 PTS e amp rrar Itl Figure 2 37 Event log color coding Description Timer pid 220 end duration 45mzs Timer pid 220 start Timer pid 310 end duration 40mz Timer pid 310 start Timer pid 410 end duration 40ms Timer pid 240 end duration 40mz Timer pid 410 start Timer pid 210 start Timer pid 510 end duration 40m TR 1041 200 error 5 PATS eren c Timer nid S10 start MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts 1 Highlight the event type and select Color from the context menu see Figure 2 38 QR 101 290 Q other Q SFN Error Event Log Description TR 101 290 error 3 6 c EIT PF error Id x4e Extended Id 0x1 27813738 TR 101 280 error 2 5 PTS error Timer pid 310 end duration 40ms 14 50 48 881 27818536 TR 101 290 error 2 5 PTS error Timer pid 310 start 143046516 27815553 TR 101 280 error 2 5 PTS error Timer pid 410 end duration 40ms 27815284 TR 101 280 error 2 5 PTS error Timer pid 210 end duration 40ms 14 50 48 776 27815456 TR 101 290 error 2 5 PTS error Timer pid 410 start 14 50 46 766 27815182 TR 101 280 error 2 5 PTS error Timer pid 210 start 28 Feb 2005 14 5048701 27813389 TR101230error 2 5 PTS error Timer pid 510 end dur EVenE ID 14120 28 Feb 2005 14 50 48 661 27812296 TR 101 290 error 2 5 PTS error Timer pid 510 start xml Export Log 14 50 48 499 27807847 TR 101 29
98. 132 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual SI PSI Nodes The Tables view SI PSI tab displays the service information in tree form The tree represents all of the service information tables found in the analyzed stream that comply with the selected digital video standard including MPEG program specific information DVB service information and ATSC and ISDB program and system information protocol The tree contains nodes for each table found tables nodes are grouped together functionally This appendix identifies the nodes that may be present for each standard Figure 2 59 shows an example of Table navigation view with DVB stream interpretation selected Tables 2 15 to 2 19 show the nodes that may be displayed in the SI PSI navigation view depending on the interpretation standard selected and the content of the stream localhost MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer Fie Navigation Settings Capturevu Record Hep R a ett nates Qu g a Peau qae embed r3 gd Fasan ea Q am b s 4 Program Tests SUPS Pi Packets Primary nodes j sga i gg Programms PATIPITIEDT ihn BJ FAT 3 BB Puts gradi Pe Patt Progen 1 Adherent i Ecunsts e Tables UP TISET alus C ovi Program 2 Adherent 1 Networks MATS E PET Program 3 Adherent m a Time mimo Gy Pur Priye Adherent 17 e EPS ESTEE 3 Pur Program 5 neret v BE SOT acusi i m Bouquets RAs B9 ugs d 0911 BS TJ amp QB Networks
99. 15 BEC NEWS 24 m 2308 01 00 5E QA 84 85 1921682310 2251010010 UDS 1054 S001 31432 ME url v a Q Progen 4479 BEC TEXT Wii i D Frogs S43 BOCPARLMNT J RH Program 4251 BOC CHOKE ww 206 0 0 s gt IKS TS Avaisbity Q Syo Btrae 33721014 Mepa 188 Packet Sze 138 OVE No Extenione interface DVE Parate IN B Figure 2 44 MPE view 2 98 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts CaptureVu Feature The Capture Vu feature allows you to capture and analyze system events during deferred or real time analysis in order to debug the intermittent and complex problems that traditional analyzers miss The feature can be activated either manually by selecting the capture button during analysis or automatically by a CaptureVu breakpoint preset on a test This action freezes the analysis and allows details of the analysis up to that moment to be examined Links to the packet and the test where applicable at the point at which the capture button was pressed or a designated test failed are displayed in the CaptureVu Settings dialog box NOTE If a recurring test failure needs to be examined in its true context it is advisable to make a triggered recording With pretriggering set it is then possible to examine the events surrounding a test failure See Triggered Recording page 2 105 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 99 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts S
100. 157437 157662 157705 157739 157920 0 25 649 0 29 655 0 29 689 VBV DELAY period exceeds availat WBW_ DELAY period exceeds availat Start of EB underflow VBW_DELAY period exceeds availat End of EB underflow VBV DELAY period exceeds availat Z General Event General E vent EB LUnderflow 5 tart General Event EB Underflaw E nd General Event KP Video Elementary Buffer EB1 Pid 610 100 502 ox 0 25 892 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 200 150 i 50 0 25 892 p eee eae aw ayer ee eae aye ae ee ee ee ee ee ee ee gee ee ee ee eK Ks d 0 30 390 031 989 0 33 389 Time MM SS 027 291 0 29 991 c 28 831 0 30 330 31 883 33 385 Time MM 55 x 27 331 4 31 T STD Buffer Analyzer Results Graphs Synchronize Views Graphs of results may be open for one or more streams For each stream one or more graphs may be displayed The graphs may have their zoom cursor position and visible section manipulated separately or all the graphs may be synchro nized For example in unsynchronized operation the open graphs may look like this BF Video Multiplex Buffer MB1 Pid 1110 0 2581 0 2 832 0 3 082 0 3 333 3 504 03 625 Time MM 55 4 427 E 5 484 E 8 431 10 433 12 505 14 513 Time MM 55 This pair of graphs show different periods in the file at different magnifications To synchronize the views
101. 2 23 TSCA Understanding the Analyzer Window Error Status LEDs A major feature used throughout the TSCA interface is error status LEDs that represent the status of the tests applied to associated items for example programs tests and PIDs Colors used are as follows Red Error test failed Yellow Transient error error not currently being detected but has been seen since last reset Green No error test passed Gray Test disabled COCO White Test not applicable or unknown state mE k ad Red PID referenced but not found in the stream When an LED represents a parent node in a tree for example a program node is the parent of elementary stream nodes the color represents the worst case of all of its tests and the worst case of all of the tests represented by its child nodes Similarly when an LED representing a parent node in a tree is disabled or enabled all subsidiary or child nodes are also disabled or enabled to reflect the state of the parent node When an LED representing a parent node is reset all the child nodes are also reset NOTE The color scheme described here is used throughout the TSCA interface For example the bit rate bars in the navigation views Test Management Context Tests can be disabled and enabled as required using the context menu associated Menu Options with the LED icon However it is important to note that the extent of the action depends on the hierarchical l
102. 325 Repetticn Q aanumerPc Q 35 4507 Actus LJ 3 56 SOT Other Q 36407 Actual LJ asb EIT Other giascuner srRzT 3 When sufficient data has been gathered and the display has stabilized you can start using the TSCA to view the analysis 4 To analyze another stream file or to reanalyze the current stream using different standards use the File Open Transport Stream menu selection MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 11 TSCA Getting Started Setting Up the IP Interface Two Ethernet interfaces are fitted as standard on the MTS400 Series systems one 10 100 Base T and one 10 100 1000 Base T GigE These allow for basic detection and display of all UDP User Datagram Protocol traffic on a network Extraction of an MPEG over IP stream is possible if the licensed option is enabled IP multicast addresses are indicated Note that the TSCA will not automati cally join a multicast group see also Multijoin Utility page 2 13 UDP streams carrying MPEG TS traffic are indicated A selected UDP stream carrying TS traffic may be selected for analysis and recording in a similar manner to any other physical interface Open Transport Stream Interiaces Select fram lhe avallaexe mberieces FP Intertace Settings Select a configuration bo sel up the IP interface ET v nen Josue Curreri Settings These ane the parameter settings for the currere selected configur etian ea To change the paramete
103. 4 2 View menu options Command Function Toolbar Displays or hides the toolbar otatus Bar Displays or hides the status bar Settings Opens the Settings dialog for specifying Video Buffer Sizes and Video Data Transfer method a check mark next to an option shows that the toolbar is currently visible no check mark means that it is hidden Various configuration parameters including Packet Interpretation Pre Scan Packets PES Private Interpretation Video Buffer Sizes Video Data Transfer method and Audio Buffer sizes may be modified before and after opening an MPEG file When a file is open one or more streams may be analyzed the settings may be changed and then other streams may be analyzed with the new settings If the settings are changed to reanalyze streams analyzed with previous settings the MPEG file must be closed and opened again MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T STD Buffer Analyzer Getting Started It is a good idea to check the settings before opening a file to verify the method with which video streams will be analyzed Select Settings from the View menu to open the Settings dialog TI MPEG 2 T STD Buffer Analyser This opens the Settings dialog which has three tabs System Video and Audio System Settings System video Audio Packet Interpretation Fre 5can Packets f MPEG All Packets C MPEG2 ATSC 10000 packets aca Audio Pes Private Interpretation
104. 4103 Mohach humne Sand A PID 600 55 ene Oran A 4 PD Se ssa f Qro 2610258 E Q P 650 0234 iE SE PD 651 0288 jji J P 552 10296 Hei Q PD 1005 casera it 8 PD 1005 EE ER E P 1007 amr ij Per Pb 167 10047 B Qu Progrom 4221 BBC Tuo sm x QR Program 4351 BEC CHOKE cs o Program 44415 Beet MEWS M n Qu Program 4475 niic TEXT igi H Qi Progrom 4343 BEC PARLANT A d Preferences OFS D gt ad Summary hoe Playing o Asaociatad Tests Bt rate Graphs Program number 4187 0x 1047 Senice Prowidar z BAC Samica Type 1 digital television service 13 25 16 10 UTC 1610 1525 UTC PI Eng grat Lis Current Bc Fares Cumulatia Bit rale 6 112 Mbps TS Avadablry Q Sync Bt rate 26 128557 Mbps qp 188 Packat Sow 204 511 359 Packets DB No Extensens IM I Figure 2 55 Program PID bit rate pie chart A selection of statistics for each program PID is shown in the charts Either current or mean bit rates can be shown by selecting the Show Mean Values option from the Summary view context menu For deferred analysis the current bit rate is the final bit rate You can also display a bit rate graph for the highlighted node by selecting the Bit Rate Graphs tab 2 128 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Task Examples F Streamstbbect aug generaled timestamps MPG MPEG I5 Compliance Analyser Fis Mawigation Settings Capturevu Record Help BE reene uns ooo
105. 475 BEC HEAS 24 EIT actus D serica 1478 BEC TEXT ET achas H E Service 4543 BBC PARLMNT ETT netus m gua S18 Transport Strenm 158 aT ls gua 3014 Transport Stremnm 122530 5D i E hacr 9018 Transport Steam 18384 EDT D iier 9018 Transport Stream 22482 501 PB riteecek 9010 Transport Stream 24576 501 ucc 331 IT 007 BEC TWO ast Miara ila BBC CHOICE TS Awadabiry Q syne QU Bitrate 24 128337 Mbps dp 163 Packet Spe 2M 511 359 Packets Dv No Estensons fifi E Figure 2 19 Tables view Programs example EPG Views A specific departure from the Table Summary view described previously is the EPG view this is displayed when a section of the EPG table is highlighted For a description of the general presentation of the EPG view see page 2 93 2 46 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Using the Tables View Tables Detail View Section View oF Dstreamsibhbclaug 77 generated timestamps MPG MPEG TS Compliance Analyser File Navigation Settings Capturevu Record Help j E reter tn Cher OD Program Tests SUPol PID Packets uuo og Programs PATIPMT GT actuali PAT BE PMTs 3 Pur Program 2157 Bec OME B Pet Program 4231 BES Ta PT Program 4351 BEC CHOICE PHT Program 4415 BEC HEAS 24 PHT Program 4470 BEC TEXT PHT Progam 4545 BEC PARLANT BB SOT aches Bp LEID IET E This rabwcek MIT actualy z Gy Tone TDTATOT m TDT B ror z SB es mentes
106. 57 Q PD 210 ony Q PO 220 me FID 310 0 35 2 PD 410 021945 Q ro 510 AFE gaascaT x greet o Cer E OL EFN Bro Qr 12m Q roid om Q roa wi Orono Q po 300 c144 Qro ao prona Q po 420 ct 44 Q po 430 mc Q rosa mrE iD po 222 i205 po s 212 am Event Log Parteners T Awaiabity QD Sync Strate 41 871001 Mbps dE 138 Pocket Size 188 DWE MoEstensona Intetoce OVE Porote i NI Figure 2 35 PID test parameters Each test parameter entry includes the following fields Description of parameter Value the current setting If the setting is the same as the nominal value an icon will also be displayed in this field Units in which the measurement is made Maximum and minimum values These are the maximum and minimum values recommended by the standard selected Nominal value This is the value or setting recommended by the interpreta tion standard selected It is important to understand the difference between default and nominal values If a parameter value is set for a test it becomes the default value for the test and hence for all PIDs subject to that test PIDs using the default value will have bullet icon is displayed in the Value field see Figure 2 36 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Changing a test parameter value Figure 2 36 Parameter value default icon However you can also set individual PID parameter values the value se
107. 745 Data URL http Aw divans r Go Hame NEAM Expires Na Type fs Script Na Pen Attributes Cursor Position fi Underline 3 Color C Flash Italics X Base Aow 15 At the top of the display the LED icons indicate that closed caption data has been received in the Field and Services sections green indicates that data has been received If data has been received for the current GOP it should be displayed in the Display Memory tab and on the picture display The remaining tabs Roll Up Pop On and Paint On display various parameters defining the manner in which the captions will be displayed MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 9 93 ES Analyzer Closed Caption Analysis CC EIA746 Support CC EIA708 Support 5 94 Associated with CC EIA608 is CC EIA746 which supports the transmission of URLs Uniform Resource Locators within the closed caption data The URLs transmitted in the T2 closed caption service are parsed decoded and displayed in the EIA 746 Data view EIA 45 Data UAL http thee fac Go Mame JNA Expires B Type Ma Script Ma m The attributes shown apply to the URL selected from the drop down list M The selected URL is fetched and displayed on the default Web browser installed on the system r Select CL C EIABDS f EIA U B8 The following dialog box is displayed below the picture display in the Closed Caption Display tab when CC EIA708 Closed Caption Analysis is
108. Aa edo Hex Editor COLO OUI eco aote an lou Eu redi eium xD rS eco Rte ere iat Se le CU IS oa anc ep ins te decore dite ed ten ind qut oes irae dea deir dee prts MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual oo I I l I I OONN ROP ON AA DB Ww W 00 J Q0 Oo O0 OO O0 OO P OO OO I JoOoOoQutntuntutese ooo wovworv ooo pog I PR m a l JNa 00 J34 AU N m vii Table of Contents Volume 2 Adaptation Field Tab Adaptation Field Extension Tab Jitter Functions MPEG Player Adding Jitter to PCRs Tracer Make Seamless Wizard viii Header Editor Header Information Tab PID Remapping PCR Recalculation Getting Started Display Elements Hierarchical Display Menus and Controls Menus in the Play Screen Menus in the Record Screen Toolbar Buttons Reference Interface Card SPI ASI 310M Option sseeeee I Using Preset Files Using the Continuous Recording Feature ccc eee ees Performing Continuous Recording Remote Commands Getting Started Important Information about Tracer cece eee ees Setting Up Tracer and Buffer Analyzer 0 0c eee eee eee Starting Tracer aer as eb beers User Interface Menus and Controls File Menu Options Edit Menu Options Print Menu Options View Menu Options Show Menu Options Help Menu Options Make Seamless Wizard Starting the Wizard selecti
109. Actua 0 o Lo 0 HB oo d ooo os pf Service number name Niet EIT PIF EIT schedule Extended Schedule EIT schedule P Service number name Nowe EIT PIF Basic Schedule EIT schedule Extended Schedule ooo schedule L I hut Service number name Nowe EIT PIF Basic Schedule EIT schedule EN TT WC S sor p Makerid modelid SDTT Other tables 2 138 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual DENN 4 Glossary ARIB Association of Radio Industries and Businesses ASI Asynchronous Serial Interface ATSC Advanced Television Systems Committee BAT Bouquet Association Table CAT Conditional Access Table CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check CSV Comma Separated Values CVCT Cable Virtual Channel Table DVB Digital Video Broadcasting EIT Event Information Table EMM Entitlement Management Message ETT Extended Text Table IIP ISDB T Information Packet ISDB Integrated Services Digital Broadcasting MGT Master Guide Table MPEG Moving Picture Experts Group MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 139 TSCA Glossary 2 140 NIT Network Information Table PAT Program Association Table PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect PCR Program Clock Reference PID Packet Identifier PMT Program Map Table PSIP Program and System Information Protocol ATSC PTS Presentation Time Stamp RRT Rating Region Table RTM Real Time Monitor RUI Remo
110. BC TEXT EIT actual F Service 4543 BBC PARLMNT EIT actual Eg Network 3018 Transport Stream 5134 SDT EIT other Be SDT other E Service 8258 ITv 13 EIT other ES cervice 8384 Channel 4 EIT ether ES service ad48 rFilmFiaur EIT other ES cervice 8578 TY Sport EIT other Service 8640 E4 EIT other Eg Network 3018 Transport Stream 12280 SOTET other Eg Network 2018 Transport stream 16334 SD T EIT other po unge OMA Trarencet Cram DNAn fmt hart Figure 2 43 EPG nodes For each node type the detail view shows the following information EPG node Links to the EPG information for all the transport streams described in this stream Transport stream Graphical view of the events identified in the summary nodes service s belonging to a specific transport stream SDT nodes Links to services identified in the SI for a Service Description Table specific transport stream Service summary nodes Graphical view of the events identified in the service EIT nodes Detailed view of event information for a single EIT subtable MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 95 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts EPG Summary View The screen elements highlighted in Figure 2 42 are described below Title bar Displays the title of the currently highlighted service or transport stream Displayed Time Zone Select the required time zone from the drop down list The time scale will change ac
111. Bar provides access to a selection of major system options using drop down menus The menus and their options are described in the following paragraphs File Menu localhost MPEG TS Compliance A mi m Navigation Settings Capturevu Re ia Open Transport Stream Cbtrl o Restart Analysis Ctrl R Recent Files p 7X Close Ctri F4 Exit Alt F4 Table 2 8 File menu options Command Function Open Transport Stream Opens the Open Transport Stream dialog box from which a stream source file or real time and the interpretation standard can be selected Restart Analysis Stops file analysis only active during initial analysis Save Captured Stream Saves the captured stream 200 MB maximum Recent Files Lists the most recently analyzed files Select a file name to reanalyze the file Close Stop and close the current analysis leaving the TSCA open Exit Exits the TSCA MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 109 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Navigation Menu D Streams BBC1AUG 27 mpg MPEG TS Comp Settings Capturevu Record Help Select Tree Alt Lett AlF RighE a 35 ko nest red LED in current tree F3 Table 2 9 Navigation menu options Command Back Forward Select Tree Go to next red LED in current tree Settings Menu m D localhost MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer File Navigation Wer Capturevu Record Help rt d Preferences Ctr Alr
112. Btrate 24 1 Part Ste 204 511 359 Packats Do Extensor E 26037 Mbps gb 163 Q i501 Q xeu adi tasa Q co iieis sce 02s 302m saos 2 611 Ox263 amp 12 Cz EA Qi diites Q spe Q 621 maen epe sic Q 0 nz Q m1 hea g Hiii 650 Dee amp 51 Dw2BN PE 652 oe 553 oze0 s60 ores Qi elites E sztoon E was Q 1005 oer 1005 ok E 1007 cocer Q 1008 609 Li 1008 Ox 381 If pip i6 ENT or ST B PID 20 TOT TOT o E 7 ele MEG V A 3 0 03 EEG A A 3 0x03 MPEG A E is tics FES priva n 2 LO Den FPE V A 3x03 FPES L A A xx MPEG L A TE 6 008 PES priva B 2 Oe 02 FPES V B 3 0x08 MPEG L A B 3 C00 MPEG L A zi 6 06 PES priva amp yp 2 0x02 MPEG 2 V f 3c REG A E 6 tee PES priva Bie 11 O08 DSM CC Iii La oso OSC ibi 112208 DEM CC 4840 LI 0x08 DSM CC A 3 tet PEL A Ber 11 006 HEE isi 11 0x08 DSM CC A rios toesecc Bist 11 0 06 EMEC BE 11 40206 DEM CC Ifi 11 0x08 D c je 11 006 MC fet 11 0 06 D8M CC m E49 760 Kbps I 45 120 kbps 0 0 0 0 29 576 Kes 1 504 Khas 75 704 kbps 5 016 tips kbps 20 41 918 080 thos 494 004 kbps Lich 266 200 ches 270 720 Kbps 269 216 Kbps 0 000 Kbps 0 00 Kbps 49 184 Kbps D 0 ET6BOKbo
113. C PARLMNT JI Cece 2005 110230535 15085814 TR 101 200 error minimum any section repetition error xt DVB ET ke Dec 2005 11 0230 333 15850751 TR 101 230 error minimum any section repettion error Ir OWB EIT inb Dect 2005 1L0230203 15049941 SDT Timer error enc duration 2015s Dec 6 2005 110230274 SOT Timer error start Dec 5 2005 10229200 TR 101 230 error 1 6 PD error pid 13 timeout stari Dec b 2005 1102 BO TE 101 280 errcr 1 5 PD error pic 629 timeout stari Dec 6 2005 110225 832 15542810 TR 101 2540 error minimum say Secon nepietitian emror id DIEI ETT int tech 2005 11022813 155842312 TR 1081 239 error minimam ar eecticn repetition error ict OYE EIT inte Ten A NER 11029 57H 15 AR TR 1f FAN erre ranis am ane Section new Bion emori OR FIT m w T5 Avadabiity Q Sync GQ Btrete 24 178297 Mbps 188 Packet Sce 204 DVE No Extensons Interface 051 B fl The data rate of a program is the cumulative data rate of all the PIDs that are associated with that particular program including PCR and ECM PIDs NOTE Components can be shared between programs so the overall data rate of all of the programs may appear to be greater than the total data rate of the transport stream as shown in the status bar MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 29 TSCA Using the Program View Bar Chart Display the transport stream bar chart by selecting the bar chart icon Summary Now Playing MPE Ses
114. CR values and introduce PCR inaccuracies Players MPEG Player Records and Plays out MPEG 2 streams Utilities Tracer Views the message log produced by T STD Buffer Analyzer Make Seamless Wizard Guides the user through the process of creating an MPEG 2 file for use by Stream Player in continuously looped operation Desktop Icon where installaed ES Analyser s Carousel Analyser E Carousel Generator TS Editor MPEG Player cd Tracer g8 Make Seamless Wizard MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual MTS400 Series Software Applications Table 1 1 MTS430 MTS400 MTS4SA MTS4UP Installed Applications Cont Desktop Icon Application where installaed Stream Cutter Extracts sections of MPEG 2 files to new files Stream Cutter Script Pad Enables users to create and modify System Information SI scripts s ScriptPad MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 1 3 EEE yyy Transport Stream Compliance Analyzer a Getting Started The MTS400 MPEG Transport Stream Compliance Analyzer TSCA enables you to monitor and interpret the contents of real time or previously recorded or synthesized transport streams using the latest MPEG DVB ATSC ISDB T and ISDB S standards The TSCA is specifically designed to enable you to quickly locate and identify problems within a transport stream using a minimum number of mouse clicks By quickly identifying the pro
115. D 550 0x282 jase gt QB pip 651 0x265 Xii co PID 652 0x260 Xi Wom 4 n8 peter tae z 3 b PCR 2 4 PCR A Q9 25PTs5 PN 34 8 Unre An LED associated with each elementary stream node indicates the status of the tests relating to the elementary stream When the selected elementary stream PID contains PCR information PCR trend analysis views are also available allowing the user to display graphs of PCR accuracy and PCR interval data When the transport stream contains time stamping data the PCR overall jitter PCR frequency offset PCR arrival time and PCR drift rate graphs are also available NOTE Graph Management and PCR Graphs are described in more detail in the Common User Interface Concepts section of this manual see page 2 63 Y localhosi MPLCG TS ompliance Analwor Fie Mawigation Settings CaptuneWu Record Heg lt Cope E pn Feneri E IE Restart nsieris Qs eo Bb Preterences a s E Qm b In 7 4 z Program ast SUPS P Packets QD Associated Tasta PCR Grapht PTS Graphe Dil rata Graphe erreme ee ee M Ir E B amp Qi recon Stream id 1 Hetvecrk Hama ADHERENT we cO aO o Oe a x KAO E y Program 1 Achorert qu Data at Cursor a Program 2 Aeren B Se None Salected UTC Q Pat pp 200 0 06 IJ er Inaccuracy OPO MO co s D Q PDIxmunme A Q ro 20 nes m g Progam 3 Acherernd B Ga E O Pogam 4 Adieren I s QD Program 5 amp dherert Y ms TE Avuosaty QD Syne Et r
116. D will display the Event Log and Parame ters for the PID and the test in the detail view t localhost MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer dsl i ecol ntl ES Berne Qu Qr Program Tod SS AD Peist 3 Al Tests rin 290 X Qni Q rent 2 Qut Trerapat Barc DP 22 4 Por Repeniion D9 735 PCR Dianani deme 24 PCR Accuracy E gt fa Bro Nonny 2 PE 310 et Sen 3 PD 410 0 38 PD S10 itr E E Qyoscar s gm i Citer zo uere Q Any Table Syntax amp iQ Tobin id Error B OQ timer Ever ip ur PF Presence Erie FAT Migsing Sin Atual Ming Q S07 Actual Mizzing y ur actua P wise Qo TET Mixxirug PATIPMT Consimtency 2 BATEDT Corsisani Ci Scripl Valini Error C Serpt Conformance warming E SFH ing TS avedanity Q Sync Qi Berets 41 A70 Mbps g 188 Packed Sme 183 OVE No Exterior imteriace DVE Parata B 2 44 di Preterences Fonn log Parameters anona Be am be M ir AChE ztlasb xX 5 ons ion 2 Fmh 2n60 11 05 07 BB3 851547 ZF ER pent Log Parameters TR 144 230 error 225 PTS error Tames ped 220 end durabon dms TR i0 2X error 2 5 PTS error Tere piri 220 short J conf Bt fe e m c 25Fei Max PTS repelibon riecval oP BR 25 Feb 2005 11 08 07 531 5281 Fena 110607883 BSST TR 141 230 error 25 PTS error ima pod 220 ord durabon 4oma TRAM 2G error 2 5 PTS ror Timer pui 220 sheet MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manu
117. Directory m FA K k i Ea ed L A i Essential scripts are installed and enabled using the Stream Interpretation dialog In the absence of any enabled scripts only the PAT table will be analyzed all other data will be presented as private data Scripts can be customized or new scripts can be written to provide analysis of private data With the Custom Scripts checkbox enabled if a suitably configured script is selected and enabled before a stream is analyzed custom data will also be analyzed when the stream is opened Scripts can only be selected and enabled when no files are open The Stream Interpretation dialog is available when a file is open but all selection activity is disabled A script file will not be used for analysis until it is present in the Script Files panel of the Open Transport Stream dialog box MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Setting Stream Open Transport Stream Interpretation Base Standard Region No Estenskrs apts T Use Custom Scripts Enable scripted section validations during analysis slower Scripts Directory 1 From the Base Standard drop down list select the required base standard The selected standard will dictate the availability of options that are available in the Regions drop down list 2 From the Region drop down list select the required region The regions list allows co
118. E EEn Common User Interface Concepts eere Windows Manag elei siccae gd qu cor attire uera uox era ade d ed ICOllS E E EEEE E E eet ane ent ede ae wat eet dor cri dead quee Sra pl ManaCeMenNt caos deae s i avs Stand aver ota Bove ea ae eens PO IS AGEING re E T eon eaten Bane ested Gave ene Haves eens ES Gh NS du ite E aed obi Geo eaten uer etek Gave eae tere ers BERE CAIN cet Sense eat aed oattaok Gaon eatin uer etek Gave eae obe ean Paramete EUD dde peta ah aun cette dete aged uem hae vip Saws oped awe ee EVM OO fe oodd 3 de yet eset Sucre cls deat add etaed gs este oe ee mee eee a BIG RES veia tetperpedtaet denstusiadetqdot odium berg ota e etapa ara idonee em MEE VICWS Sel a dipbres cane Svar a dde ueteri e a ae raeitandct aun ees Capurro Vut Beablute caes aetas heredi E praet aoditenenr p a dee E Tg eored RGCODGIBO 1 ihe br purae pero ded t ptr edet pert oat bergrdidus Menu bar and ODLIODS ot berg cheb eave ters pr ote haved ete he eens PYCICICNCES 5 pete oe he ete bears ote haere og eee ee eee vou APR T hea are m Task Examples 3053 4 3 RR me er UR RAE RR RR Which Tests Have Failed in an Analyzed Stream 0 0 eee How Many PIDs are in a Stream How many PIDs are Referenced and UM ICre NCCI WM Tr a eee Which Tests Have Been Applied to a Program PID What is the Stream Type of a PID 2 cc dena eee seed bows ee eew How Many Programs are in the Stream 0 2
119. EXT ET achas x E Sanica 2543 BBC PARLMNT ET ache i MP hawch 018 Transport Strom 134 SOT ig MiP cek 9018 Transport Stream 1225 504 i A Network 9018 Transport Stream 16384 501 i AP heer 9018 Transport Stream 20482 501 SP network 9019 Transport Stream 24575 5D1 dioc Hi gt TS Avadabiry GQ syne Bitrate 24 128337 Mbps p 168 Packet Sre AM 511 359 Packets DA No Extenecee if E Figure 2 18 Tables view Every node within the service information tree has a corresponding summary view In addition to this nodes that represent tables will also provide the user with access to the table structure and hex data Tables Detail View Section View on page 2 47 as well as graphical displays of data rates and interval data Tables Detail View SI Repetition Graphs on page 2 49 Some of the nodes that represent less common tables or table groups may not have specific summary views available in the analyzer in these cases a generic summary view is used MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 45 TSCA Using the Tables View Table Summary Pane The table summary view provides a summary of the table related information for the analyzed transport stream There is a table summary view for every node of the service information the content is dictated by the selected node All summary views for nodes that represent an individual table or subtable will
120. Figure 2 50 Preferences Font The Font preferences option allows you to specify the display font and size for log entries and stream content Place the cursor in the field to be changed and select the font name or font size required from the displayed drop down list MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 113 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Script Files 2 114 In the TSCA scripts provide a method of interpreting and displaying standards during analysis Scripts provide templates which determine how the SI information found during stream analysis will be displayed The scripts must cater for all the information that may be found in a stream including the various table types found in all of the identified standards To this end it has been found that the best approach is to make the scripts modular each script module deals with different aspects of the SI and standards For example when DVB is identified as the standard against which analysis is to take place the scripting dialog box displays a list of Script modules Additional ly when it is known that tables or descriptors not commonly carried in the identified base standard and region are likely to be included extra scripts can be written and added to the Script Files list to be used for the analysis Open Transport Stream Base Standard ao w Region No Extensions ey C Use Custom Scripts Enable scripted section vaidations during analysis slower Scripts
121. G 1 Layer 3 and is the state of the art in audio compression technology It can include up to 48 audio channels 15 low frequency enhancement channels 15 embedded data streams and has multi language capability MPEG formal listening tests have demon strated that it can provide slightly better audio quality at 96 kb s than layer 3 at 128 kb s or layer 2 at 192 kb s Due to its high coding efficiency AAC is a prime candidate for any digital broadcasting system The Japanese authorities were the first to decide to use AAC within practically all digital audio broadcasting schemes Because their first services will start in the year 2000 this decision has already triggered the development of dedicated AAC decoder chips at a number of manufacturers Due to its superior performance AAC will also play a major role for the delivery of high quality music via the Internet Furthermore AAC with some modifica tions is the only high quality audio coding scheme used within the MPEG 4 standard The AAC bit stream is encoded in either of two formats m Audio Data Interchange Format ADIF m Audio Data Transport Stream Frame ADTS MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 79 ES Analyzer Advanced Audio Compression The corresponding forms are displayed according to the format of the input bit stream These forms display the information contained in the fields of the Header and the Raw Data I1 54 100 out sour a aseo Z z eles ds 1P
122. GOP that is not a closed GOP M For MPEG2 scaleable streams you will be able to display pictures only from the base layer Other extension layer data cannot be displayed using ES Analyzer M For MPEG2 streams ES Analyzer currently displays and decodes only decodes MP HL MP ML and 4 2 2 video streams MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams DCT Value Display Version Changes The diagram below shows the monitoring points in the analysis process for the DCT values The diagram also indicates the changes that occurred between ES Analyzer Version 1 5 MPEG Test System Versions 6 4 and 6 4 2 and ES Analyzer Version 1 6 MPEG Test System Version 6 5 The windows referred to are those in the DCT Values window l E ions G4 amp Ba Compressed Data Stream The Coded DCT values left hand window measured in ihe stream before VLE and RLC entropy decoding VLC Coding Table VLC RLC Decoder MPEG Test System Version 6 5 The Decoded DOT Values left hand window measured affer VLC and RLC entropy decoding Quantization Table De quantizer Inverse DCT MPEG Dest System Versions 6 4 46 5 The data shown in the right hand window is that after the Inverse DCT algorithm is applied i e after the de quantising pracess Note ihe window name changes TTTTTTT Inverse DCT Values Right window 5 5 Fe ll d 5 3 na ERR Decoded DCT values R
123. Hs abargpenns hbrondcnsk a initiulirxtisn tining hend rackat ting x amp pog 03 10 13 Ch 4T DS 09 C4 CE 17 2h C4 T5 61 COL F5 65 70 ap C460 OA CO 4b 60 US DO 55 78 LLL RAE OB BL OO nn 09 c FA 14 C3 15 DF AG 59 0030 EB 76 25 AZ 4D BB 40 26 FC nb 3 BD O 55 LULE TE Tz ll 49 OL 27 06 J 19 34 43 ES FF 36 LESE 17 OF F7 TE E7 IL 40 Q7 EB 52 7C 62 3B DB 55 opt 2h 70 80 ZE SED 39 34 76 F 32 F4 CC 7B LU prr UE 3A DE 75 36 ES Fe Fi 56 BL ES 79 75 Bo 39 OE 36 AX 29 BC amp 4 73 46 Za 42 IC C9 1F 08 5H Le 52 0E C4 26 zn C2 96 53 AC LF C3 5D AS An DAT AB 45 05 ac Cz 5c 3 57 Z3 1l 54 A6 17 ODEO SA F amp ED L ol 78 32 JC 358 64 BT AG ZF EU Ud narn FF FF FF TF 55 55 G 35 ns E3 03 Figure 2 23 Packet view ISDB detail IIP MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 61 TSCA Using the Packets View F localhost MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer T x Fis Mawigsti n Senes Caphunet m Record Help LEX p Qe Qs dA ree 77777 a ad Pm COE con ET Program Tesis SIDS pip Pockets i aes m ai INNER 2 E Zrt Fitters TEETER 13 ESH out de k PP p riita 1 ranen s P m7 ng P a lip racket pointer 0 0x6 s medwlation central A TMEC fynai sord i d lldaks ktfestius pezilian pedal information oinat bimuhg indiculor 15 O0F d eurrent mode B Made j a currant guard inftergyal x f 1685 4 mast mede 2 Boda 27 d Bast guard interval z 1 0 TEC infargatian systeml
124. ID tree Where a PID has failed a test one or more test nodes are displayed as child nodes of the PID The combination and detail of the views varies depending on the selected PID type and node During deferred or captured analysis the packets carrying the PID can be examined in more detail by highlighting a PID and selecting Go to Packets view from the context menu 2 54 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Using the PID View Ordinary PID Selected When a PID does not contain PCRs the main view in the PID pane is the Associated Tests view This view lists the tests associated with the selected PID the status of the individual tests is indicated with LED icons Also available are Bit rate Graphs which show in graphical form the bit rate of the selected PID Also on the Associated Tests tab is an event log and a parameters pane The event log shows all PID related events If a test is selected in the PID pane only the events associated with that test on that PID are shown Similarly when a test is selected the Parameters pane shows the parameters associated with that test when applicable PCR PID Selected When the selected PID contains PCR information PCR inaccuracy and PCR interval data graphs will be displayed in addition to a bit rate graph When the transport stream contains time stamping data the PCR overall jitter the PCR frequency offset and the PCR drift rate graphs will also be available D Streamstbbc
125. Methods and Outputs eee Run Through Stream Test Mode lees EROMEINCHING lt 2 sin dcatras IR OUS Exo SR DAMIEN DIDA ENT a RATES dust a Eee SIJIUSIBOAD S eoo ou md eee se med tud md inta au EDU Matt Du EU Ed LS Regression Testing and Error Log Files 0 0 0 00 e eee eee eee Reports and Field Selection 523 4s ECUIE 2256 2G eerie RV ES Demultiplexing Transport Streams to PES or Elementary Output Files T m pmi I I Ne U Ne m De C AM UNE DNR MB NBPNONTIA WM Neme CON AUNGA l N I U3 Working with Transport and PES Streams sine Packo VION i022 ders quarter de yea exer addet iut d ados V nderstandmesPBS o abore d ober i ped dertequns fide eds Working with Video Streams e eere nnn Viewine the Sequence Header zs oio Euer oe Face ee eir eee eens Viewing the GOP and Picture Header cece cece ees Displaying the Slice and Macroblock 0c cece eee eee eens Analyzing Picture Quality is crak acca Gh aoe s hee kan TASSE T LE ee Using the Video Viewer for Picture Analysis 0 eee eens D tht ee eT W W we N Working with Audio Streams ssssscsssosssssseessoosoo Understanding MPEG Audio Streams 0 eel Audio PEVEE soda tube dre eres deis teens be a a Understanding Dolby Digital AC 3 Audio Streams Working with Program Streams eere nnn Viewing Pack and System Heade
126. O00 0 080 0160 0 240 0 320 0400 0 480 0 560 XPTS Access unit lime s DTS sum of durations Frames plotted in Transmission Order along the x axis c The x axis shows the nominal time of an access unit The first access unit displayed is taken to have a nominal time of zero Each access unit has a nominal duration calculated from parameters within the elementary stream These parameters include low delay and repeat first field which allow analysis of effects such as 3 2 pulldown These effects alter the access unit duration which is nominally equal to a video frame period The position on the y axis of a PTS or DTS shows the relative timing of the timestamps The first timestamp PTS or DTS is taken to have a y value of zero Each Subsequent timestamp has a y value given by the difference between their timestamp and the first timestamp less the difference in nominal time of their access unit and the first access unit The solid blue vertical lines show the time difference between the PTS and DTS from the same Access Unit MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual PES Analyzer PTS DTS Timing Analysis Audio Streams bt bbc mpg PTS DTS View Prog 4167 Video PID 600 m B dE a 8 B SP Be OB UL BP ltt Cees emcee E eee coe AL Number 324 Stream Type Video PES Packet Number 324 PTS 1607845392 i DTS i 1607934592 Frame Rate zh fos Oms prre Frame Type i As
127. P Parameters Function Returns to previous view Goes to next view Allows selection of a navigation view Programs Tests SI PSI PIDs Packets Goes to and highlights the next errored leaf node Parent nodes are passed over since they only indicate lower level errors Cri l Table 2 10 Settings menu options Command Preferences Parameters 2 110 Function Opens the Preferences dialog box which enables interface management see Preferences page 2 112 Opens the Parameters dialog box which allows all stream parameters to be viewed and edited MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts CaptureVu Menu localhost MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer File Wavigation Settings ESTE Record Help Capturevu Status CtrbeShiftev o 3 caure Ctr Shift C Table 2 11 CaptureVu menu options Command Function CaptureVu Status Opens the CaptureVu status dialog box Capture Pauses the current analysis to allow detailed inspection Resume Resumes analysis Record Menu The Record menu is only available during real time analysis K localhost MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer File Mawigation Settings CapturevyuT Biz Help amp Restart Analysis o Back C A Pee A MUSAE ED arm Ckrl Shift A Table 2 12 Record menu options Command Function Record Settings Opens the Record Settings dialog box Arm Arms the r
128. PEG Test System User Manual a Event and Message Logs Global Event Log The T STD Buffer Analyzer allows you access to the Global Event log and the PID Event log You can also configure the T STD Buffer Analyzer to work with the Tracer utility to create a log containing more analysis detail BF Ad 10 bmr Event Log Building Program Table Packet Site 204 bytes Scanning PLA x Mean Transport Aate 38 015 Mbit s Finished Pre processing Prepanng PID 205 for processing Processing selected streams Processing Interval 0 00 00 56 Processing Rate 8 242885 Mbits Preparing PIO 306 far processing Processing selected streams rm tebe i A OI 724 The Global Event Log displays reports from the initial analysis PID indepen dent information Transport Stream errors and high level details for each stream processed For details of events detected during the processing of a stream open the PID Event Log for that stream MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 4 23 T STD Buffer Analyzer Event and Message Logs PID Event Log 4 24 Event Selection reo bmr Event Log for PID 610 Sg Log Started General Event General Event General E went B MB Overflow Start General Ewer EME Overflow End General Event EME Overflow Start B MB Overflow End EME Overflow Start General Event General Ewer EME Overflow End B MB Overflow Start General E went General Event B MB Overton End B HMB Overflow S
129. PEG specification sets the limits at 810 Hz The Maximum PCR Frequency Offset limit can be adjusted by moditying the Max PCR frequency offset parameter PCR Overall Jitter The PCR Overall Jitter graph shows the time interval between the actual value of PCR OJ the PCR and its expected value based on its arrival time The Maximum PCR Accuracy Error limit can be adjusted by modifying the Max PCR overall jitter parameter MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 75 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts 2 76 MTS400 PCR Measurements and Settling Time Demarcation Frequency The PCR measurements provided by the MTS400 Transport Stream Compliance Analyzer are defined by TR 101 290 Appendix I of TR 101 290 describes the measurements in detail and also introduces the concept of the demarcation frequency at which PCR errors are separated into drift errors or jitter errors Errors below the demarcation frequency are measured as drift while errors above that frequency are measured as jitter TR 101 290 also defines three standard demarcation frequencies MGF1 10 MHz MGF2 100 MHz and MGE 1 Hz at which the PCR measurements can be made and provides for a user definable demarcation frequency MGF4 The TSCA extends this concept slightly by providing two editable parameters one controlling the frequency below which errors are measured as drift PCR_FO DR low pass filter cut off frequency and one for the frequency abo
130. PID in a Program Bit rates are displayed in the Program and PID summary views The bit rates displayed depend on the node highlighted in the navigation view Table 2 14 Bit rate views Navigation View Node Bit rates displayed in Summary view Program All programs Program Program PIDs PID All PIDs PID Secondary nodes PIDs in secondary groups PIDs Reserved Referenced Unreferenced and User E D Streamstbbcl nog generated timestamps MPG MPEG TS Compliance Analyser File Mawigation Settings Captunevu Record Help K reran Cou OD dh Preferences C077 a D ad Program Tests SIPSI PID i Packets Summary How Playing Qj Associsted Tests Bk rete Graphs I ognem 67 BBC OHNE e eae A PID 500 0x2580 ee 0 Program number 4187 0x 1047 Q ro mn docs A A E EX 2 PD Ae 254 f samica Provdear BHC Q msn iocse C3 Sarica Type 1 digital television service Q Pp 650 0204 xti SE pp 551 58 sr 8 rp as2 cmc Hi Q P 1005 eter H3 1x25 16 10 UTC 16410 1625 UTC dE FD 1007 REF Bi Q PHT FD 167 047 m E Program 4231 BBC uo em Preity Curt Bt ate Current G in Mae om H OQ Program 4351 BEC CHOKE ae eons i ay 2 0202 MPEG 2 vi I 50040096 805 4903 080 KL 499 624 Kbes 1 021 d Program 4415 EXC MEAS M eg a i 1 een A o3 sc MPEG 1 A PAG 2156 Ebos 4 4095 PS 70R clos 270 770 Kbps 2 Dez QU Program 4479 Be TEXT Sii E ciz hes B 0x05 MPEG 1 A O 000 kbps
131. Predictions are made independently for each field by using data from one or more previously decoded fields Frame Based Predictions are made for the frame using the data from one or more previously decoded frames 5 44 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams 16x 8 MC 16 x 8 motion compensation In which two motion vectors are used for each macroblock The first motion vector is used for the upper 16x8 region the second for the lower 16x8 region In the case of a bi directionally predicted macroblock a total of four motion vectors will be used since there will be two for forward prediction and two for the backward prediction 16x8 MC is only used with field pictures Dual Prima Only one motion vector is encoded in its full format in the bit stream together with a small differential motion vector In the case of field pictures two motion vectors are then derived from this information These are used to form prediction from two reference fields one top one bottom which are averaged to form the final prediction In the case of frame pictures this process is repeated for the two fields so that a total of four field predictions are made This mode is only used in P pictures where there are no B pictures between the predicted and reference fields or frames NA Not Applicable Refers to the instances where there is no prediction in the macroblock For more detailed information refer to I
132. QU Program 4479 BBC TEXT Xii 602 0x258 A 3 0x03 MPEG 1 Audio 0 000 Kbps 0 0 000 Kbps 0 000 Kbps 6 0x6 Program 4543 BBC PARLMNT f 603 0x258 E 6 0x06 PES private da 0 000 Kbps lt 0 0 000 Kbps 18 048 Kbps 5 0x5 FA ESN f n g8 Aat 11 INNAR OSM LI A 840 FAN Khe 13 SAd 448 Kho 851 264 WV hne 101 fnac Note the Stream Type column in the display The stream type is given for each PID in the selected program How Many Programs are in the Stream 1 Select the Program navigation view 2 Expand the Transport Stream tree and note the number of program nodes see Figure 2 52 3 The Summary view bar chart or pie chart also displays a program count p summary Now Playing MPE Sessions E Transport Stream Id 4103 Net Number of Pragrams 6 Program Tests SIPSI PID Packets baad SH Transp pa yt Stream Id 4103 N Network Nam Sand QU Program 4167 BBC ONE ex Ei Program 4231 BEC TO emn E Program 4351 BBC CHOICE em E Program 4415 BEC NEWS 24 som mi Prooram 4479 BBC TEXT 103 QU Program 4543 BBC PARLMNT A Current TS bit rate 24 129 Mbps Current TS bit rate excluding Mull PID 22 116 Name Number MULL PID 8191 D FA coe one 44r Figure 2 52 Program count MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 125 TSCA Task Examples What are the Contents of the Programs and What PIDs are They On 2 126 1 Select the P
133. RLEOUCPR PEEORU ERA UNE DEDE E 6 91 Rieht C Heck Menu ODLDODS ae ecciesia xod domo de he sd egi tot qe c dieta legea 6 92 ADDMCALOM Lite OMES e auc cd ceeded tne tote pe dvetedadtasenedag uid 6 93 IRGL PONCE E E m 6 95 SCHBPITIOS sats esu iE coeur ite te Iri ics E i Mtr iux i 6 95 ENOC nC CKINO onere hubo oo so odd ed audis sone bitur d dupiAI e Sd met 6 96 Acronyms and Abbreviations 0 ccc cece ee eee hr 6 97 REEI 2265404352 52etascserennson Smet seer nU E disque Sue 6 98 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual V Table of Contents Volume 2 Carousel Generator Multiplexer vi Gettin Started spraigi 9 coher fonds OCDE ERU X CT ONES 7 1 Data Broadcasting OVOEVIO W ix pd esp dr etr zr Rot g set e x bands dou ees 7 1 Carousel Generator OVerVIeW 22ie tein bone ecie ERa Rd Y bae Xue Y dra 7 2 Starting the ApplCallon Caos epar Pb De ERG tein bee rvehed Rte Vee 7 6 Carousel Wizard 422r br ENTER EIER ERHEAUONTR EUR RUPEE Urna 7 9 Step 1s SclecE C arouse Diss acie uo EA DB Obr Tain D sd bos 7 11 Step 25 Carousel Properties 2uodasoss qiiae Den Di bp date s dM oS 7 12 Sem Carousel COnmients ues auae Quia Den DO bes dotate 9 dd bs 7 13 Step 4 Collection Contents 0 0 ccc cece rs 7 15 Step 5 Imported Elementary Streams 0 0 0 ccc eee eee eee 7 18 Stepo Prostim EAU 53597 utes ipod oin bem OA debi De Ms 7 20 Step 7 Output Stream Properties cece ee eens 7 21 Step sy ConpratulatiOHS 22 52 0 m
134. SO IEC 13818 2 1996 Information Technology Generic coding of moving pictures and associated audio informa tion Part 2 Video Viewing the Quantizer Quantizer scale distribution for the macroblocks in a picture is plotted where the Scale Distribution picture slice is displayed This gives you a graphical view of the scale code distribution and lets you visually check any obvious scale code problems This plot can be viewed by clicking on the Q Scale Code Display button in the Slices dialog box The scale codes of 1 through 31 are mapped to shades of green with being mapped to the lightest shade and 31 to the darkest black Skipped macroblocks use the same scheme but are mapped in shades of gray The value of the scale code for the selected macroblock is displayed in the macroblock field display area below it MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 9 45 ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams Viewing the Motion Vector ES Analyzer gives a detailed graphical display of motion vector for the selected Plots B or P picture Both MPEG 1 and MPEG 2 type vectors are interpreted and displayed To view motion vectors applicable to only B or P pictures 1 Position the cursor to the picture for which you want to see the slice size plot 2 Move into the slice display 3 Click the Motion Vector Display button in the slice display dialog box GOP And Picture Shee Ave Wio Picture Player B FHA PE Slice Display MB Size Di
135. TSCA Task Examples You can view a test and see other PIDs that it has failed on by highlighting a test and selecting Go to test from the context right click menu J 2 4 PCR Acci EO m m mm Test 1 6 PID Disable Trigger Action Audible Alarm Capture Breakpoint Quick Links acket Size 20 30 to next red LED in current tree F3 t E View this Test in Tests Tree You can also display the fault by expanding the tree in the Tests navigation view until the fault is revealed Expanding the test itself reveals the PIDs that have failed the test Program Tests SI PSI PID Packets All Tests TR 101 290 EN Priority 1 001 414 Syne XQ 12 Sync Byte H 13aPAT Ji 14 Continuity Qi 1 5 3 PMT n QM PID B02 0 254 gt PID 603 0 255 i PID 613 0x265 PID 623 ox26F Qi Pb 643 0x283 PR nin est reese MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 121 TSCA Task Examples How Many PIDs are in a Stream How many PIDs are Referenced and Unreferenced For this task the PID navigation view is used to view information about individual PIDs in the transport stream Under the All PIDs node which displays all of the PIDs in the summary view there are four subgroup nodes Reserved PIDs Referenced PIDs Unreferenced PIDs and User PIDs The number in parenthesis in each node gives the number of PIDs found during analysis
136. TSCA Using the Packets View Packet Navigation PIDs node Adding a PID in the Packet View Removing PIDs Packet Detail View To inspect the sequence of packets carrying a particular PID you must add the PID to the PIDs node in the Packet Navigation view You can add as many PIDs as are required There are a number of ways to add a PID to the node they are described in the following paragraphs 1 In the Packet view expand the PIDs node by doing one of the following m Double click the child node double click to add a PID W Select Add PID from the PIDs node context menu 2 Inthe Add PID dialog box expand the nodes locate and select the required PID 3 Click OK The selected PID is added to the PIDs node and that the first occurrence of a packet carrying the selected PID is displayed in the summary view Added PIDs will be stored when the application is closed they will be reinstated when the application is reopened However if a different stream is analyzed the stored PIDs may not be used All PIDs previously added to the PID node can be removed by selecting Remove All from the PIDs node context menu The detail view shows the fields and data that are contained in a packet The fields are arranged in a hierarchical order The presence of subordinate fields is indicated using a symbol adjacent to the container field To expand or collapse the container click the or icon Below the table pane the
137. Table 4 8 Help menu options Command Function About Buffer Analyzer Opens a dialog that displays the program version number 4 18 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual Stream List The Stream List displays all of the elementary streams in the file The streams are sorted and grouped together by Program number Within each program the streams are sorted in ascending PID number BP AD_20s bmr Stream List PID StreamType Program State f l 101 Sustem Al Unprocessed 1001 Video AUT Unprocessed 1101 PES private data A Unprocessed 1201 Audio AUT Unprocessed 1301 Audio 5i Pracessed 102 System AU Unprocessed 1002 Video AU Unprocessed 1202 Audio 502 Unprocessed 1302 AAC Audio AU Unprocessed 105 System Ja Unprocessed 1003 videa ALU Unprocessed 1205 Audio AUS Unprocessed 1303 Audio ALU Unprocessed 104 Sustem AL Unprocessed 1004 Video AL Processed 1104 PES private data FU Unprocessed 1204 Audio Fl Unprocessed 1304 Audio Fl Unprocessed Stream Type indicates whether the stream is Video Audio AC 3 Audio AAC Audio System or Private Private streams cannot be processed but may show more information in the type for example ISO IEC 13818 Auxiliary The Packet Interpretation from the System tab of the Settings dialog sets which standard is used for identifying these types The preceding example is from a DVB compliant transport stream MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 4 19
138. Test Equipment Depot User Manual 1 800 517 8431 Tektronix MTS400 Series MPEG Test Systems Volume 1 of 2 071 1507 01 Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose MA 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com ee as g9y 9a ss2s Sssgsss 2 Table of Contents Volume 1 General Safety Summary xi Service Safety Summary xiii Preface XV Related Material XV Manual Conventions xvi Introduction MTS400 Series Software Application eee 1 1 Transport Stream Compliance Analyzer Getung SIarted 3c orae EV ERU IND eR eC ERE ES 2 1 TSCA PCAMiCS dos bor haan e Rate ERU haa oboe oboe pb Ob baut 2 2 Deterred and Real Time Mod s s Aone hens SS Lene eae bue dues 2 2 Technical Backeround a adu deo eg PRUNUS Renee RRS bue dues 2 3 User Interid66 a etre elect Ue A do ERU Ba ein gu du ed o EUR CE Poi doe 2 3 Capture VUL Pearce quodi veh PRU I oe ava Mex ORI OU Uie nu des 2 5 Tt5bered BOCOROIBE o telo ve Seo Ue wheat ahk Meme te Wheel ane dues 2 5 Starting the TSCA SOMWA cn Queen Rogue APN EPI dues 2 6 Setting Up the IP IMENICE sicari Qux eno Onde be SUD EPI dus 2 12 Seting the Stream Content FONE i 2 056 PIE RTI EnA 2 15 Understanding the Analyzer Window ees 2 19 TSCA Window Components ss 2 20 Error tatus DEDSs uos wise deeds tede iere dei s bed peso db dc ds Bae 2 24 Doug em tee hed ta Poets eae a at Rowe ee ears BS 2 25 Using the Program View
139. Test Settings EJ MPEG ATSC Test of PES header Syntax v packet start code prelis v PTS interval lt 700ms v stream id v rep cnl M PES packet length Iv original stuff lenath Iv PTS DTS flags Iv stuffing byte v PES header data length Iv padding byte CRC Note this option may add up bo 50 to the analysis time Cancel Help A check mark shows that a test is selected and an empty check box indicates that the test will not be performed 3 6 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual PES Analyzer Getting Started Test of PES Header Syntax ATSC When the ATSC Stream box is checked selected streams are interpreted according to the ATSC standards A 52 and A 53 A check mark shows that a test is selected and an empty check box indicates that the test will not be performed Test Settings xl p xl p xl For streams in a DVB standard stream leave the ATSC Stream option un checked The ATSC Stream option is disabled grayed out if the software license is only for the DVB standard MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 7 PES Analyzer Getting Started Opening a File Opening a File from the Menus and Toolbar 3 8 Any file holding a recorded or synthesized sample of a stream can be opened for PES Analysis by this program To analyze the Transport Stream packets open the file in the TS Analyzer A file can be opened by both the TS and PES Analyzers at the
140. a arry section repetition errot d DYB EIT bib Der amp 2005 110230636 15855514 TA 101 290 ere mrin ary section repetition error d DWB AT bih 9 Dec amp 205 110230333 15850751 TR 10 280 error mieimam any section repetition error d OVE AT bit Deg 2005 110730269 15643941 SOT Timer error end duration 2x1 5ms Dec 2X5 1023024 SDT Timer error start T 1102 28 200 TR 101 280 error 1 6 PIE error pid 613 timeout slart Detail views panes 110228 000 TR 1071 290 error 1 5 PID error pid 623 timeout stort 110229832 15840640 TRAM 290 error miniman ay section repetition error ict OVB EIT Eb 11 0z 28003 15042342 TRID 290 error minimum aiy section repetition error d DVB EIT nb TTIT 20 57H Sea TRIM 790 ern mrema sewer ne renean ares Cd TYVTI FIT leh se Status bar Figure 2 7 Analyzer window MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 19 TSCA Understanding the Analyzer Window TSCA Window Components The TSCA window contains the following components 2 20 Menu Bar Tool Bar The Menu Bar provides access to a selection of system options using drop down menus see Menu Bar and Options page 2 109 The buttons displayed on the tool bar provide shortcuts to often used menu options Additional buttons displayed during real time analysis are shown in Table 2 1 Table 2 1 Tool bar icons Deferred and Realtime Analysis amp Restart Analysis o Forward o Back a Preferences Capt
141. a log of exceptions and noteworthy events m MPEG 2 1 570 Bulfer Analyser Sample hmr Ele View Ophons Process window Helo ia BY e a v Unprocessed Unprocessed Unprocessed Fracessed Unprocessed re Log Started Starling the Video buffered ME s xu oe oir 2 Rete aai EU E Mies ORA E E Mei General Event Burfer sizes set to TB 5 DO 521 015255 02599 0352 045 05539 ME Underlow Stat Start of MB Underflow B MB Overflow Stat Start of MB overflow Time MM S5 P aim nnl D um Ph AM niu niin 4 whe i 50 sox 06000 tams oaoa 012045 16053 020074 noon 11994 023383 35983 47378 059372 Time MM 55 Time MM S5 Any valid MPEG file recorded or synthesized can be processed by this application A valid file is one that starts on a transport stream TS packet boundary the first byte of the file must contain the first byte of a TS packet The Buffer Analyzer will process video audio and system control streams that are compliant with the 1996 standard ISO IEC 13818 parts 1 3 It will handle transport streams that contain PCR and or PTS DTS discontinui ties The PTS DTS and PCR in a stream must however use the same timebase Buffer Analyzer is unable to work on scrambled streams If it fails to make sense of a stream use TS Analyzer to determine if the stream is scrambled MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 4 1 T STD Buffer Analyzer Getting Started Table Handling Mu
142. able of Contents Volume 1 Packet Header Interpretation eere Program S IUCUUTe s ove Em YES Se dee ewe SN RUE Vm n MING ID PAG o eto atop roster R tegmine ne ee anne ease Selecting a Packet VY PC o edberes Masebarichaent oda Merete eevee udis PTS DIS Timing Analysis sis ave RORIS ECRLRCRCRA RR Access Unit Selection sete her tabo ORC TRE DRE A Bede Saad 5erolling dhe MCW 3253 201023 23 9 ERO US DUDAS De Ub e qubd VIGGO SciS Sodio sod toties ere oe eU D dubi do des Eae dU La D RR Audio SUE AMIS 1 2 2 5 25 DDR P RD O d oie rs Abi a ood dub MG D REA AC 3 Audio Streams eee e AAC Audio Streams cece ee 9 e T STD Buffer Analyzer Getung Started 5 coco d CUERO CAUSE EC NUR ee ee EUROS SUI LIDIC SEECHITIS s oda ee Dabo eod dcn rudes enb ios bu evocat Table Handlinga 1 8 eios ates Ged sp ten eee tris iL E pei niu iL otartr s the PROG AM sis niet r Sx repere EU Seed A ERP PE iq bv ER SODES ie RE TT T CETT EET ETE TOT TITLE Openine an MPEG Fil 3 2 x REPRE EERPePUEERPRU IT E E ETE ER Opening d BMR File 43 acs bres Ex REP Bo ed ee RP IT I E PE E WINGO Way OWLS c ieu one Hr Eder ax ete Bie nae a imb cen peas dius Go ead Initial Processing ot MPEG Biles ves irestore aaduan xEPEERPREE ETE Initial Processing ot BMR FPIleS ie roS EI bees RERRPRUS T EPOR PP EP Menus and Controls cc ccc cc ccc reer cece cece ht WOO DAT 32d n a able te Aa E UU hota Akaka ew A hak See od dt my
143. aining MPEG 2 Audio Streams MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual For MPEG 2 Audio streams ES Analyzer analyzes the following channels if the data is present Left Right Left Surround Right Surround Center and LFE Currently ES Analyzer analyzes 5 1 Audio streams When ES Analyzer detects an MPEG 2 Audio stream the information displayed is similar to what is shown in the following illustration VL PG L ECoculor MC Header MC Composite Status r Frame Header ID i Layer lLayer2 Protection Bit x Bitrate 384kbps Sampling Frequency 441 kHz Padding Bit y Private Bit x Mode Stereo Mode Extension jf Copright x Emphasis Nore Original er Copy Td CRC Check 42153 Bound H0 ep n Grouping Scalefacior Center Channel Channel Select Audio Flay Device Cystal Audio System Flaybacl qu I Play Channels Lef Right Channel gt HtirWool SCSI 3 E 8 KC sb ES Analyzer displays information on the following tabs MPEG 1 Header MC Header Multi channel header and MC Composite Status Multi channel composite status MPEOG 2 Audio streams are backward compatible with MPEG 1 streams Therefore the MPEG 1 header for each frame is the same as that for an MPEG 2 Audio stream 5 65 ES Analyzer Working with Audio Streams The MC Header tab displays information about the additional data present for the multi channel extensions over the two stereo channels I
144. al Ae Using the Tables View The Tables view SI PSI tab displays the service information in tree form in keeping with the other navigation views The tree represents the service information tables that have occurred in the analyzed stream and which comply with the selected digital video standard This includes MPEG program specific information DVB service information and ATSC and ISDB program and system information protocol The tree contains nodes for each table found tables nodes are grouped together by functionality Figure 2 18 shows an example of Table navigation view with DVB stream interpretation selected FD Streamsibbel aug generated timestamps MPG MPEG TS Compliance Analyser File Mavigation Settings Capturevu Record Hep BE Orerer toss Quee oos di release OS D d Dum i Program Tests SUP PID Packets Fl D Programs PATIRMT GOT actuali PAT BE FMTS 3 Pet Progam 2187 Bec OME E Pet Progam 2231 EBC Ton E PHT Program 4251 BEC CHOICE D PMT Program 4415 BEC HEAS 26 PHT Program 4470 BEC TEXT B PHT Program 4543 BEC PARLMNT BB SDT actus Bl patos MTE This resborcek MIT eztu E Time TOTATOT D ToT ib oT dro cnenresn dE this Transpor Stream SDTIST actual ER SDT actual G E Serice 4187 BBC OME ET eiua ET seravitext BT actual pot E E Service 4231 Sc TAM BT actual E Bj Service 4351 BBC CHOICE EIT actual a E Service 2415 BEC MEAS 24 ET actual E Serice 4479 EB T
145. ally repositioned within the View Bar The placement of the Slider Control reflects the position of the selected packet in the field of view Event Markers A graph may show one or more green triangular markers along the top Each marker indicates the time a particular event listed in the PID Event Log occurred BF Video Multiplex Buffer MB1 Pid 1110 WY vi BOZ te e be E ien bee je 0 773 01 547 02 320 04 093 3 867 Tire MMS Only events that relate to the points plotted on the graph are displayed in that graph Hence an event relating to a Video Multiplex Buffer will only be marked MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 4 29 T STD Buffer Analyzer Results Graphs on the Video Multiplex graph and not on the Elementary or Transport Buffer graphs Double clicking on a marker will display a pop up window This shows the time and a brief description of the event that is marked WP Video Multiplex Buffer MB1 Pid 1110 For example selecting an event relating to the Elementary Buffer from the Event Log of a video stream will place a cursor at the time of the event in the buffer results graphs Looking at the graphs a marker of the event has been placed on the Elementary Buffer graph but not the Multiplex Buffer graph 4 30 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T STD Buffer Analyzer Results Graphs BE Te t2 bmr Event Log for PID 610 0 29 569 0 29 609 0 29 640 157224
146. alyzer Menus and Controls Table 4 5 Options menu options Command Draw All Points Synchronize Views Auto Scale Axis Function Toggles between drawing all points on the graphs drawing every nth point n is calculated from the total number of data points and the screen space for the graph Toggles the graphs between using the same position and zoom settings and operating independently Toggles the selected graph between fixed and auto scaling of the y axis Table 4 6 Process menu options Command Process Streams Function Applies the stream s from the PID s selected in the Stream List to the System Target Decoder Buffer Model This option is only enabled when one or more unprocessed PIDs are selected in the Stream List Table 4 7 Window menu options Command Cascade Cascade Tile Tile MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual Function Arranges the windows like this 3 Tiles the windows For example five windows would be tiled like this 4 17 T STD Buffer Analyzer Menus and Controls Table 4 7 Window menu options Cont Command Function Arrange Icons Arranges any minimized windows along the bottom of the main window Aligns icons of any minimized windows at the bottom of the program s main window 1 lt window title gt Lists all of the available windows A check mark indicates the active window Select an option to bring that window to the top
147. am s i bse e ga Rabe d eda bas nde etes 8 3 SOHDIS 2 eee eh ea ah Cee heck dup Lae Rah ee peek ame aks 8 5 OPENDE A TEAM aces a tales thos Seb idee id dees bas 8 9 CIOS ie Piles oou hie ahah oceans ae whee LA tn lhe eii d e ead 8 14 Menus and Controls 23992543 RH C a EC RERO oU 8 15 Mei ODLUOS 4454 erp he eh at eerie Dates sae eae wa EP wad vik aces 8 15 jh pP bots Gente ace etn eit Oe a 8 19 Statis BIr ats eee ee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee ee ee ee ae 8 20 VISOR TGC LI ACS aUos rosette eot etes pep p ob eot ete pre op UE ipt Ebene 6 21 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual Table of Contents Volume 2 WIZAVOS oua UR UR o dace obstacle ob d PRA Transport WIZAFU eot x Pac PEDE Saad se wie aioe ea Eddie Program WIZAEU 5e ona Qaia Mees EN bd td bem epe RM pq edm NICS douce a PROPRE EH E EUER ONE ES CEDE EE Ed as INQVID OI OE VIEWS 2 2 02 Mec edax ed urtdeparteddacn iet oes es draps SCCHOM VIEW M Structure Diagram Manipulation cc ccc eee eee cud Oe a C T C Examine Transport Stream Window eee ees lios e PET ERES CCOmponent VICWS oe dodo terre sedet baut Steer Paar od dob ador sung dens Common Menu Opuons 4 2 2 25 2 2ii 2cbndhsrticedtin sited ae eue RAE Editing in the Navigator ViewS cccccccccccccccccccees Dia and D p s2tiasan dopo poets Ghee cee es epo dass A Transport SPEO HE 2200 doritt bs sebo Norden mu
148. an Code MA Coupling Celta Bit Allocation Coupling Co ord Esiste 26 Delta Bit Allocation Exists NAL Delta Bit Sllocation segments HA Block Switch Flag x Dither Flag nf Master Coupling Co ord M A The Coupling information tab distinguishes between the stand alone and coupled data for the selected channel The green band denotes the stand alone informa tion and the blue region denotes the coupled information The blue region may be further divided into bands these appear as solid lines as opposed to the dotted lines that denote sub bands The status bar for Dolby Digital Audio streams displays the following Display Frame number which is the number of the current frame in the stream m Bit rate of the Dolby Digital audio stream Sampling rate M Frame size information M Byte offset in the file which is the first byte of the Frame header being currently viewed in both the hexadecimal and decimal formats 5 70 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual i Ae Working with Program Streams Program streams are quite similar to MPEGI1 System streams in structure A Program stream consists of a sequence of packs Each pack has a header an optional system header and any number of packets If a system header is not received in a pack then the last received header is applicable for the pack The system header is sent periodically in the stream to facilitate random access Each pack
149. and the General Safety Summary before performing any service procedures Do Not Service Alone Do not perform internal service or adjustments of this product unless another person capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation is present Disconnect Power To avoid electric shock switch off the instrument power then disconnect the power cord from the mains power Use Care When Servicing With Power On Dangerous voltages or currents may exist in this product Disconnect power remove battery if applicable and disconnect test leads before removing protective panels soldering or replacing components To avoid electric shock do not touch exposed connections MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual xiii Preface This manual describes the functions and use of the MTS400 Series MPEG Test System After the introduction each section of the manual describes one of the software applications or tools that make up the MTS400 Series system Related Material MTS400 Series MPEG Test System Getting Started Manual 071 1505 xx MTS400 Series MPEG Test System Programmer Manual 071 1725 xx This manual specifies the remote control and status monitoring interfaces available to a management application Additional documentation such as Read Me files may be included on the installation disks The following URLs access the Web sites for the standards organizations listed the URLs listed were valid at the time of writing MPEOG
150. ansport Stream Id 1 Metvrork Mame Al Lem ET Q Program 1 Adherent un QO PMT PID 100 0 64 EB p a PID 110 Ox5E en Q PD 120 0x78 A PD 130 0x82 A amp Jg Program 2 Adherent I e amp Program 3 Adherent Ill ex amp Q Frogram 4 Adherent I ex amp Q Program amp Adherent V em Program node Elementary stream node Figure 2 11 Program View nodes Table 2 2 shows which information is available for each node Table 2 2 Program view tabs Tabs Now Associated Graph Graph Gra ph Event Node R arg Tests Bit Rate PCR PTS Log Parameters Transport a Stream Program ee I S EA Elementary Stream In DVB analysis mode the MPE tab is always present however the MPE view will only be populated when MPE data is present in the stream see page 2 98 Pressing the F3 key on the keyboard or selecting Go to the next red LED in current tree from one of the context menus will highlight the next red LED in the current view Only the lowest level nodes will be considered and highlighted in the search since the parent nodes simply reflect the state of the lowest level nodes 2 28 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Using the Program View Program Navigation Transport Stream Node The transport stream node represents the entire transport stream in terms of the programs that it contains The adjacent LED icon represents the status of the entire transport stream any status error
151. arm D we a e CaptureVu breakpoint Jr Graph management Hide limits Add graph Remove graph Zoom in Zoom out P P EIE 2 66 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Table 2 4 Interface management icons Cont Icon Description Packet management 2 ini Js ny eae PI is i v la x eee Action control o Back oS Forward Remove all PID packets Remove PID packet Add PID packet PID packet group PID packet placeholder Go to first packet Go to previous packet Go to next packet Go to last packet Open Go To Packet dialog box Go to previous view Go to next view Table 2 5 Quick link icons Icon a UR E MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual Description Go to next red LED in current tree View this PID in PID tree View packets with this PID View packets in Packet tree View PCR graphs 2 67 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Table 2 5 Quick link icons Cont Icon Description View this program s PMT in SI tree View this test in Tests tree Graph Management A number of screens displaying graphs are available in the analyzer The graphs are described in the relevant sections of this manual This section describes the management of the graphs user interface A number of categories of graphs are available Four categories of graph exist those relating to PCR measurements sectio
152. as for Audio streams MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 45 PES Analyzer PTS DTS Timing Analysis AAC Audio Streams T5020804_cut mpg PTS DTS View Prog 140 AAC Audio PID 532 Data at Cursor 4 AU Number 41 Stream Type AA Audio AD T5 PES Packet Humber 41 PTS 372026045 ID 1 MPEG Layer 0 AAC Protection Absent Frafile 1 LC Sampling Frequency 460000 Hz Channel Contig 0 Original Copy Original Copyright ID i Mo start in frame i i Frame Lenath ms X X 3 3 Kc M K K X X X BEDE 9 M RE KEE 2 DE 0 MC DEE JE Jep OK 364 bytes Q427 Siz O59 Qc 3 OF768 0953 O999 1024 1109 1195 1 280 Buffer Fullness APTS Access unit time 3 D 0x0 DTS sum oF durations Raw Data Blacks The Data at Cursor panel of the PTS DTS View shows different information for AAC Audio streams Otherwise the window works in the same way as for Audio streams 3 46 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T STD Buffer Analyzer Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose MA 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com Getting Started Suitable Streams The T_STD Buffer Analyzer models the behavior of the buffers in the hypotheti cal Transport Stream System Target Decoder as specified in ISO IEC 13818 1 It will process video audio and system control streams The results of the analysis are displayed as graphs of the buffer capacity over time and
153. ation standards will generate different tabs and different sets of tests see SI PSI Nodes page 2 133 When any test in the transport stream has failed and has not been reset the user can identify which individual tests have failed by observing the red LEDs You can use the context menus to reset and disable tests to set alarms Capture Vu Breakpoints and record flags and to jump to associated tests MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Using the Program View Event Log The Event Log Figure 2 13 displays the log entries for the whole transport stream In deferred mode the packet generating the error report can be inspected by highlighting the error and selecting Go to packet from the context menu similarly in real time analysis mode and where an event concerns a PID carrying a PCR you can use the context menu to jump to the relevant PCR graph TR 101 200 Other Q SEN Error Event Log Date Time Packet Description Dec 6 2005 0230 546 158588588 TR 101 290 error minimum any section repetition error ic DWB EIT Init Dec B 2005 0230 534 15555657 TR 101 290 error minimum any section repetition error id DWB EIT Inti Dec 5 2005 02 30 636 15855514 TR 101 290 error minimum any section repetition error ld DB EIT Inti Dec 6 2005 230 959 15850751 TR 101 2980 error minimum any section repetition error ad Dg B EIT Inti Dec 6 2005 230 289 15848841 SOT Timer error end duration 201 Sri Dec 6
154. audio stream is playing you cannot access any other analyzer functions In particular do not close the Audio Player while an audio stream is playing especially in loop mode because you will be unable to reopen the player and control the stream until it has finished playing If more than one audio device is installed a selection can be made from the Device drop down list Channel Select Audio Play Device Crystal Audio System Playb acl alc IT Play Channels Left Right Channel bi The channels to be played can be selected from the Play Channels drop down list fi i To open the Audio Player select the player start button which is available on the audio stream header pages The Audio Player control panel is displayed The player controls follow the same convention as the Video Player controls d Play ll Stop H Fast forward 44 Fast rewind MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Audio Streams To use Fast Forward and Fast Rewind press the required button and then stop the action with the Stop button The Audio Player display shows the following m Play time mE Stream Name and Audio PID number m Player status Stop Play The following controls are available in addition to those described in the preceding list r ES Toggles continuous or looped playout TO Toggles a real time waveform display I fishz mpa 5 maj Xl Tur NOTE Currently two chann
155. ble is always at the bottom of the main window It displays the following information about the program and keyboard states Message Field Gives a description of any button or option aver which the cursor is placed Analysis Status Displays a progress indicator while a file is being loaded TS Payload Unit Start Displays number of TS packet in which current PES packet starts Keyboard Mode Indicators May also show other non critical messages TS Packet 1043 CAF NUM TS Facket 1043 A QE Tektronix MPEG 2 PES Analyser File Edit ME window Help The message changes to V describe the tunction af the button v Toolbar or menu option over vvhich the v Status Bar mouse pointer is placed v Event Log The description is still displayed Hex if the button or option is unavailable i e greyed out Interpretation PTS DTS Timing 3 View the PTS DTS Analysis Ts Packet 1043 ve MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 13 PES Analyzer Menus and Controls Slider Bar rr Packet Number 0 Goto The Analyzer can display the contents of any PES packet in the currently loaded file Packets are numbered within a PID according to their position in the file the first PES packet of each PID being PES packet 0 zero The Slider Bar displays the packet number and the PID for the current packet The slider bar controls are as follows
156. blem areas the TSCA software helps you save time during the development and test of equipment networks and services You can configure the TSCA software to display stream information in user selected fonts This feature enables you to view stream information in your local language or to use custom fonts The TSCA software will run stand alone on computers with Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 or Windows XP operating systems k D WSiroamsibbhciaug 7 ponorated Hmaostampe MPG APEG TS Compliance Analyzar Fie Navigetion Settings Capture wu Record Help K reste arate Qoo Qoo dome Ga D gt ad Tasis SUPE PI Packets Sumetry VPE Sassen ort Stream ki 4409 Metve Dp hopam 487 EBC oue ee Q PD eo 0258 en Qnpoo0n29 mm 4 POs rsa A Number of Programs amp Q Po 503 rose EJ TS Bitrate 24 128 Mbps PD eso raa FY Barate excluding Null Pid 22 126 Mbps SE PD est rose Sit NULL PD i FFE BB ib 682 oc ni 2002 M PID 1005 ED iii AE PD 1006 OEE 163 8 Po 1007 icr He Qi Par pip aiar cot0273 E Program 231 EBT TWO ee Oro mocha un DADE ia A Pon has A ros C2 Q PD S50 coz Srl Be FID est con xi E Po as caeci gi O PD 1005 3607 By 8 ro 1008 e HR F Po 1010 00325 Hi Q Pur PID 211 cor 087 EI Program 4351 BOS CHOKE e Qi Program 4415 850 NEWS M a Program 4473 eec Text ii 9 Progam 54X EBT PARLMHT JI 21 Transport Qgiicm 345 MT Cher 23a PCR Repetition 325 Repetition Q 23
157. bol 5 ze s er wisst ala The Stream List window is opened as soon as either an MPEG or BMR file is opened The application inspects the file to find what program streams are present according to the Packet Interpretation setting For example MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T STD Buffer Analyzer Getting Started T HPEBR 2 T STD Buffer Analyser AD 2Us bmr File View Options Process Window Help Dial a ev a 721 wl ele sus BB AD 2Us bmr Stream List PIO SteamType Program State d 101 1001 1101 1201 1301 102 1002 1202 1302 103 1003 1203 1303 104 1004 1104 1204 1304 1A c ystem viden PES private data Audio Audio System Vide Audio AAG Audio System Widen Audio Audio System Vide PES private data Audo Audio nm mn Initial Processing of MPEG Files Unprocessed Unprocessed Unprocessed Unprocessed Unprocessed Unprocessed Unprocessed Unprocested Unprocessed Unprocessed Unprocessed Unprocessed Unprocessed Unprocessed Unprocessed Unprocessed Unprocessed Unprocessed eee If an MPEG file is opened the program performs initial analysis to form the Stream List and calculate the mean transport rate All streams in the list are marked as Unprocessed because no analysis has been performed on them in this session To build the Stream List the MPEG file is scanned for the PAT and PMT table contents It is assumed
158. c node Automatically the window on the right is refreshed to display the header and related information for the selected node ES Analyzer gives you full flexibility in viewing streams at any level You can navigate through the stream independently at each level of the stream For example you may be viewing the first PES packet of a PES Stream but in the embedded VES stream you may be viewing the last GOP that is not contained in the first PES packet MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 9 ES Analyzer Getting Started Using GoTo Next and Previous Commands These commands are applicable to all types of streams and assume that you have opened a valid MPEG file Each of these commands can be executed for any node that is displayed in the stream hierarchy tree where each node is either a GOP or a valid MPEG stream embedded or top level m Step forward backward to the Next Previous packet or GOP in a video stream for the selected node Position the file pointer to the nth packet or GOP in a video stream or frame in an audio stream for the selected video audio node B Position the file pointer to the nth packet of the selected PID this is applicable to MPEG 1 system streams and MPEG 2 transport and program streams Position the file pointer to the first packet of the selected node W Save the embedded stream corresponding to the selected node in a separate file M Toggle between hexadecimal and decimal display
159. can be opened are as follows Transport stream files PES stream files Elementary stream files MPEG 1 and MPEG 2 files Regression scripts Mask files MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 3 ES Analyzer Getting Started 5 4 NOTE If you want ES Analyzer to automatically detect the type of MPEG stream the file contains let the default Auto remain in the Open as field If you want to open the file as a specific type of stream and do not want ES Analyzer to detect it select the stream type in the Open as field If you open an MPEG stream as an incorrect stream type numerous errors may be reported and ES Analyzer may also behave unexpectedly If you open an ATSC stream as auto and the stream contains no PSIP service information the AC 3 audio may appear as d and not decode Close the file and reopen with ATSC Stream selected from the Open as field the AC 3 audio will now decode correctly 3 Enable or disable the hex window ES Analyzer parses and demultiplexes the opened MPEG stream and displays the packet header fields in two formats interpreted and hexadeci mal If you want ES Analyzer to display the packet header fields in both the formats interpreted and hexadecimal check the check box next to Hex Window The hexadecimal format is displayed in a separate window If you want ES Analyzer to display the packet header fields only in the interpreted format let the default remain By default the c
160. carmunm pecho repetition enor id Chet Intarvy TROTE end duration OUT NTO Consistency ET PE ETT EN Geo Schedule Che Group 2 repetition encr Berrios Deti nterna rime start D sper MT seT Dertien TREHI TRIC 290 wror 2 2 CS rapa tron roris bel DE Eai Q2 BE bienal 00ers siart i Qu EET A iP CAE nomen TRADE DID eroe micia pa chien epatis amar d Cid intarsi DU DER tert Que binis i EMAND DA TRIG SUN ero 12 El repe liticr eroh kd DAt Emei Dikeb hiena 1s end c soer oo i err TIGE TRIG 294 aro mracamcem ection repartisien error ck Dese interval 1999 mr ard duralicn SE soe paima piesi TAIDI GE arrar mindem section repetition arnar iJa Cooke Machin elon Chi biena Ue Qon e LEE Ea TRO 20 ero minum ceolion repetition error Oc Cree Externo Che iona 24m Lite 2806874 EM Etendi Schadula Crycia Group nupatition amar Sarviow DAF terval 5S8 str I magamn 2 TRAE 200 error 2 2 Sl reperlitkon error kd Cast Exlonsion Cile Wend BC viat o Ta alana ais 0 sal i 7 T DECUIT WUICEEAIU E ER SS AR ar gt TS Avalosity Sync ER rote 22258296 Megs p 188 Peck Sue 204 EOE ISDE T iertuce DVE Poroiel E E Figure 2 17 Test view ISDB T standard example 2 42 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Using the Tests View Tests Navigation All Tests The detail view when the All Tests node is selected is shown in Figure 2 15 In addition to a summary of all tests the event log shows th
161. ckly each icon represents a menu bar item Icons will display a tooltip description when the cursor is rested over it The tool bar illustration below does not show all of the buttons a B EE zi 8 gt zzz dm 2 55 2 The table below lists the function of each icon and also indicates when the icon is available Availability refers to an icon being enabled or disabled with respect to selected nodes in the left tree view window disabled icons are grayed out You can toggle the tool bar display by selecting deselecting the Toolbar command on the View menu Availability Menu Bar Enabled Disabled equivalent Opens an MPEG stream a saved regres Always enabled File Open sion file REG file by default or dumped reports Restarts analysis from the beginning of the Enabled for all nodes Node Intialize selected parent or child stream Extracts a PES Audio or Video stream Enabled for all the embedded Node Dump from a multiplexed stream stream nodes PES VES AES Stream Allows navigation to the selected TPT Enabled for Transport and packets used in conjunction with the Next Program icon Enables navigation to the nth packet at Always enabled disabled only TPT node or the nth GOP at GOP node or for VES node nth frame at AES node Used in conjunction with the adjacent button Allows navigation to the next previous Always enabled disabled only Next Previous packet of the selected nod
162. contains any number of packets Each packet belongs to a particular stream and has a PID associated with it If packets of a given PID are concatenated you get the embedded PES stream with this PID The PES stream in turn has an elementary stream embedded in it For more details on Program streams refer to the ISO IEC 13818 1 document Pack SCR Base ji Child Stream ID 224 Mux Rate 4000000 bits s SCR Extension 240 Child Stream T ype PESIVES System Header Header Length p2 Video Bound NEN CSPS Flag 4 FixedFlag wh Audio Bound I System Video Lock Flag w Rate Bound 1000000 hits s System Audio Lock Flag su STREAM ID STREAM TYPE STD BUFFER SIZE FA 192 Audio Stream 4056 Bytes 8s 224 Video Stream 235520 Bytes ES Analyzer performs conformance and semantic checks at the program stream packet level as per the ISO IEC 13818 1 recommendations An embedded stream is checked when you navigate through one for details see the Navigating through Streams section in the Getting Started chapter MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 71 ES Analyzer Working with Program Streams For Program streams you can m View pack and system headers as shown in the previous illustration M View the program stream map see the Viewing Program Map section for details M View an embedded stream at the PES or the elementary stream level see the Understanding Packetized Elementary Streams section for detail
163. context menus right click an object The menus are associated with node types for example a PID node Note that node types can be displayed in more than one view for example PID nodes are displayed in the Program view and the PID view All context menus have a title bar that indicates the node selected MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 25 a Using the Program View The Program view is displayed when the Program tab is selected in the navigation tabbed pane Initially the navigation view displays the top node of the program tree which represents the analyzed transport stream from a program perspective T ASI MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer D Haven stre Capko Bacom Hep Kx E gectert analysiz Ou e a Preferences Cae r d i Qu 5s gm Program Tests SIPs PID Packets I Summary Now Playr HPE Sessions Seed aF all E Q Program 4167 BBC ONE sap E 9 PD amp nO 0x258 sgg E Humber af Programs amp 1 2 c cue eed n Current TS bitrate 40 670 Mbps Pd 503 058m Currant TS bitrate excluding Null PIC 38 684 Mbps Q rp s50 0x285 Bii E Po 651 02360 it TURN L Ma S rocs2 00220 Bi a B 2298 0000 Mi 12 061 Q PD 1005 0x3ED Hil I oy 2L35 0 504 M 6 117 M SE rp 1006 iE Hii ss PLADSS 0 508 M 6 172 M g PO 1007 ier e ae as daria a ecu genase 4 rd aa I PMT PD 167 001027 E W Qu Program 4231 BBC TAO m amp b Program 2351 DOC CHORE ux E Qu Program 4415 BBC MEWS 24
164. cordingly The time zone may be derived either from the transport stream UTC Co coordinated Universal Time or local time as set on the host computer Start Time Shows the event panel start time and date other dates can be selected from the drop down calendar the dis play will scroll to the selected date In deferred mode the initial date and time will be dic tated by the information found in the stream If the se lected date is beyond that held in the EPG information the date will be automatically set to the last date held in the information Note that in real time mode this information is updated regularly Display Shows the extent of the event panel more detail can be displayed by choosing a shorter time period Select the required range from the drop down list Timescale Shows the start and end time of the current event panel The range is dictated by the Display field selection Service Subtable panel When a transport stream EPG is selected this panel shows the names of the services currently displayed in the event panel The displayed services will vary de pending on which node is selected in the navigation view 2 96 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Event panel Event detail panel MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual This panel shows the events for one or more services depending on the selected node Individual events are color coded an
165. d shown as blocks each block and its associated tooltip displays event information that is ex tracted from the EIT When a block is selected the com plete event information is shown in the event detail panel including a link to the section carrying the infor mation Events are color coded as follows M Red Present event m Green Following event m Blue Schedule event m Yellow ISDB only After event Shows details of the selected event The details are con tained in the EIT event information table 2 97 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts MPE Views Multi Protocol Encapsulation MPE provides a mechanism for transporting data network protocols on top of the MPEG 2 transport streams in DVB networks it has been optimized for the carriage of the internet protocol IP It covers unicast datagrams targeted to a single receiver multicast datagrams targeted to a group of receivers and broadcast datagrams targeted to all receivers The 48 bit MAC Media Access Control addresses are used for addressing receivers The MPE views display the MPE data flow currently available in the stream localhost MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer Me Mevigstion Settngs Caobaevu Record Heip KK E Retan sce Qo db emm 77 77 9 08 Progam Tests SUP PD Pockets Summary SPE Sessions die 2 Adare p juste Pow Pa Wp xd TIS D O cG464 192 160 2310 22510100100 UOP 1053 9000 2040 MENNEEEEEEIENINNI 270 w Q Progam 44
166. data source is displayed The data pane shows the data bytes in both hexadecimal number format and ASCII character format for the selected packet When you select a node in the table pane the bytes that make up the selected node including the subordinate nodes are highlighted in the hex data pane MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 59 TSCA Using the Packets View oF D Streamsibbe aug generated timestamps MPG MPEG TS Compliance Analyser File Mawigation Settings Capturevu Record Help 3 TTE i Gp Retort ane a Qoo d Preferences 707777 i gt ed ee ae Ml lt gt gt Fy NOU AS Packets E PO Fiers dMEX PD 600 0e LEX PD 63 3 Oe ee ee ee ee PEN Transport Packet l T3 SUP Fibers 11 Tronapori Packet HA Cibi decis add an CUPS ner B L bamperi pata header a sync bete daar r amp transpori eror ndealor 0 4 priis urri start recaia 0 tmr priority 0 FID 600 C253 i transport scramblng control 0 Mall scramblesn r 4 mdapbsbon hed control 1 Vo adaptation feli payload any Corin counter m 13 Orly amp d reve bites _ length 184 bytes Ee Packet Era Geter d rary bytes jereih 18 byes pa 7 B MN La PIDE C eee oe BCENCUM INN PIRE n P x D7 DO 27 44 55 56 0 0 OF C2 JB FA TS Avalabity Q syne Qi Br rare 24 126337 Mbps p 183 Packet Sime 204 511 359 Packats DW o extensors UI E The packet
167. de ISO RIA RIP ENbDess quM S 7 22 Menus and Controls 455 kir rb Ee prr Ed eda e uic e s 7 23 Menus ODLHIOHS s ces us xim ebd ERE RURAL SLE ERU PE RNERESSC AREE 7 23 JjEvelleri METRE 1527 LOS WIndOWe rmm 7 30 SUS Bai 2 6 eile pP 7 31 Properties Window List Control 2 1 sa viele Desea ei V e ewes Pol Carousel Generation vor iota r3 vx err xar rans 7 33 Setting Overall Carousel Generator Properties 0 0 cece eee eee 7 33 C redimo a SOSSON 4 44684 eid cops e quint E RUM ds e Rapt Ib Rd EH Moa REI a 7 39 selecting the Carousel Type sue ar E ee hd ud ded RE 7 41 Modifying the Carousel Properties 0 cece eee eee 7 42 Carousel COnteniisus 3 226 23 Tad ot EE dade sens oleae OR teen as i od 7 51 COllCCHODS 345 45 Sie ais Meets Ee OA SUE EIE MCI ME i C MEAT MEI 7 66 PROG GAIN GS noo ony hes aaah eee att ee Eto une ME M EE E 7 70 Output Stream Generation 0 0 ccc ccc eee eee eee ee eens 7 79 Carousel Definition File s 227 ve eos unu abe Pb n e ER IR up E Seek eee Rees 7 79 PSI and SI in the Carousel Generator Output Stream 7 81 PSESLDMOUSSSE LUIS keraren acm du aiite cia gru opa eu cu tues dete dra 7 81 MPECEPSLEIDIOS iurzodastberesetbeeuedasxeieusduetueedsdenkwdeqedtdvs 7 82 DVBSSILTIDICS 2 deertoddribie sud dde teertemurns dde edudasentaqung piesa 7 89 SUMMA sus Gch dd ten dus Par odii pete tive y sd dicte aede ive teeta 7 103 Get ng Started o veces bp e RES IR ERA REY See adds 8 1 Startnp the Progr
168. debugging of troublesome intermittent problems Triggered Recording During real time analysis stream information can only be held for a finite time eventually it will be overwritten by more up to date information Triggered recording allows a portion of a stream to be recorded and subsequently analyzed in detail The following trigger sources and conditions apply m Any test event m External input TTL edge specitiable m Date and time m Recorded file size can be specified m Pretrigger buffer size can be specified as a percentage of the overall file size range from 0 100 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 5 TSCA Getting Started Starting the TSCA Software The TSCA can analyze either transport streams in real time or off line deferred mode Opening the TSCA From the Windows Desktop select Start gt Programs gt Tektronix MTS400 gt Analyzers gt TS Compliance Analyzer The TSCA is opened initially overlaid with the Open Transport Stream dialog box XHalila MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer Fie Wavigstion Settings Capture Vu Record Hep E Qe Qo Abreu 77 7 iu D 9 i Summary Progr amp m Ters SPSL PO Packets amp Summary MPE Seeeone Click Analyze File to select the trans port stream file to analyze and to se cod m gom cago Tv Tokwo ISOELT fwmalirn d tek 1 ES lasi MEO T Frens E lect the method for calculating the Miosriosri Ast H
169. deo PID 223 0121 Prog 3 Audo PID 106 PES Packet 80 PTS Eror PTS diferenca greater than 700ms MPEG Audio PID 290 0401 2z peg Rod do 1071 PFS Parket sd ae Ema PTS difference km eae than T ns MPEG Audio PID 39 040059 LU Ad 10s mpg PTS D I 5 View Prog 1 Video PID 283 _ MPEG Aude PID 89 0 0053 MPEG Audio PID 30 0 0054 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4 Program 5 2 Ad Ws npg Header Intern elat packet chat code x x x L x x yf 4 D za 0360 0450 0 600 0 720 Access und hme s sum of curation x 0120 gm ap esse Egas Prog 1 Video P10 269 ml Saas Zz Information can be viewed in graphical and textual formats To analyze and view the Transport Stream packets use the companion program TS Analyzer which can be run at the same time as this PES Analyzer The functionality provided includes m Display of program structure showing the programs contained within the transport multiplex and the PES streams which make up each program m Display an interpretation of PES packet for individual packets m Hexadecimal representation of PES packet Extraction and display of Presentation Time Stamp PTS and Decoding Time Stamp DTS information from the PES packet header MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 1 PES Analyzer Getting Started Starting the Program Initial Appearance 3 2 M Display of access unit information for video and audio access units NOTE Th
170. dim Transport Siraan CSDTAEIT moli dh Preferences Cun lal Ib ra D Summary Section ST Repetition Graphs table jo 2 00 Z PHT Section renbxx indice 1 a Section lengh a 134 d piga mbar 4187 Ox1047 2 weron number 12 r7 a dreni ned indica a Section number D iti d last sachon nunnber Ic PCR PAD DO BOR 255 program inio engh 0 xD T b p samarntary Sere airemh bye 2 Oe MPEG 2 ide aren be 2 00202 PE Video a Blemenbary PO G00 rc 255 ER SDT adua J E Service 4187 SC ONE ET eiua E AkeradHiext BT agha pii ES inda isrgh 12 rc descriptos 3 i Sree geniis descriptor EB Service 4231 BBC TOR ET actus a descriptor 83 82 2652 E E Serice 4251 BEC CHOICES EIT acbuan x Service 2415 BEC NEWS 24 BIT actual E Serice 2478 EC TEXT EIT ctus x i Saraca 4543 BBC PARLMNT EIT scat i SP rore 9018 Transport Stren 19 cepts is MP etre 9018 Transport Stream 12250 501 i AP Meteor 9018 Transport Stream 16384 S01 lieto 9018 Transport Stream 22482 501 AP hawek 9018 Transport Stream 24575 501 a descrp ow angi na B aB l pr 52 01 01 FO oF 52 nl D 4 65 6E ps 58 08 65 2 04 SE 13 00 n 08 Es Di 70 08 E2 OL 66 B Ex 47 D d li 01 FF OF Of OA O04 amp 5 67 03 52 ni BE 67 10 00 t DU OO w EE f 03 52 BA FO 03 52 BC Fo 03 52 Ee 58 FO th D4 0B 49 24 6E 67 00 Ux D 06 E2 5B pi o0 01 OB OL Of 55 te
171. display the table identity and version number of the table from which the information is extracted Where relevant links underlined text are provided to associated objects for example in the programs summary Figure 2 19 links are provided to the individual program summary views Similarly arrow icons provide links to the electronic program guide EPG tables Where the section is carried on a PID a link is also provided to the PID view Figure 2 19 shows an example of the summary pane with the PMT PIDs node selected in the navigation view oF Dstreamsibhbclaug 77 generated timestamps MPG MPEG TS Compliance Analyser File Mawigatioy Settings Capturevu Record Hep K rentas oss Program Tests SUP PID Packets p Say E uuo BE Program PATIEMTISDT actualy Pro rams This Transport sire amp am contains B aa ans BJ Pet Progam 2187 Bec OME rm B rw Progam 2231 BEC Tec 4167 t ct 04 BBC ONE D PHT Procerum 4351 BEC CHOICE pu QJ PWT Program 4415 BEC HBAS 26 9 PMT Program 4479 BEC TEXT Cc PHT Prom 4545 BEC PARLANT 15 rc 17318 E Ux 11 dr HHC MEWS 24 BB SDT actus TAARN p 78 aar BBC TEXT meii M imet as This redbwrcek MIT enisi EE iaiia BBC PARLMNT O Tone TD TATOT ToT iD TOT SP EPG nentes EE ms Transport Stream SDTAST meisi ER SDT acua J E Service diar BBC ONE AT aual a Morse BT agha pii BE Service diyi BBC TAS ET actaan Service 4351 BEC CHOICE EIT sacha B Sorice 4
172. displayed MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 41 ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams Displaying the Slice and Macroblock ES Analyzer allows you to take a microscopic view of a picture by letting you view the picture s slice and macroblock structure To view slice details of any picture yP 1 Select the picture by using the picture slider on the GOP And Picture tab 2 Click the Slice and MB tab The macroblocks for the selected picture are displayed as shown below GOP And Picture ee And Mit Picture Player I FRAME Slice Display MB Size Display Q Scale Code Display Motion Vector Display Picture Display Fr Tookip Macroblock Number 2 B Intra DCT Type MB Quantizer Scale CBP MB Sze Vectors F F B F F T F B T F FBF B B F D I F D E F Slices Priority Breakpont NA Quantizer Scale 8 Slice Extension Flag Irta Sice Picture ID Na Row Number 1 Masse ols w Mactoblock Quant X PredicionType NA sTWCodeFeg X Macrotlock Patten X Quaniizer Scale g MotonVectrFomar NA STW Class fo Macroblock Motion Backward 3 DCT Type Fome MotionVectorCount NA STWEode a Macroblock Motion Foward 9 Macroblock Size s4 DMv S Macroblock Addess 2 ceP hmm The Slice dialog box graphically displays the slices and macroblocks in the picture and also displays the m Slice header for the selected slice B Macroblock de
173. ds Salus Bar dior d Ade RU taU paw as Pu A eked As a I deis bens Wien ODHOBS 3593 43 ba ta d ecd do Pasar thease Daun td taedio SEream List 2x ova REEL ANREDE bb teda Sele ctio SEEC fT ooa escam eter eo Bek dak bo a Wks ee iE a ee ates PROCESSING SITES 222 oorr inteso os Er oer id Deer E EIE DE Event ang Message LOGS 54 2 xd ER a HER E HE RR ATHE erac Global Event LP vetewer dico beweisen Pus eL bi ess be Spiess PIDE m 0 exeo x doe o Mies op tea hee he ehh ee AP Oe Detail Missae LOSSE sini te to ote Rte Pesos bep Aes anes Results Graphs COmmionzbPe abUTG Sa v uvas Haw PN cp dee eA o ADAC Re RU aot n Elementary Butter Graph s 6 de rr Pate eed swat E reir REP er De Multiplex or Main Buffer Graph sa0 860507 82 beds ERE EPOD ERE ADR Transport Buffer Graph Detail Message Logging Elementary Stream Analyzer Getting Started Starting the ES Analyzer Opening an MPEG Stream Understanding the Main Window and Icons 0 eee ee eens Tree View and Navigation Header Extension and Hex Displays MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 29 3 33 3 34 3 35 3 37 3 40 3 40 3 41 3 43 3 45 3 46 ARE RRS I PoOowuonmn BRNNR m T BAA l m m I m m C N I l ped Pro DAW Ua KR A LR PS BOR A aAA N N m l l R2 b rn N I I po WWWWN NY wo 00 10 1 AH W Table of Contents Volume 1 Error Testing
174. e Double clicking a message in the error display window lets you view more detailed information about the message 5 16 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Error Testing Methods and Outputs Error Filtering Configuring and Filtering Messages for Display You can configure and filter the kinds of messages you want ES Analyzer to report You can turn on off messages of any type Information Errors Semantic checks to be reported for the entire stream or any node in the stream hierarchy displayed in the tree view You can also store the displayed messages in a file or clear the message window To configure messages 1 Click the right mouse button anywhere in the error display window LOCATION ob TPT PackettO7048 gt TPT Packet Dump To File Ko TPT PESIPI Clear Log Window im TPT Packett TPT Packet TFT PESIFIDiZ32 PES Packets containing Privat Filter Messages 2 Select Filter Messages from the context menu that appears The Filter Message dialog is displayed The dialog box contains two tabbed pages Global and Node MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 17 ES Analyzer Error Testing Methods and Outputs Message Filtering Global The Global Message Filter tab provides settings that can be used to select which messages are enabled and disabled and how many times enabled messages are to be displayed The rules created are global that is they will be applied t
175. e fl 6F 08 E3 DL B5 08 Ez OL 67 Ca 53 De E2 5 amp 6 Fo 03 03 E2 55 E2 SA FU 09 Fo p 52 i E3 ED FO l Di amp Of L EF Fo 3 52 BB TD 03 52 72 34 s The detailed section view is available when the selected node in the service information tree represents a table or subtable in the transport stream During real time analysis the view is continually updated The subtable identity version and section are displayed at the top of the table pane B In deferred mode where two or more subtables versions or sections are found in the stream the relevant field 1s active and an alternative selection can be made from the drop down list M In real time mode only the latest version and section can be viewed The table pane shows all fields that make up a section for example PMT The fields are arranged in a hierarchical order The presence of subordinate fields is indicated using a symbol adjacent to the container field The container can be expanded or collapsed by clicking the or icon Below the table pane the data source is displayed The data pane shows the data bytes in both hexadecimal number format and ASCII character format for the selected table version and section When a node is selected in the table pane the bytes that make up the selected node including the subordinate nodes are highlighted in the hex data pane refer to Figure 2 20 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 47
176. e bars are scaled so that all bars are displayed relative to the one with the highest bit rate Column widths can be adjusted by dragging the title line dividing bar to the left or right with the mouse Two levels of error status are displayed by each row The error status LED shows the test status of the element for example a program The color of the bit rate bar indicates the bit rate status and whether the rate has exceeded the limits set A range bar indicates the variation of bit rate in each program or PID The ends of the bar show the maximum and minimum values of the bit rate since monitoring started Range bar 603 02565 3 QO 550 0x284 i MEME QN 551 0x755 ii Bit rate limits can be set on a program or PID bar An error will be indicated when the bit rate exceeds the limits set Highlight the program or PID and select Set bit rate limits from the context menu Mp oU Uc A iij PI Tau Q 310 0x136 hore a 6D cha T A ies 51105 Q 320 0x140 FUL SI inn MOS 330 0144 Reset All Tests 1564 Q ano 0x130 Disable All Tests 150 O 10 194 Enable All Tests SS 10195 Q 420 toi 4 Reset Bit Rate Limits I 2827 430 0x14E Set Bit Rate Limits 2135 500 xir Show Mean Values EE Q 510 Ox1 FE 153466 520 0x208 407 5 530 0212 PIP GatoPid 310 0x136 282 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts The Set bit rate limits d
177. e button 00 00 01 EO OO OLS Ea B5 DD 1F E0 01 7D 9D Offset 5 5 Len DxB 5 To search for a specific byte pattern in the Hex Window 1 Type the pattern in the Find field on the left of the Find button on the status bar 2 Click the Find button The specific pattern will be searched from the current cursor position If the pattern is found it is highlighted in the hex window If the pattern is not found you will hear a beep The search loops back to the beginning of the file and subsequent occurrences of a pattern can be found by clicking the Find button To position the cursor to a specific byte location from the start of the packet header 1 Type the byte position in the Goto field on the left of the Goto button on the status bar 2 Click the Goto button You will be positioned to the corresponding byte location in the header in the hex display window MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Getting Started Summary of Displayed Information Header and Hex displays Table 5 4 summa rizes the information displayed in the hex window that corresponds to the information displayed in the header display window Table 5 4 Hex Headers Display Header display window information Transport packet header PES Header MPEG 2 Program stream Pack Header MPEG 1 System Stream Pack Header Video stream Sequence header sequence extension Video stream When viewing picture at P
178. e examples shown in this chapter are taken from both ATSC and DVB compliant transport streams An example of each type is sometimes shown as a reminder that both standards are supported or where a difference needs explanation Start the program by selecting the PES Analyzer option from the Start gt Programs menu or by double clicking on the PES Analyzer shortcut on the desktop a Startup j A Tektranix Monitor Recorder ee Tektronix Player Tektronix Release Notes Tektronix FES Analyser k Once the program has started and is ready for use it will open a Main Window When the program first starts it looks as follows MPEG 2 PES Analyse MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual PES Analyzer Getting Started The Toolbar row of buttons above the dark gray area of the empty window may be hidden from view moved to a separate window or moved to either side or the bottom of the main window The Status Line at the very bottom of the window may be hidden from view Because no file is open it is displaying a message that the TS packet number is Not Valid Above the Status line is the Slider Bar This has three groups of controls for selecting streams and packets within a file This may be moved to the top of the window Initial Menu Options PES Analyzer presents different menus and options depending on whether or not a file is open for analysis The menu options available when no file is
179. e for VES node or at end of file Packet GOP Toggles Start and Stop to run through Test Only enabled at GOP level otart mode Stop Toggles between hexadecimal and decimal Always enabled display of data in fields Shows or hides the error log window Always enabled Shows or hides the Hex Viewer which Enabled if Hex Window is displays data in hexadecimal format checked when opening a stream otherwise always disabled MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Getting Started Table 5 1 Tool Bar icons Cont Icon t A AW left icon ETI right icon 9 Working with ES Analyzer Commands Availability Menu Bar Enabled Disabled equivalent Enables or disables packet view analysis Enabled only for PES that displays the PID spectrum Allows zooming into any part of data being Always enabled displayed useful when viewing Motion Vector Display in the Slice And MB tab Shows Frame Size Statistics for different Enabled only for GOP node Frame Sizes frames within a GOP Disabled if the Picture Player tab is selected Shows Slice Size Statistics i e informa Enabled only for a GOP node Slice Sizes tion about the sizes of the slices within a from within the Slice And MB Picture in a GOP tab Allows viewing the version and copyright Always enabled Help Topics information When using ES Analyzer you can issue commands in one of three ways By clicking commands on the menu
180. e most recent 10000 events that have occurred during analysis of the stream Test Navigation Test Nodes When you select a test node the Associated PIDs pane displays a summary of all of the PIDs and an event log listing all events that are associated with the test Where parameters are applicable to the test you can modify them under the Parameters tab E D Streams iS ym7 mpe MPEG TS Compliance Analyser File Mawigation Settings Capturevu Record Help E iE Restart Anasi gim o a Preferences Rape n Ip e Progran Teste PSE PID Packets p Associated Fibs i Ai teats Ro 220 4 Pricey 1 cg preety 2 PID 110 Ose Q 21 Tronsport Pw zoo g zice e Pid 310 e136 2 3 0 PCR Repetition Q Pin 410 0xt94 T 23b PER Discontinity inchoate Q Pip 510 0 1rE ILUTTIM Q Pip 610 0262 EAA Bo Noms 4 PD 410 oct 25 PTS m JECT ce rotis C 3 1 MT Acus 31b NT Other GQ 3 2 Si Repaltion 34 0 Ure PO 35 0 S07 Actual aw 13 35b SDT Other j Evert log Parameters 350457 Actus iJ 38 AT Other E 2 7 Ar RST aa ToT it er iei CI SEN Error TS Awadab ry GQ syne Q Brrane amp nD n00 Mbpsp 188 Packer Sms 185 315 000 Packets DVE NoExtensons M Gi MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 43 TSCA Using the Tests View Test Navigation PID Nodes Where tests have failed the PIDs affected are listed under the test node in the Tests navigation view Selecting a PI
181. e new font will be used to display stream content MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual o Understanding the Analyzer Window On start up the user can immediately open and analyze a transport stream see Starting the TSCA Software on page 2 6 This will result in a display similar to that shown in Figure 2 7 this is the working display E ASI MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer Ehe Mavigation Settings Capture Record Hei Menu bar sd Gran Analysts Ou ec como M Preferences Program Tests SLPS PID Packets TE Irem T dream kd 410 Nets rk Nam Preprem 4167 EOC ONE ux iih ts e Qus bs W x Summary Low Playing we Toolbar GD FD 609 0x256 D Number of Programs 6 2 bsp p Current TS bit rata 40 670 Mbps e ro en 258 E Current TS bil rale excluding Hull PID 38 684 Mbps Q Po 650 0x284 BH 88 o es1 0x200 HI 1 E PID 52 0x20 di MLL PD 13 amp 2395 0 000 M 12 061 ce B PID 40065 0360 3i i LT 21 355 0504 M 6 117 M PD 1006 Ds3EE i ssec ho 4251 21 90 0 508 M 6 172 M Au 2 PID 1007 Oz3EF iii P oer pune ana E irii mm ates ein E ee Be Q pur FD 467 c0 EJ m Program 4231 BSC TWO ge mp Procram 4351 BSC CHOICE ep z z dj ge Navigation view d Gioii iasesc po a ey Program 4543680 PARLWNT B I esq Dec 6 2005 11 0230 946 15853808 TR 101 290 error minimum any section repetition arrer id DYB EIT b A Dec amp 2005 11 0250531 15853837 TR 101 290 etro mrim
182. e picture data The pictures for which you do not step down to the slice level you ll still be shown picture data that includes only the picture header and extension data Both frame header and audio data is shown E eee Error Testing Methods and Outputs ES Analyzer can error check an entire stream in an automated manner regres sion test Part of a stream triggered from a node for a specific program can be manually checked run though mode Regardless of the stream type testing is only possible at the compression layer it is the task of TS Analyzer and PES Analyzer to test at the systems layer However you can still view the headers of the transport and PES packets but note that no tests are performed either run through or regression Both test modes will produce screen or file output error messages Manual test is also possible by examining the various block slice vector and picture display menu screens Error filters can be applied to the tests and fields selected to allow diagnostics up to the error point to be dumped in a file for pre error point analysis MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 15 ES Analyzer Error Testing Methods and Outputs Run Through Stream Test Mode This is operated by highlighting the test node usually the GOP filmstrip icon of the appropriate program then clicking on the Start Stop green ball in the top toolbar The stream will be run though and errors reported i
183. e steady state Buffer Analyzer performs as follows M The fraction of the first video frame leading up to the first picture start code is not passed through the Buffer Analyzer This is because it is not possible to determine whether the Leak or VBV Delay method is being used During this period the PES header Sequence Header and Extension information are extracted This information is used to determine the initial DTS size of the MB and EB buffers m The Decoding Time Stamp DTS for the first frame is assumed to be correct It is used as a base for the timing of all subsequent frames MB underflow errors are suppressed during the first frame If the DTS of the first frame is not correct use TS Cutter to remove the suspect frame s from the file Approximations The application uses the following approximations to model the behavior of the hypothetical T STD m Data is processed one packet 188 bytes at a time An undertlow overtlow condition that occurs and clears within the period of one packet will be missed m Processing one packet at a time causes the buffers to be emptied in block fashion thus giving a stepped graphical output M Slight quantization effects occur because the model is processed at discrete time intervals corresponding to a single packet length This may affect the VBV Delay calculations The timing intervals for transferring frames from MB to EB are dynamically adjusted to compensate 4 22 MTS400 Series M
184. eam NOTE When the TSCA software analyzes a transport stream it compares the bit rate of the stream to the expected rate Errors are reported based on the expected rate of the stream To analyze a stream correctly it is necessary to know the original bit rate of the stream or to calculate the bit rate from PCRs Program Clock Reference carried in the stream PCRs are generated as a stable clock reference and are added to the stream during its generation During analysis the PCRs are extracted and synchronized with a local clock reference Know the original bit rate and enter it manually Use timestamps included with the stream 2 8 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Getting Started 5 After you select the desired stream select one of the following methods for calculating the rate of the transport stream BW Prescan nnn PCRs When you select this method the TSCA software calculates the rate of the stream by prescanning the stream for embedded PCRs The entry box lists the number of PCRs that the TSCA software recommends are necessary to determine the stream rate You can use the entry box to enter a different number W Scan Entire Files When you select this method the TSCA software calculates the rate of the stream by prescanning the stream for all of the embedded PCRs m Use nnnn Mbps When you select this method the TSCA software uses the absolute value in Mbps that you enter as the expected stream rate
185. ecord function Start Starts recording Stop Stops recording MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 111 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Help Menu localhost MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer File Navigation Settings Capturevyu Record Pais a P Br About 101 l Table 2 13 Help menu options Command Function About Displays application and system information Preferences Two options are offered when the Preferences dialog box is opened Settings gt Preferences General and Font General Preferences General Default File Folder i Maximum File History Size Timezone For timestamp display IL T Packet Size used For T5 bit rate 2 Color Scheme Optimize For UI performance Remember last tab visited on exit Enable Thumbnails Figure 2 49 Preferences General The General preferences option allows you to specify a default folder for loading and saving files Either enter the path required or use the browse button to locate the folder Select OK to save the setting and close the dialog box Default File Folder Specify the default folder for loading and saving files Maximum File History Size Specify the maximum number of file names to be shown in the File Recent Files list Timezone for timestamp display This selection is not currently used Ensure that it is set to Local 2 112 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User I
186. ed In real time analysis the new values will take effect immediately The Event Log shows the errors for the highlighted test When no tests are selected the event log will show the events related to all tests associated with the elementary stream selected in the program tree Program Navigation Elementary Stream Node Each of the elementary stream nodes in the program tree represents a single elementary stream referenced by the parent program When this node is selected the view pane displays the Elementary Stream summary view F cimi 1 ap 7 ponoratad timastamps MPG MPEG TS Compliance Analysor File Mewigation Settings Caphurevu Record Hel Gp resat anys 3s QD AB Preferences 7 Program Tests SUPSL PID Packets j QP Associnted Tests PTS Graphe Bit rate Graphs Transpor Stresnr d 6103 Network Mame Sands Hes E A Program 4157 BES OME e ro epo pos ae iva Q ros 0255 4 LJ 1 4 Continuity a Dad Pocos f Q ronment E wa 2 3 4 PCR Rapatiticn Q ro eo regn He QJ 2 3 b PCR Discontinuity Indicator E ros i25 ii LD 2 4 PCR Accuracy dE PO 6 2 poe di 2 5 PTS Q PO 1005 oer er CJ 3 4 8 Uret PDD SE po 1006 rag jest Q rip Occupancy ro 1007 aer i LJ PCR Overal Mter POR Q1 Q rur POET ceo E QJ PCR Frequency Offset PCR Fa te A Program 4231 BBC TWO em C PCR Drift Rate PCR DR i Progrom 4381 BBC CHOKE ew Q PID Et Rete Verisb ty m Program 4415 DIC MEWS 24 m LJ Discontinuiey iE b Pr
187. ed against that value If the adjustment is made with a PID highlighted only that PID will be measured against the modified value PCR Inaccuracy The PCR Inaccuracy graph shows the difference between the actual and expected PCR AC values for each PCR on the y axis Expected PCR values are calculated from the byte index of the PCR The default limits are set 500 ns The Maximum PCR Accuracy Error limit can be adjusted by modifying the Max PCR accuracy error PCR Arrival Interval The PCR Arrival Interval graph provides a display of the time interval between successive PCRs during the last 256 PCRs The interval is displayed on the y axis The default limit Maximum Repetition Period set in ETR 101 290 test 2 3 is 40 ms The PCR Maximum Repetition Interval limit can be adjusted by modifying the PCR max repetition interval PCR Drift Rate PCR DR This Drift Rate graph shows the rate of change of PCR Frequency Offset which is often very small It is calculated using PCR Frequency Offset measurements The maximum PCR Drift Rate limit can be adjusted by modifying the Max PCR frequency drift rate parameter PCR Frequency Offset The Frequency Offset graph shows the difference between the program clock PCR FO frequency and the nominal clock frequency measured against a reference that is not PCR or transport stream derived PCR Frequency Offset is a measurement of the error in the PCR frequency from the specified 27 MHz the M
188. efault Pen Style Parameters By placing the cursor over the more field all the parameters related to the pen styles can be viewed PEN STYLE PARAMETERS PARAMETER NAME PARAMETER VALUE Edge Type Font Style Pen Size Default STANDARD Dialog Undenine HO ICTON Window Definition Parameters Window ID fi Window Style ID 2 aye i Window Style Parameters Justify LEFT Print Direction LEFT T mare a Pen Style Parameters J Pen Size STANDAR FontStyle Defaut BH 1 P3 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 97 ES Analyzer Closed Caption Analysis Dumping Closed Caption Statistics 5 98 Closed Caption Analysis statistics can be written to file for each standard EIA608 and EIA708 NOTE Regardless of which standard is selected no closed caption statistics can be dumped until the file has been at least partially analyzed To start analyzing the stream select the GOP And Picture tab and press the Go button A sign that closed caption content has been detected during analysis is that the Video icon in the navigation tree changes to include a CC symbol S S The sequence of actions required for a dump of statistics to be successful is as follows 1 The Dump CC Statistics option in the Settings menu will only become available when analysis or partial analysis has established that Closed Caption data is carried in the stream 2 Astandard must be
189. eg scp el nd mhg sco adi demcec scp ie mpeg pat scp e MPEG Packets Program Files TektrenrismpegiMTS4001Seripts Regon No Extensions fe Use Custom Scnpts Enable scripted section validations during analysis slower R ej ae EL The buttons operate as follows ej E Reset the script list to the default list for the standard and region Opens the script selection dialog box Highlight required script and select OK Note that the script name is added to the Script Files list Removes any script name highlighted in the Script Files list Scripts are applied to streams in the order that they are listed in the Script Files list Use these buttons to move a highlighted script up and down in the list Opens the highlighted script in ScriptPad script editor Verifies the syntax of the scripts listed in the Script Files pane A message window lists any errors found If the standard script list has been changed and you want to return to the default list of scripts highlight the Base Standard and Region required and select the default script button the list will be overwritten with the default list More information about ScriptPad can be found in the MTS400 MPEG Test System User Manual MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Scripts Directory The Scripts Directory field indicates the root directory for scripts named in Script Files list when analysis
190. els are output to the sound card These can be assigned as required as mono or stereo from any of up to five channels in a stream MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 63 ES Analyzer Working with Audio Streams Explaining MPEG 1 Audio ES Analyzer displays data for each channel separately Streams WIC p Header r Frame Header ID EN Layer Lsyer2 Protection Bit x Bitrate 384kbps Sampling Frequency 48 0kHz Padding Bit x Private Bit x Mode 5 terea Made E tensian D Copyright x Emphasis None Original or Copy x CACCheck sosgi Bound l SB fer Lisl Hoel CFSI Grouping Scalefactor s gt Channel Select Left Channel r Adio Play Device Crustal Audio System Flaybacl qu J Flay Channels Lett Aight Channel Birs Codeword sbi sb For the selected audio frame ES Analyzer displays the following m The frame header B A plot of bits per code word against the sub bands for each channel B SCEFSI Scale Factor Selection Information plotted against sub band for each channel M Grouping information plotted against sub bands for each channel M The scale factor plotted against the sub band M Channel selection and playout controls 5 64 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose MA 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com ES Analyzer Working with Audio Streams Expl
191. enabled Caption Service Service 1 Window Text Service Type Standard Bet cae Row 0 IN 4 WILDERNESS ache Into Row 1 TEEMIMG WITH LIFE Sequence Ma 3 Packet Size 5 Window Definition Parameters window ID i Window Style ID z Stow WDP 0 Window Style Parameters Justify LEFT Print Direction LEFT_TO_RIGHT EEERELZS Fen Style Parameters PenSize STANDARD Font Style Default Show PSP Bytes Lett Block Info Block Size E Bytes Lett t Active Window i EIEIEIFIEIEIBIB E Details of the fields in the Closed Caption Analysis window are as follows MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Closed Caption Analysis Caption Service Packet Info Block Info Window Identity Window Text The service whose details are to be displayed can be selected from the drop down list Sequence No The sequence number of the packet from which the current service block has been extracted for example Service 1 Service 2 etc Packet Size The packet size that has been coded in the packet header Bytes Left The number of bytes still to be received Block size The size of the service block Bytes Left The number of bytes still to be received Active Window The Window ID which is currently the active window Hee W The buttons in red in the W column indicated the defined windows in the received service The parameters to the right of t
192. er a sync bte 047 ianspol e o a phbs tanspet_p PO 310 63D rent ine anssi CaplureVvu Status GD caphraad AI packat 10725266 47 01 35 3B Cl AD 12 DO 47 35 49 BA 4B 58 0D 2C 44 3 BD 00 60 Cl AE 03 98 16 EO 63 26 05 00 OL 14 SC 80 71 30 05 ES 2A 00 54 62 BB 51 18 CC D4 07 10 02 CE F9 DO 6C D4 16 21 06 76 FA 93 45 F6 OD 29 60 53 EG 42 0 AB 00 1B AA D7 80 SF 77 64 D3 42 48 CO DB 30 Dl EO 16 E5 25 1 iD 51 OD 80 EE Fi FE 6 amp 2 1A SE C3 91 10 4D 9A Cl Fi 2 E6 62 79 6D EE 34 Be ES 20 15 00 4F 15 CC SF 04 9D DO 03 7B AS 29 ir C2 65 DD 00 3F 9 10 BE FB 55 DS 94 73 D 51 91 81 77 07 44 38 70 AB C2 42 DB 80 35 BS F1 84 if CD 99 17 SB CS EC 58 ZU 45 FU B CE El FD 34 SE BD 07 F 2E E3 92 53 FF FF YT TT FF FF FF FE SS 56 4002 7a FO Fe A2 TS Avast Q Sync Q Marats 41471001 Mbps 120 Packet Sire 100 1 192 015Packets DVD NoBtensint mnderisce DvD Parsia BU B Figure 2 46 CaptureVu breakpoint Packet view Activate this dialog when the breakpoint triggers When enabled the CaptureVu setting dialog box is opened automatically when a breakpoint occurs The CaptureVu Settings dialog box can also be viewed at any time by selecting the CaptureVu Settings button on the tool bar With the CaptureVu feature activated all of the TSCA tools are available for you to analyze and inspect the saved information NOTE In Packets view only the packets contained in the last 2
193. erred Perform the following steps to start analyzing a transport stream file Analysis y 4 In the Open Transport Stream dialog box with Analyze File selected use the drop down box at the top of the window to browse to a transport stream file When you select a stream the stream name appears in the field at the bottom of the window Open Transport Stream O Streams d E p m3 Ea usto 7 Twv Tokyo EDE T Normal trp tu tek 10S test MPG To calculate fie transport rate EJ r1126Tv ASH 4G trn H TS20D 4014_001 m irp H Astraa tx40 mp HJ bbctaug generated tmestamps MPG 2 Scan entire fie Hd BEIC ALIG27 mpg Hj Copy of SES 1 MIN MPG Prezcan 100 PCRs 2 Use Mbps Hl delete mpi HD Higgs Thes piceniomanadfpse2 mpc HE LordefThefings305es z mpg HI HDvideo SDaudia Lori mpg My Documents O SES2 10S MPG Hj SES 1 0S WP c3 3 j SES_IMM MPG D Hi SES 5S MPG My Comouter E SES 8S MPG H 3 td Syrr2 mpg l EJ Sym3 mpc My Metwrork klar Planes i symA mpo uj Sys mpa Packet Index tJ Sym6 mpo F Use timestamps If present File rire aril mpg Files ofiype WEES Transpori Stream Fies mag mpeg ingi e OK f Cencel Figure 2 3 TSCA File Analysis Offline dialog box Calculating the Transport Rate To analyze a transport stream correctly you must do one of the following m Calculate the bit rate from PCRs Program Clock Reference carried in the str
194. es a detail message log which may be read with the Tracer program These messages may be useful for in depth analysis of the internal processing particularly for the video stream type Tracer has filtering capabilities that allow the user to focus on message types of particular interest Detail messages generated by Buffer Analyzer while Tracer is not running may be lost Refer to the separate sub section on Tracer for details of how to set up and use Buffer Analyzer and Tracer together MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 4 39 EE yyy Elementary Stream Analyzer Getting Started Elementary Stream ES Analyzer is an MPEG Motion Pictures Expert Group stream analyzer that allows all MPEG 1 and MPEG 2 streams to be quickly analyzed Developers of MPEG compliant encoder and decoder systems or field application engineers FAEs supporting MPEG based products will find ES Analyzer a powerful and easy to use tool and debugging aid ES Analyzer provides the following facilities Analyze in detail and verify whether MPEG 1 system and MPEG 2 video and audio streams conform to MPEG standards A built in stream demulti plexer makes it possible to analyze elementary streams embedded in a transport stream All streams are checked for both syntactic and semantic conformance Syntactic conformance means conformance with the MPEG language while semantic conformance relates to the field value and range restrictions Quickly zoom from
195. es the base standard it may add tests or modify existing ones Physical Interface The current interface for real time analysis Partial Reception Availability g Only available for ISDB T streams This icon indicates the presence of partial reception data in the stream The colors indicate the status as follows Gray Partial reception availability is unknown Green Partial reception data is available Grey Partial reception data is not available red cross Processing Throttle Indicator E This icon comprises two adjacent LED indicators which show the status of the TSCA processing engine The left indicator shows the strained status that is whether throttling is being applied to cut down on the informa tion being processed The right indicator shows the overwhelmed status that is whether the processing engine is able to cope with the amount of information in the stream even after throttling The colors indicate the status as follows The general color coding scheme is described in Error Status LEDs see page 2 24 Green OK Amber Processing was strained overwhelmed but is currently OK Red Processing is currently strained over whelmed White Processor state is unknown Gray Test disabled MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Understanding the Analyzer Window System Log Status J Shows the status of the system log which records system wide events for example scripting errors The
196. etting Up the CaptureVu The feature can be activated when a test flagged with a Capture Vu breakpoint Feature does not fall within the parameters set for the test Breakpoints can be set at any time They will activate during real time analysis as soon as the flagged test fails To operate successfully in a deferred analysis stream the stream may need to be reanalyzed You can set a CaptureVu breakpoint as follows 1 In either the Program or Tests view locate and highlight the required test 2 From the right click menu select CaptureVu Breakpoint Program Tests SI PSI PID Packets associated PIDs F d Ee 9 All Tests m Priority 1 Any PIDs listed below a 9 Priority 2 9 FID 600 0x258 i s CJ 24 Transport PID 610 0262 0 bare Q PID 620 0x260 c ti PID nn erR pa SEBA 2 3 a PCR Repetto 23h PCR Discontin gt 24 PCR Accuracy a 45 PTS Disable eb 2 6 CAT Trigger Action m Priority 3 Audible Alarm Other 4 SFM Error Capturevu Breakpoint Quick Links Go ta next red LED in current tree F3 FIF Note the addition of the breakpoint icon beside the test entry Program Tests SIPSI PID Packets E All Tests E 3 TRIM 290 l a Priority 1 E 9 Priority 2 00 24 Transport po 9 2 CRE 4 d ic I en 9 2 3 b PCR EU m x 4 24 PCR Accuracy em ny 25 PTS 2 100 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Comm
197. evel of the icon chosen For example choosing Disable from a program node context menu will disable all tests in the program group 2 24 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Understanding the Analyzer Window Context Menus Context menus or right click menus provide an important way of navigating around the TSCA They are available on most displayed objects for example program tree nodes These menus provide options relevant to the selected object For example after failure all tests associated with a node can be reset by selecting the context menu option Reset All Tests The context menu options provide both actions for example enable and disable a function and shortcuts to associated objects in other views Navigation view tabs Program Tesks SI PSI PID Packets b Summary Moy 3 Transport Stream ld 41 03 Network Name Sandy He E BE Nodes 9 Program 4163 e onic i Odes Program 4167 BBC OHE Reset Bit Rate Limits Set Bit Rate Limits L Shaw Mean Values Quick Links a PIG View PMT PID 4167 0x1047 in PID tree PD i005 E view PCR PID 600 0x258 in PID Tree PID 1006 View PCR Graphs Context menu title bar Sl gt 8 PID 1007 Ww i Context menu options Q9 PMT PID EX View this program s PMT in SI Tree r z Progam 423 a Go ta next red LED in current tree F3 i EAA ADEA DD PLAC Vv TT AA nN Nnr Figure 2 9 Context menu example To view
198. ew and provides details related to the selection made in the current navigation view The overall view may be subdivided into one or more panes you can access individual views in multiple pane views using tabs Status Bar The status bar when not hidden is displayed at the bottom of the main window and shows a summary of stream statistics TS Availabilty Q Sync Qj Bitrate 24 128292 Mbps 188 Packet Size 204 DYB No Extensions Interface ASI Fi fal The fields from left to right are as follows TS Availability Indicates that either the stream bit rate has fallen below the minimum value or that synchronization has been lost see also Sync below The minimum stream bit rate is set using the Min stream bit rate for processing parameter see Parameter Edit page 2 51 Sync Shows the status of the MPEG sync loss test Loss of sync during analysis of a stream may mean that analysis of the complete stream was not possible Bit rate Total bit rate of the transport stream The packet value 188 or 204 is set using the Prefer ences feature see page 2 112 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 21 TSCA Understanding the Analyzer Window 2 22 Packet Size Packets in a stream can be either 188 or 204 bytes long This is detected automatically Stream Interpretation Base Standard This is the set of tests that are being used to analyze the stream Stream Interpretation Region This subset of tests modifi
199. f the current GOP or from the start of the video sequence The number of the current picture and the number of the last decoded picture are displayed as shown in the following illustration Here is a typical sequence of steps in which you may use the video viewer 1 Open the video stream you want to analyze 2 Start the video viewer 3 Monitor the displayed picture for quality problems Playing Sym2 trp xf nro sisi s 4 Pause the player whenever you notice a problem in a picture such as a degradation in quality The player is intentionally made to play at a speed slower than the regular play speed to allow you to stop at specific frames MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 9 97 ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams 5 Switch to the analysis tabs to view details of the currently displayed picture down to the macroblock level 6 Step forward or backward in decode order in the Slice And MB tab or switch back to the video viewer and resume play ES Analyzer synchronizes the picture being currently displayed by the video viewer with the picture data that is displayed on the other tabs GOP And Picture and Slice And MB This means that M The GOP And Picture and Slice And MB tabs always display data for the same picture m When you switch from the video viewer to either the GOP And Picture or the Slice And MB tab you are presented the data for the picture being displayed on the Picture Player tab
200. for which you want to dump data by enabling the checkbox under the Dump Fields column 5 Click the highlighted Select button to display the Select Fields dialog box Fields Excluded Fields Included Layer ut il Mode Extension x Sampling Frequency Bitrate Emphasis Protection Bit Padding Bit Private Bit Original or Copy CAC Check Bound 6 Finalize the list of names by adding deleting the field names in the Fields Included list box and click OK You may also double click a field name displayed in the left list box to include it in the right list box If you have selected a video elementary stream ES Analyzer also displays options in the Select Fields dialog box VES GOF Add ll Delete All Add All Delete All Display Extension Pichure Add All Delete al Add All Delete All Scalable Extension Extension Add All Delete aul Add All Delete ai MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Error Testing Methods and Outputs You may click the appropriate buttons to select fields specific to these options This is a quick way to add delete specific fields into the Fields Included list box otherwise you will need to manually find and add fields from the Fields Excluded list box For example if you have added all the fields from the Fields Excluded list box and now want to delete VES related fields from the Fields Included list box you may click the Delete All button in the VES sec
201. frequency to improve drift measurement accuracy and increasing the time it takes to obtain any drift measurements at all MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Table 2 7 PCR settling times Settling Filter cut off Comments 10 MHz 500 s MGF1 TSCA default for PCR FO DR low pass filter cut off Drift limit of 75 MHz s is only applicable at this level 100 MHz 50 s MGF2 TSCA default for PCR FO DR low pass filter cut off Drift limit of 75 MHz s is only applicable at this level 1000 MHz 1Hz MGF3 1 MHz 10 000 MHz 5000s MGF4 User defined profile 0 5 s MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 71 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts PTS Graphs Presentation Time Stamps PTS indicate the exact moment where a video frame or an audio frame has to be decoded or presented to the user respectively The PTS graphs show the PTS arrival intervals See also Graph Management page 2 68 localhost MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer File Mavigation Settings Capturevu Record Hep E Orsay Gms dh rete 77377 fa 89 77 Gam Be Bo Prnocrum Tes SIPSI AID Packelx OD gor Tete PCR raphe PT Graphs pirala apre i Qi Wanepert Stream if 1 Network Har ADF TU ug a oy bd EJ Ea Propam sen Dalo al Cursor Program gt oum i s PM PD 200 cm i d PET PID 240 ete x D Q ro soc A Q PD Ixus A Qrogam 3 wu E Qproaam4 um s Qiircarom5 a A d o
202. graph may also be available on PIDs carrying audio and video information MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 55 a Using the Packets View NOTE The Packets view is only available during deferred analysis and CaptureVu analysis Data in the stream is carried in 188 or 204 byte packets The Packets view allows the user to examine the contents of each packet in the analyzed stream P Streamsibbcl aug generated timestamps MPG MPEG TS Compliance Analyser File Mavigsi n Settings Caphurevu Record Help rate GP sack Pree d Preferences 7777 a D ae ar M SSS ee a vL Se Program Tests SIPSI PID Packets M iM lt gt gt DIESEN TOL Al Packets i SAD Fibers PD 500 es Gn PD 5123 eS HA Dos Trantpert Packed is Dy SUP Fides i Trmnspori Packet PEA Double chick to odd an SUSI pier EP tampoi packet header a sync bete 0247 ma faiti eror rues 0 pele uni sisi rwbcaor 0 irmao priority 0 a PD 800 E253 a tranepol_scrambing_oortral D Mol scrambled d mapisbon held contol 1 Mo adaptation field payload only A Ghini counter 13 Orly E i porion 4 rive bites aih 184 Estes Hit Pache EvirA Betas db r iyis ereih 18 bies 4 02 58 ID 10 45 10 3 FO 00 Ak IC CL 04 00 63 00 18 B3 c9 24 I2 32 DC 15 00 Ok 6a DD Fo 4B n amp 10 O1 SE E SE BO Z3 EA BE DC OF Be 40 3B B3 65 Bp AE FS FL BC AL O2 1l C403 339 CD DO B2 71 2T 4468 58 3A Cl D3 FF
203. h s statistics panel at the top of each graph The displayed values maximum minimum mean and standard deviation are calculated for all of the data that is received while the navigator node is highlighted Similarly data for all graphs is displayed in the Data at Cursor panel Also displayed is a link to the packet carrying the PCR The cursor can be moved either by clicking a new position on the graph or one point at a time by using the left or right controls on the keyboard MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Graph Menu and Toolbar The Graph Toolbar allows graph displays to be toggled on and off and graph controls see Figure 2 27 At the left end of the toolbar adjacent to the Graphs toggle action buttons for the available graphs are displayed The buttons displayed and hence the available graphs will vary according to the information carried in the stream and the measurements enabled Select a button to display the associated graph The following abbreviations are used Al Arrival Interval OJ Overall Jitter AC Inaccuracy DR Drift Rate FO Frequency Oftset See PCR Graphs page 2 74 for an explanation of the graphs The remaining graph controls are as follows a Zoom in a Zoom out ici Return graphs to full scale display All graphs can be returned to full display by double clicking anywhere in the graph display area Hide show measurement limits H
204. he Event Log Shows or Hides the Hex View Shows or Hides the Packet Interpretation view Shows or Hides the PTS DTS Timing Analysis window Options Menu options The Options menu contains the menu options listed in Table 3 8 Table 3 8 Options menu options Command Limit Repeat Errors Function Only lists the first 20 occurrences of each error type in the event log Window Menu options The Window menu contains the menu options listed in Table 3 9 Table 3 9 Window menu options Command Cascade Tile Arrange Icons 1 window title 2 window title 3 etc Function Arranges all the windows so that they are neatly stacked only the title bars show behind the active window Reduces and moves windows so that they can all be seen at once Aligns icons of any minimized windows at the bottom of the program s main window Makes the named window active putting it on top of any windows which had been hiding all or part of it MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual PES Analyzer Menus and Controls Help Menu options The Help menu contains the menu options listed in Table 3 10 Table 3 10 Help menu options Command Function About PES Analyzer Opens a dialog that displays the program version number MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 19 O A O Packet Hex View Ad 10s mpg Hex View Prog 2 Video PID 305 PES Packet 171 00 00 dy EDO OO OU S0 sU 21 04 17 B4 BS 00 OU
205. he Pin icon or display another TSCA view MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 85 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Exporting the Event Log 2 86 Color Coding Events You can export the log pinned or unpinned in either XML or CSV format You can export the log by selecting the Export icon or Export Log from the right click menu Select the format in which the log file is to be saved either xml or csv and a location for the file Specific event types can be color coded in the display to allow them to be identified more easily as shown in Figure 2 37 Color coding can be done from any event log display The color coding dialog box is available from the event log context menu R101 290 Q other Q SFN Error Evert Log 28 Feb 2005 26 Feb 2005 26 Feb 2005 20 Feb 2005 20 Feb 2005 20 Feb 2005 20 Feb 2005 20 Feb 2005 20 Feb 2005 98 Feb 2005 o00006006 14 42 49 784 14607647 14 42 48 736 14606525 14 41 14 41 14 41 14 41 14 41 14 41 1d 50 336 50 261 240 251 50 221 50 211 50 146 5010F 2969738 129665656 12966569 12966294 12965466 12965192 12963399 17067706 TR 101 290 error 2 5 PTS error TR 104 290 error 2 5 PTS_error TR 104 230 error 2 5 PTS_error TR 101 230 error 2 5 PTS_error TR 101 290 error 2 5 PTS error TR 104 290 error 2 5 PTS error TR 101 290 error 2 5 PTS error TR 101 290 error 2 5 PTS error TR
206. he Program Occupancy and PID Occupancy tests To change the transport stream bit rate limits the parameters must be altered directly in the Transport Stream Occupancy test this can be found under the Other tab in the Tests view The Bit rate Limits of a programs in a stream can be disabled and reset by selecting the Clear Limits button at the top of the Programs screen MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 91 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Pie Charts The pie chart shows similar information to the bar chart Summary Now Playing MPE Sessions F 4 Transport Stream I Number of Programs 6 Mean TS hit rate 24 128 Mhps Mean TS bit rate excluding Hull PID 22 126 Mbps 1 Programs Mean Bit Rates B 4543 BBCPARLMNT O 2002 Mbps Figure 2 41 Pie chart The pie chart view is divided into two panes The left pane shows the pie chart the right pane provides a list of the component programs Each program is color coded related information given includes the overall program status icon the program name and number and the bit rate bps The bit rate expressed as a percentage of the overall bit rate is displayed in the segment labels The maximum and minimum values are not shown If a segment label is hidden at the edge of the window click on a segment to display the label in full 2 92 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Conce
207. he stream is indicated in the Packet Type drop down list and by the magnifying glass symbol e in the Program Structure window A new stream may be selected from either the list box or the window GE Ad 10s mpq Program Structure EE x hee Program 1 ee Video PID 2 83 00 1271 Audio PID 290 0x07 22 i Audo FID 88 00058 Choose an Elementary Stream by selecting the Name in the Program Structure or from the List in the Slider Bar List Box 1 Audio FID 89 040053 i Audio FID 90050054 Pragram 2 eo Video PID 305 0131 Audio FID 3080x0127 Audio FID 96 0006 0 2 videa PID 30 Audio PID 97 0x0061 2 Audio PID 306 Audio PID 98 0 00621 Frag 2 Audio FID 35 Program 3 Frag 2 Audio PID 37 i Prog 2 Audio PID 98 Program 4 Prag 3 Wideo PID 160 Program 5 Prog 3 Audio FID 104 Prag 3 Audio PID 105 Prag 3 Audio FID 106 Frag 3 udio FID 107 Frag 4 videa PID 16 Prag 4 Audio PID 112 Prog 4 amp udia PID 113 X Prog 2 Video PID 305 3 16 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual PES Analyzer Menus and Controls Menus and Options NOTE A check mark next to an option indicates that the window or toolbar is currently visible or enabled no check mark means that it is hidden or disabled File Menu options The File menu contains the menu options listed in Table 3 5
208. he very bottom of the window may be hidden from view It displays information about the application and keyboard status Initial Menu Options The application presents different menus and options depending on whether a file is open for analysis The menu options available when Buffer Analyzer has just been started or after a file is closed are MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 4 3 T STD Buffer Analyzer Getting Started Settings 4 4 File Menu Options Table 4 1 lists the File menu options Table 4 1 File menu options Command Function New Opens a stream file for analysis and opens or creates a Buffer Model Results BMR file in which to store the results The application opens a file selection dialog allowing the user to choose the stream file It then opens another file selector dialog to specify the BMR file Open Opens an existing BMR file to review results of a previous analysis The application opens the file selection dialog allowing the user to choose the required file Print Setup Opens a dialog for selecting which printer and associated options to use 1 lt filename gt A list of the four most recently used BMR files If Buffer Analyzer has 2 filename recently been installed the list may hold less than four files 3 filename 4 pb Selecting a filename opens that BMR file for review Exit Finishes running the program View Menu Options Table 4 2 lists the File menu options Table
209. heck box next to Hex Window is clear NOTE If you do not enable the Hex Window when you open a stream you cannot enable it later when ES Analyzer is parsing the stream 4 Click Open when you are through with this dialog box MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Getting Started Understanding the Main Window and Icons ES Analyzer allows you to view multiple programs and streams simultaneously The tree view area on the left side displays the stream hierarchy For the currently selected stream the details of the header are shown on the right side Errors if encountered are logged in the error log window at the bottom A summary of the stream parameters is displayed in the Stream Property window The status bar at the bottom of the window displays the current status and stream characteristics i Tektronix MPEG ES Analyser 5ypmz Ir RES SIE Sh Fie Ed View Wisi Nods Belin Heb oo eS HR sip pese ez e a mt dh TPT Trareport Packet Heade H er PROGRAM 1 H AF PROGRAM 2 PD o pico EUR PAT Tromspot Eno indicator Xj PROGRAM 3 Transpor Scrambling Coran Vor scrape Seaton Payload Lra Start m hg Coriiraity Courier admain yf Paad Trerapot Proxy x A Tree View f Window E Tear Teste KPE G 2 Bua n i Qi arsine Aispist Field ha Splice Countdown us RardomAccmssMmics M GE PROGRAM 6 PCR Base u PCR Extension T ES Priority Indicator x E Gay
210. his column depend on the selection made here The text shown in the current window MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 95 ES Analyzer Closed Caption Analysis Window Definition By placing the cursor over the more field all the parameters related to the Parameters window definition can be viewed WINDOW DEFINITION PARAMETERS MES PARAMETER NAME PARAMETER VALUE Anchor Hornzont ar MENT _Anchor Point 0 PA Column Lock NO 9 MM p Pronty 0 0 Relative Positioning NO Row Count RENE ae Rowloch NO visible WindowiD 1 Window Style 10 DEM EM Window L efinition Param eters window ID fi Window Style ID Window 5 tle Parameters Justitu LEFT Print Direction LEFT T mere Pen Style Parameters Pen Size STANDAR Font Style Deiat l 5 96 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Closed Caption Analysis Window Style Parameters By placing the cursor over the more field all the parameters related to the window styles can be viewed WINDOW STYLE PARAMETERS BadeCoo woo Dispiyetect SNAP Effect Dwection NA Efedspeed SSCA jF Cow aege Fi Opaciy i LEFT LEFT_TO_RIGHT BOTTOM TO TOP Word Wrap Window Definition Parameters Window D f Worndow Style O 2 El Window Style Parameters Justify LEFT Print Direction LEFT T Fen Stele Parameters gt re Size 5 TAMDAR Font Style D
211. i 53b bytes CRE 23801 CRC2 5631 2 Bit Stream Information Bit Stream Identification E Mode Main Audio Service Complete Main Audio Coding 3 2 Channels gt L C F SLSR Low Frequency Effect uf Copyright Bit T d Original Bit Stream x Dual Mona Channel x Center Mix Level 0 707 3 0d8 Compression G ain ord 5 33d8 Compression Gain Word Surround Mis Level 0 70 7 3 dB Dialogue Normalization 27 dB Dialogue Normalization Time Code 1st Half Language Code A Language Code HA Time Code 2nd Half B Mising Level A Mixing Level A Surround Made MLA RoomT ype M A Audia Device Crystal Audio System Playbacl CHIE Left Speaker Left Channel Right Speaker Right Channel m The audio controls are only available on the Header and BSI tab 5 68 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Audio Streams Depending on the selection the Audio Block tab displays information for the corresponding audio block within the frame Header And BSI Audi Wack xe ELA s a M Audio Block Number D 1 2 3 4 5 Dynamic Range Parameters M Coupling Strategy Information Gain Range Word E dsl SM Gain Range Word Exist for Channel amp Coupling Shateqy Exists yf Phase FlaginUse amp Gain Range Word o Gain Range Word fer Channel N Coupling in Use w Rematixing Strateg C i Bit Alocaton Parametiic Information M Dette Bit All
212. ialog box is opened we 300 0x1 2C es Phil 15 040 k Q 310 0 136 X 2 0x02 MPEG 2 Video EENERE 5116 608 H 320 0x140 4 QxD4 2 Audic 219 594 H 330 0x144 156 41861 400 0x1 905 15 0404 Qomgxis Qe 10203 136 420 0x124 ix Enable Limits 281248 430 0x15 Min 2360000 Max 7870000 219 5841 500 0x1F4 Current bit rate 5118508 bps 12 0405 siowxirF 15354 336 H eyes rT Q 530 0x212 MOTE All bit rates in bits per second 281 248 h Enable the limits by selecting the Enable Limits checkbox and enter the required values The cursor in the bar indicates the current bit rate The limits can also be changed by dragging the limit icons in the dialog box to the required positions The color of the overall bar in the limits dialog box indicates whether the current bit rate is within the proposed limits Select OK to close the dialog box The limit icons will now be displayed on the bit rate bar The scaling of all bars is recalculated to ensure that the maximum limit is displayed During deferred analysis the stream must be closed and reopened to reanalyze it and view the effects of the limits Real time limits take effect immediately Limit values are retained when the application is closed limits set for specific PIDs will be applied to a PID with the same number irrespective of the stream being analyzed Setting and resetting the bit rate limits for programs and PIDs will automatical ly update t
213. iamai Stating Analysis Audio PID 250 0801 22 VOT jain Arabit Complete Ine Audia PID 8600055 Audia PID 83000853 Audia PID SO 00054 Program 2 Pargram 3 Program 4 Paeegram 5 BEE SSS Em p m rae NUM TS Packet 1043 he MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 9 PES Analyzer Getting Started NOTE The above example is from a transport stream interpreted and labeled according to the DVB standard If the ATSC Stream option is set the elementary streams will be interpreted and labeled according to the ATSC standard For example audio streams would be labeled AC 3 Audio instead of Audio or AAC Audio PES Analysis The PES Analyzer program now starts to analyze the file for conformance to the selected tests Due to the very efficient algorithms used by the program it will analyze large files in a few minutes Other algorithms have been seen to take much longer The rightmost pane in the Status Bar shows a progress indicator during Analysis As the file is analyzed messages are written in the Event Log and the structure diagram is drawn in the Program Structure window When the processing is done 3 10 an Analysis Complete message is written in the Event Log Tektronix MPEG 2 PES Analyser test_ seamless mpg Ele Ect View Window Help oa al m slo al l Pragram 1 Video PID 288 00121 Audio PID 29000122 Aude FID 88 00058 Audio FID 89000055 Audo FID 300 0054
214. icture or Slice level display with video analysis setting set to Macroblock level Video stream Hex data display when viewing picture at Slice level display with video analysis setting set to Picture level Video stream Hex data display when viewing picture in Picture display form with video analysis setting set to Picture level Audio Stream MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual Hex dump in the hex display window Header data of the current packet Header data of the current packet Header data of the current packet Header data of the current packet All the video level information which is above the GOP level All the information for the currently selected picture When the first picture is selected in the picture slider data corresponding to the GOP header if available along with first picture data appears For all pictures other than the first picture in the GOP only picture data is shown The subsequently read sequence header and extension data is updated in VES node Same as above Same as above but with the following exception Picture data includes only picture header and extension data No slice or macroblock level data is shown However when you go down to the slice level display by clicking the Slices button ES Analyzer appends slice and macroblock data in the current picture data for the hex viewer When you return to the Picture display dialog ES Analyzer continues to show the complet
215. ide show settling time Le El The graph right click menu can be displayed by right clicking anywhere in a graph display area The options on the menu are applicable to only the graph from which the menu was selected MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 71 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Adding and Removing 2 72 Graphs PID 600 03 258 Arrival Interval AI LI Ilo dE Overall Jitter z Add Remove Graph Inaccuracy EH Show Limits wee v Arrival Interval 4 Hide Settling Time Drift amp Zoom In Frequency Offset Q Zoom Out oe Quick Links V view Packet 245 273 in Packets Tree Figure 2 28 Graph Right click menu The title bar displayed at the top of the menu shows which object the graph applies to for example PID 610 Graphs can be added to and removed from the graph display by clicking Add Graph or Remove Graph on the graph right click menu or toolbar the graph will be added below the currently selected graph Each graph type can only be displayed once MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Hide Limits Each graphed measurement has limits set either by default derived from the stream interpretation standard or as modified by the user see Parameter Edit page 2 81 If the limit is exceeded an error is flagged elsewhere The limits set are displayed as shaded areas on the graphs The graph will be initially scaled
216. identitier 0 ISDE T Digital Terrestrial Eraadossting chunk dac nda 1 OxF a rfrwitch on cairel Flag for alart brosdeasting F Hi amargancy broadcast eyurrunt eont ig infe a partial reocption flag 1 QU transhistieh parimeberg layer Bh a soduistlon echan z x TOREJ 00 00 7F EE FF FF 78 7B 19 nz LE OL 05 4E Dl 23 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FE FF Fr FF FF FF FF FF FE FF FF FF FF FF FT TF FF FF FT IT FF FF FF FF ES 55 60 00 IF FF FF FF D0 09 EB 23 45 4 AS BI 5B FF FF FF FF FF FF FF TT TF FF FF FF FF BF EEEE EEE e ET Biree 29955205 Nops 183 Pocket Size 204 ll 13 192 178 Pockets i508 ISDE T irtertoce DVB DVB Porplie He Figure 2 24 Packet view ISDB detail Transport packet 2 62 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual Ui Common User Interface Concepts Many user interface concepts are used throughout the analyzer The following common elements are described in this section m Windows Management M Icons M Graph Management m PCR Graphs m PTS Graphs m Bit Rate Graphs B Parameter Edit m Event Logs Bit Rates Bm EPG View B MPE Views CaptureVu Features B Triggered Recording Menu Bar and Options m Preferences m Script Files Windows Management NOTE For basic Windows operations such as minimizing windows or using the scroll bars refer to the MS Windows documentation In addition to the standard windows management method
217. ider can be used to randomly access any picture within the GOP the slider moves in steps of two to facilitate working with large GOPs The slider lists the pictures in the received decoding order GOP position transport controls lie to the left of the slider bar LEZEIEACZZCI Using these controls any picture can be selected within the GOP The controls include Start and End GOP controls and Next and Previous I frame jump controls Note that the I frame controls only works in streams where multiple I frames are present between GOP sequence headers B Picture header display for the picture selected in the slider W Picture extensions applicable only to MPEG 2 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 37 ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams 5 38 Displaying the GOP Header The Slice and MB tab M Takes you inside a specific picture and provides detailed information down to the macroblock level m Allows you to generate picture quality plots m Allows you to view a picture frame by frame and view macroblock level data for a selected macroblock in the picture The Picture Player tab allows you to play and view the video output on your screen NOTE ES Analyzer synchronizes the picture being currently displayed by the video viewer with the picture data that is displayed on the other tabs GOP And Picture and Slice And MB For example if you select a macroblock and switch from the picture display to the othe
218. ides an easy mechanism to switch between the Picture display and the data analysis display windows M Select any macroblock and examine its detailed coding m Perform picture quality analysis with special displays of quantizer scale distribution slice size distribution macroblock size spectrum and motion vector plots B Interpret any video descriptors received in the higher level streams and validate them against the stream MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 35 ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams When analysis with the DCT option is enabled you can B View 8x8 coefficients for all macroblocks within a picture m View coefficient tables for y cr cb luma and chroma pixel data Viewing the Sequence Header The sequence header is interpreted and displayed as shown below Sequence Header Horizontal Size 1320 Frame Hate 29 970 F s Constrained Params Vertical Size i pag Bitrate i SO00000 Bitss Load Intra Quantiser M atris Aspect Ratio 57 E V BV Buffer Size i 227656 Bytes Load Man Intra Quantiger M atrix Sequence Extension Level High Profile Main Chroma Format Progressive Sequence x Low Delay x Escape Bit Sequence Display Extension Display Size Color Description G Video Format Unspecified Vi Horizontal Vertical NA Color Description Color Primaries Transfer Characteristics Matix Coefficients User Data M NOTE Placing the cursor over either Load Intro Quantizer Matrix or Load
219. ields PES Priority wu Header Data Length 5 Previous PES Packet CAC Na Corsia d ESCP B ae Additional Copy Info Na See Original ar Copy d ESCH E tension PES Scrambling Control Not scrambled PES Extension gt gt Data Alignment Indicator v ES R ate bits s PTS DTS Flags vV X PTS 37220887 DTS DSM Trick Mode Field Trick Made Control NA Field Id Frequency Truncation NA Field Rep Control Intra Slice Refresh G An embedded stream is checked when you navigate through one for details see the Navigating through Streams section in the Getting Started chapter 5 32 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Transport and PES Streams For PES streams you can m Run through the stream see details in the Navigating through Streams section in the Getting Started section M View packet headers with their decoded fields m View an embedded elementary stream m View PES extension if received Explaining the Status Bar The status bar for PES streams displays the following Display For Help press F1 rT Packet 1 Off 7332da m Packet number which is the number of the current packet in the PES stream Byte offset in the file which is the first byte of the Pack header being currently viewed in both the hexadecimal and decimal formats MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 33 I4 9 Working with Video Streams ES Analyzer performs detailed checks o
220. ight window 6 4 TTTTTTT LLLILILTJ T TTT TTT Te a TIT RLC Run Length Coding Lttit ttt VLC Variable length Cading 8 x 8 block Configuring Video The video analysis or picture analysis default settings can be set as required Analysis Settings NOTE The selected Video Analysis settings will not affect analysis on either the Slice and Macroblock or the Picture Player pages On the Slice and Macroblock page analysis is always at the macroblock level On the Picture Player page analysis is always at the picture level MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 53 ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams Video Analysis Settings Select Settings gt Video Analysis from the Menu Bar The following dialog box is displayed Video Analysis Settings Picture level analysis t 1 Macroblack level analysis Cr Cancel Macrablock Shadding 5 cheme Based on Macroblock Size Based on Prediction Type s select Picture level analysis to view frames quickly Select Macroblock level analysis if pictures frames are to be analyzed at the macroblock level When Macroblock level analysis is enabled select the shading scheme required Picture Display Settings A number of display and vector parameters are set from the Picture Display Settings dialog Select Settings Picture Display from the Menu Bar The following dialog is displayed Picture Display Settings Display Order of Pict
221. in the stream will be represented by this LED When this node is selected the detail view displays the transport stream summary The associated detail view provides a program orientated overview of the transport stream allowing the user to see the relative data rates of all of the programs contained within the transport A summary of the overall stream is also displayed The information can be displayed as either a bar chart or as a pie chart T ASI MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer Ele Navigation Settings Capturevu Becord Help KE yes Oo 0 d ereferences fa 777 ER OS omg Program Tests SIPSI PID Packets Summary Now Playing MPE Sessions rorinori Stream id 4103 Mebwork Mor Program 4187 BRC ONE tEh Q PO 600 1253 sm D Number of Programs 6 Q Pp e 223 A E oEn x2s A Q PO ex 0258 E Current TS bit rate excluding Mull PID 38 684 Mbps Q PD 650 0284 15 E PD es cen RH dome dance pum 90652 0260 ii mL po 2151 SESM 8 23 0 000M 12 081 P 1005 022r ii Bec ONE 4157 BISS M 21 3595 D SUA M 5 117 M 8 PD 1005 oer Wi sec mo aaa 6 109 M 21 40 0 508 M 5 172 M 8 PD 1007 oer Xni eh con nana pes PT PO 4187 Oxt047 E3 aw Currant TS bi rata 40 670 Mips 4 Athy 704th e amp 4f2 sa E A Pogram 4731 BRC TAO sgg 101290 Qi Other Q SFN Error A Evert Log E Program 4351 BEC CHOICE e Qu Program 4415 BEC NEWS 24 Sa 9 Program 4478 EBC TEXT ibi x Program 4543 BE
222. ion is started Leak Method Forces modeling of the stream using the Leak Method VBV Delay Method Forces modeling of the stream using the Video Buffer Verifier VBV Delay Method Default Frame Rate The frame rate is one of the parameters that is searched for during the prescan phase of analysis However if it is not found then the default value selected from the drop down list in the Default Frame Rate field is used Audio Settings System viden Audio Bulfer Size f Automatic C Manual B 3584 Boss E Default channels Cancel HER MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 4 7 T STD Buffer Analyzer Getting Started Opening an MPEG File Opening a File from the Menus and Toolbar 4 8 Buffer Size Specifies the size that will be used for the audio buffer when interpreting the stream The options are as follows Automatic Automatically detect the buffer sizes from the Sequence Headers and Extensions in the elementary stream being processed This is the default option when the applica tion is started Manual Enables the size of the buffer B to be specified manu ally The B field is available for editing when this option is enabled AAC Select the number of AAC channels required from the drop down list Within the ADTS Audio Data Transfer Stream fixed header the channel configuration field is used to indicate the number of channels required by AAC If the number in this fie
223. is TS Packet 1043 E MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T STD Buffer Analyzer Menus and Controls Menu Options Table 4 3 to Table 4 8 list the available menu options Table 4 3 File menu options Command Close Print Print Preview Print Setup Exit Function Closes the current file This option is available as soon as analysis starts If the wrong file is being opened or the wrong options are selected selecting this option will abandon the analysis and close the file Prints contents of the current window Prints contents of the current window Selects printer and configuration Closes any file that is open and terminates the program Table 4 4 View menu options Command Toolbar otatus Bar Settings Global Event Log Transport Buffer Main Buffer Elementary Buffer PID Event Log All Buffers Function Shows or hides the Toolbar Shows or hides the Status Bar Opens the Settings dialog Shows or hides the Global Event Log window Opens a graph of the Transport Buffer for the selected PID Opens a graph for the selected PID in the Stream List The graph shows results for the Main Buffer of audio and system streams or the Multiplex Buffer for video streams Opens a graph of the Elementary Buffer for the selected PID Displays the Event Log for the selected PID Opens all graphs and the log for the selected PID MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T STD Buffer An
224. is is expanded or contracted If the control key is held while the zoom control is clicked the X axis locked while the Y axis is expanded or contracted During real time analysis expanding zooming in on an area of a graph generates a static snapshot of the graph Because of the way that the measure ments are stored in the circular buffer the display will eventually clear the only way to redisplay the graph is to return to full scale display Table 2 6 shows the measurement graphs that are available for PIDs carrying PCRs If a PCR PID is also carrying time stamp information the full set of graphs will be available The graphs available will depend whether the PID is carrying PCR and or time stamp TS information Table 2 6 PCR measurement graphs Graph Type PID PCR TS PCR Inaccuracy PCR Arrival Interval PCR Drift Rate Sa PCR Frequency Offset i ee et La PCR Overall Jitter YW YAN Descriptions follow of each of the measurements Adjustments can be made to each of the measurement parameters If the interval exceeds the limits displayed on the screen the scale is adjusted automatically as necessary to include the maximum displayed values MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts NOTE As with other parameter value adjustments it is important to note where the adjustment is being made from If the adjustment is made with a test node highlighted all PIDs will be measur
225. ketized Elementary Stream PES Analyzer PES analysis with selectable test options Shows PES program structure header contents packet contents PTS DTS timing graphs and analysis reports PES Analyser Transport Stream System Target Decoder T STD Buffer Analyzer Analyzes program streams modeling their behavior in and their conformance to the MPEG 2 T STD Buffer Model Buffer Analyser MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 1 1 MTS400 Series Software Applications 1 2 Table 1 1 MTS430 MTS400 MTS4SA MTS4UP Installed Applications Cont Application Elementary Stream Analyzer Elementary Stream analysis at video picture and audio level This includes vector graphs and macroblock picture quality Carousel Analyzer Data analysis showing structure bit rate repetition rate syntax and semantics of data items Generators Carousel Generator Provides in depth off line generation of MPEG 2 DVB transport streams containing a range of data broadcast protocols Multiplexer Multiplexes table information and packetized elementary streams together to synthesize new transport streams A fine level of control is provided to allow non conformances and test cases to be specified for new transport streams TS Editor Viewing and Editing of transport stream packets using a hexadecimal view of the packet contents and semantic interpretation of the header Provides facilities to remap PIDs recalculate P
226. l Framing Code 228 Ej PESIPID 25 7 PES Pack gt gt PESIPILIe 22 PES cona Maganna Humba Packet Nunber TU Dasignahon Coda a Bj eaea Hj at PROGRAM 899 Page Header Color Map Table Tate Taste E E PROGRAM BS ge l Ze a HH ef PROGRAM 900 Data Packet Info EH EE PROGRAM 4 EHE Blt te Page Type Bavc Level 1 LetSMePans D Fight Side Panel X Second Chase m Page Coding oks Ded paty Humber of Columns inside Paral MA Second Naliona Option Selection MA Black Back gound Substituien AE ecco Display Decoding Parameters TOLOFE Eee EE G Type of Video fei pe poe ot Auk Mps p a isa Data Siraame 1 bsl Padgrame 2 WISECEEESUNE Frames 38 PI 1023 packet Hex Packet GOP cc Frame i Other tab pages Color Map Table Decoded Display Decoding Parameters provide detailed teletext encoding data These tabs will only appear as progress is made through the stream using the Next button and the analyzer detects them VBI Enhanced Teletext Support 5 76 Enhanced teletext support is available reference ETSI EN 301 775 The supported extensions include the following m VPS Video Program System m WSS Wide Screen Signaling m Monochrome Data Note that the associated information screens will only be available for display where data of the specific type is available in the stream MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Teletext
227. l aug generated timestamps MPG MPEG TS Compliance Analyser File Mawigation Settings Capturevu Record Hep K ran Quos O dh Preferences aa D d EET Tom lc 4 CR Grants Program Tests sypat PID Packets e Q Associated Tests PCH Graphs PTS Graphs Ei rata Graphs i a Pos A7 Meteor Name Sandy Heath 77 0 ag aO cO ma 4 a E 9 Quick Links View Packet 152 858 in Packets Tree v a Q Revered Pins 8 Isi sur tas ee tee ee b Referenced PIDE in stream 415 Orsi D Pack iai 0 820000 Cathe T ime Dona ba Q ron 5m A ENS Arrival int DE PD SUC ieee E e rp co 0258 E Q PD 610 100x262 ee Dust is at Cigar Q rauco A Grosz A ic 2 Pa 613 idx2851 Pp 620 iat e D j i TI Til PE Gi 0280 A PID amp 2 SSE n is e PD 523 oer E DPD Esp 02800 eme Q PD om 8 ic pasa EJ Q PD 8500x284 Elf ie AE PID 551 0x28B io iE PD 552 i0x29c igi Q Pp as aa Hi Q peace nd Q rp o5 255 E me dE PD o6210x236 at ie M rp ons cera gi Q PD 1005 cacsena Hit ie 8 PD 1008 rice el E ME rp acr sii A PD 1603 eS Fi ea ie SE PD rons cert Hl mE PID 1012 rcr 99i E E PD 13 aera 9I Q rm uma etre Shi EE Pp 1015 rm sii E E PD 1015 ni 5i 3 r TS Awadabity GQ syne Errare 24 178337 Mbps p 188 Packet Sime MA 511 359 Packets D5 No Extenscns if Ej Refer to Graph Management page 2 68 and PCR Graphs page 2 74 A Presentation Time Stamp PTS
228. ld is zero then the value in the AAC Default channels field is used Note that the associated ADIF Audio Data Interchange Format is unsupported Refer to Information technology Generic coding of moving pictures and associated information Part 7 Advanced Audio Coding AAC ISO IEC 13818 7 1997 NOTE Remember that if the settings are modified the new settings are used for all video streams which are subsequently processed The settings are reset to the default option when the application is started Any file holding a recorded or synthesized sample of a Transport Stream that carries video audio and or system control streams canbe analyzed These files are referred to as MPEG files to distinguish them from Buffer Model Results BMR files The results of analysis are written to a BMR files To open a file for analysis select the New option from the File menu Alterna tively use the Ctrl N keyboard shortcut MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T STD Buffer Analyzer Getting Started Opening a BMR File M MPEG 2 T STD Buffer Analyser View Help Open N Ctri 0 Print Setup 1 Ad_ 10s brnir zd imin bmr 3 Adz 1 s bmr 4 Ad 5s bmr E wit NOTE The list of previously used files shows BMR not MPEG files as can be seen by their bmr extension There is a shortcut button for the New command on the Toolbar al 5 ze ser wisst RS In response to the New command the Buffer Analyze
229. le Mavigation Settings Capturevu Record Help ECL Qe o A Preterea 78s Program Tests SIPSI PO Packets h Ai Tests TR 01220 e Pricey 1 y FERE i o Priceay 2 FID 110 coke P FiD 120 0x78 se WO 2 FID 430 cone Q 23aPCR Repettion Qn 210 0d Q 232a PCR Discortinuty Iricater 9 26 M m m Q ro a0 es PID 240 40 52 Qro 320 cre m Q P 220 pco Q nox ura an Q m no m3 Q Po 410 coxa Q PD ato xa Q ro 420 orci aa Q o 510 0x1F Q rip 430 rat AE goscar Q ro sacre amp Preety 3 no S20 cece 3 Q otter Q ro 530 00213 B Tobte Tests Any Table Syrtax inn LY J Tee Error Qo HT FF Presence Error iD PAT Missing Q HIT Actual Mixing Qi S07 Actus Kissing DET amp clua PF ising Qa TOT Wizi DD PATEMT Consistency Q PATSOT Consistency Ji Script Validation Error LJ Script Conicemenice Horning 3 Mitcedaneaut J SFN Emar TS Ava GP Sync GP Etrete 41470399 Mepa g 163 Pocket Sze 188 DVE No Extension interface DYB Porcia M EN Figure 2 34 Test parameters MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 81 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts 2 82 b tocalhost MPEG 1S Compliance Analyzer LIE Mewgation Settings CapbureVu Recwd Help E siae Chat Program Tests sapsi PID Packets is Al Tests sg cni om s Quen iet Q 21 Transport Q 22cRC Q 23sPCR Repetition Q 2 55 PCS Discontinuity indicat Q 24 PCR Accuracy a Q2
230. le Sa SN qr Osea S oA PTOSTIIHSes Samoa dba o E M dud ESO QUE osseous JI RM TTC PETERET ESETET ETETETT SECHONS VAsceccecses oceans M aM MEM I I QU dL CU IE ua ED CREME ES EEEL ELTETE E EEEL ASETE IET Penne eq pape rine e ae E ENET E E E E A EN EA Editing in Section View sssssssssccsoooooosseessooooo Fditine Feld 22451 e Ea NES VUE Ee eiie eds qvis Multiplexing Transport Streams eene SII sicco on mue eee a as reser avs ee UI sS iqq fetu RUD Emors dnd RODOFLUHP seein NRDENEELISQEPIDOUNRIRNESASEQA EMEN ES SLOP assess Soon LOE Ix SoC R Sete EEEE E AA AE cr Exporting the Multiplex Configuration File Make Seamless 523559 beste he tea eae oa ee Enabling the Seamless Option 4 3 63 der erp RE oie teens ahead SCamless SEMINOS so een E Hie e Eb edapiivav sd Ek dedans Reference su 22er 9391239 RECS de S E Ea N AES dri po ora ZNDDEGVIJUODS sore tort deat Sebi re edo desi deci Lio n art o d bern Transport Stream Editor Geine Stared o ooa oo tm ad platea tapa ee we ae tom deut Starline The Progra wait vi decet oen eee Rs ic VD MC eee ea e e n Sn m CPC Opening a File Menus and Controls ceeeee eee ht TOODI S 2d ead abe ru RC SU A dE ea dol bote Ga ed hae d eR cies Status DIE S s aoo Ono d Ab denoted d tocca abe datu dot estuche A CE Slidet Bak salbenaedadi dao Aa bene aud bao A Ss bate deal d eet BB ed aos Men OBDOBS 22053 2a iib AEn edid Pit Aa ba escis a Eo
231. le commands are i9 amp 2 i Ls l E Opens dialogs to select an MPEG file for analysis and a BMR file for saving the results This button is disabled grayed out when a file is open Opens a dialog to select a BMR file to review the results of a previous analysis session This button is disabled grayed out when a file is open Closes the current file This button becomes available the moment a file is opened If the wrong file is being opened or the wrong options are selected clicking on the button will abandon the analysis and close the file Opens the Settings dialog Prints the contents of the current window Opens a dialog which displays the program version number Analyzes the stream s from the PID s which are currently selected in the otream List This button is only enabled when one or more PIDs which are marked as unprocessed are selected The next group of five buttons open Results Views for the selected streams TB E E Opens a graph of the Transport Buffer for the selected stream This button is only enabled when the PID of a Processed stream is selected in the Stream List window Opens a graph of the Multiplexing Buffer of a video stream Main Buffer of an audio stream or of a system information stream The button is only enabled when the PID of a Processed stream is selected in the Stream List MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 4 13 T STD Buffer Analyzer Menus and Controls Tp O
232. ltiple PAT and PMT Buffer Analyzer forms a list of which elementary streams are present in the Versions transport stream This is called the Stream List It creates the Stream List by reading the first occurrence of the Program Association Table PAT and Program Map Table PMT If more than one version of the PAT and or PMT are present TS Cutter may be used to isolate a particular section for analysis MPEG 2 DVB and ATSC Only PIDs carrying MPEG 2 PSI tables are included in the System model Any Tables DVB or ATSC tables that are present in the Transport Stream are ignored Starting the Program The program may be started by selecting the Buffer Analyzer option from the Start gt Programs menu or by double clicking on the Buff er Analyzer Shortcut on the desktop Es Administrative Tools Common E Startup d IT rektronix Buffer Analyser A Tektronix Manitor Hecord HE Tektranix PES Analyser Tektronix Buffer Analyser Initial Appearance Once the program has started and is ready for use it will open a Main Window When the program starts the main window looks like this 4 2 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T STD Buffer Analyzer Getting Started T MPEG 2 T STD Buffer Analyse The Toolbar row of buttons above the dark gray area of the empty window may be hidden from view moved to a separate window or moved to either side or the bottom of the main window The Status line at t
233. lues can be changed if they clash with other applica tions On the MTS400 platform another process mint exe runs from system startup This process controls shared access to the MTS400 Series hardware by the analyzer and player You must have local administrator rights on the MTS400 unit or your PC to be able to use IP analysis If you need to change your rights on either the MTS400 or your PC please consult your system administrator The TSCA software uses a single main program summary window with different context sensitive views contained within tabbed frames This provides the maximum amount of useful information while keeping the screen from appearing cluttered From the main window you can access the following views The Program view provides a fast overview of the transport stream contents in terms of program content bit rate use by each program and TR 101 290 test results Red amber and green LEDs highlight errors associated with each program or element of a program within the transport stream Red LEDs indicate that there are current errors in the stream amber LEDs indicate that errors have occurred but are now clear and green LEDs indicate that no errors have been detected Errors that are detected at lower levels in the program stream hierarchy propagate up to the highest level This allows you to monitor all of the programs in the stream at a high level and then quickly go to lower levels as necessary to locate a problem
234. m by typing Ctrl C in the command prompt will close the multijoin program and quit the multicast group Interface Settings You can save individual IP settings configurations to disk they can be recalled Configurations when required Up to 128 configurations can be specified The lower half of the Open Transport Stream dialog box shows the settings associated with the currently selected configuration The current settings are shown for information only you cannot edit them in this dialog box To change the settings either create a new IP configuration edit the current IP configura tion or select another IP configuration MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 13 TSCA Getting Started 2 14 Create a New IP Configuration Select New to open the Edit IP Configuration dialog box 3 Edit IP Configuration To configure the IP settings manually enter the parameters below IP Configuration Name S IP Device Mame Broadcom NetXtreme Gigabit Ethernet Cri IP Source Address 192 165 10 10 IP Destination Address 192 158 101 73 UDF Destination Port 3150 Alternatively the list af current traffic on the specified device iz shown below Select an entry to use ts parameters Hote Changing the selected network device above weil update the list with the trattic visible to that device Destination Source Destination M as sourca Dest Bitrate Eit rate Multi MAC Address IP Address IP Address e Kbps Graph
235. mber based on the type of streams it is related to a tooltip will be displayed when the cursor is passed over the message number Enable the Disable message Number s checkbox select MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 19 ES Analyzer Error Testing Methods and Outputs the message numbers to be disabled and press the Add Rule button The Shift and Control keys can be used to make multiple selections Note that the rule is added in the Rules text field Filter Message GLOBAL NODE Message Category Jal Disable M essagels of z tupe f Disable Message Number s Infoll Get macroblack lupe unrecoc Hules Digable Message 1001 Digable Message 1003 C Repot Message Number s M Report repeated messages only a specified number of times Enable the Report Message Number s checkbox and select the message numbers to be disabled The Shift and Control keys can be used to make multiple selections Select the maximum number of times that the message is to be reported and press the Add Rule button Note that the rule is added in the Rules text field amp Repot Message Number s O00 maximum of fio y times Rules Report Mg 1000 Max of 10 Times Report Mag 1003 Max of 10 Times 5 20 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Error Testing Methods and Outputs Combinations of message rules can be created they will need to be created and added one at a time Rule
236. mo The picture display has the following limitations m When navigating to a specific GOP using the toolbar icon the picture display may be unable to display some B pictures correctly These pictures are those that use a frame from the previous GOP for reference This happens only when you navigate to a GOP that is not a closed GOP m For MPEG2 scaleable streams you will be able to display pictures only from the base layer Other extension layer data cannot be displayed using ES Analyzer MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams M For MPEG2 streams ES Analyzer currently displays and decodes only decodes MP HL MP ML and 4 2 2 video streams NOTE Make sure that your monitor s Display Properties is set to either 24 or 32 bit true color otherwise you may find a distortion in the colors in the picture being displayed Displaying DCT Coefficients The Discrete Cosine Transformation matrix of each block in a selected macroblock can be seen by selecting Settings DCT Display from the Menu Bar The DCT Display option is available only when viewing the details of GOP in Video Stream Analysis Enabling the DCT Display option will enable Show DCT button next to the displayed picture in Slice amp Macroblock Tab Picture View Mode GOP And Picture SHer And Mit Picture Player a isplay MB Size spay Q Scale play a wa ETET cesta Macroblock Number 513 Malion Vecto
237. n timing bit rates and PTS Presentation Time Stamps The PCR measurement graphs include PCR Drift m PCR Inaccuracy M PCR Arrival Interval m PCR Frequency Offset B PCR Jitter The section timing graphs include m Section Repetition Interval m Subtable Inter Section Gap Subtable Repetition Interval The category of graph displayed depends on the selection made in the navigation view Categories include PCR Measurement Section Timing PTS Presentation Time Stamp and Bit Rate However the menus and options for the graphs are similar and as described in the following pages 2 68 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Measurement Background Overview MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual Measurement points 2048 maximum are held in a circular buffer NOTE A circular buffer is an area of memory used to store a continuous stream of data by starting again at the beginning of the buffer after reaching the end A graph set for full display will show the current measurement points During real time analysis the graph is constantly being filled from the right to left measurements moving off the left side of the display are lost The time scale Y axis is started from zero each time that the node is accessed For some of the graphs sufficient data must be gathered before meaningful results can be displayed The word Settling Time will be displayed briefly in
238. n MPEG Video streams Video streams are complex with an embedded hierarchy Structurally a Video stream consists of a video sequence that has a start code end code sequence header and any number of group of pictures GOP Each GOP consists of a GOP header and a group of pictures Pictures may be of different types I B or P Pictures can also be frame pictures that correspond to progressive video or field pictures that correspond to interlaced video Pictures are broken down into a slice structure and each slice consists of macroblocks For more details you may want to refer to the documents ISO IEC 11171 2 and ISO IEC 13818 2 that describe the MPEG 1 and MPEG 2 video standards Using ES Analyzer you can m View the sequence header along with the extensions m Navigate through a stream see details in the Navigating through Streams page 5 9 m Run through a stream with the option of analyzing the stream at the picture level or at the macroblock level When analyzing a group of picture you can m Randomly access any picture within the group m View the picture type spectrum and picture size plots M Zoom into any picture and see its details at the slice or macroblock levels or view the encoded picture You may also use the video or picture player to play the entire video and pause at any picture when you notice a degradation in quality you can then review the details of this picture down to the macroblock level ES Analyzer prov
239. n error et DEBIT ierat 1 0ms siet 9 OR OSH E34 12945 TR 14 280 armor mirum Bry Scher gspenitinn acre ki DER EI nisat 1551 meg enn dura oO OR RSI 205 304005 TR 10i 250 error 2 PCR amp ccuracy irme pid zi accur amp ecs T2802 star EL OOS 118 DAN TR um 290 error 24 AOR _eccurecy errcey pel 3t fiencournoy E37r3 star Jg Drws a TA 10 280 error 2 4 ROR accurscy error pi 3t recor 14851 nk and durabon 24m Q ORGS id SOS TR 10i 250 error 2 amp PCR Sccuracy errori pid zl rescour icy S0259n end duration 2352ms OES Gu DELETE TR un ULL error 24 PCH nccurmey orrcr pid 41Unacouracy rm ord duration lac Ofte AEA TR 280 error 28 PCR accuracy emn pid dif naccarses 524n2 star ORORSS 835 300632 TR Ot 250 error 2 4 PCR ecoursey errori nid dl rkracourecy S31 s end duration ters IV t T5 Avababliy Q Syre QU Bitrate B 000000 Mbps p 188 Packet Sce 188 319 000 Packets DWE MaEstensccs if ES Test grouping differs between digital video standards however all of the currently implemented standards contain a subset of the relevant TR 101 290 tests Note that in standards other than DVB the tests are not numbered Where relevant PIDs will be associated with a test in the test tree when the test has either been disabled or when it has failed The LED associated with each node indicates the status of the node and its child node tests see Error Status LEDs on page 2 24 MTS400 Series MPEG Test
240. n the error display window Error Display Window The error display window displays information warning and error messages generated by the run through test mode for a specific program node LOCATION Gb TPT PSIJ Packet 14300 Program 9001 Reading PMT IB TPT Poll Fackettt 15500 Programit 9003 Reading PMT IS TPT PSlI Packet 15500 Eror in PAT coded ES infa length exceeds remaining valid length of the packet TPT gt PSI gt Final CAC value 3814649399 should be D IB TPT S PSI PackeHt 16495 Progam 9005 Reading PMT IM TPT S PSIJ s Packett 16465 Eror in PMT coded ES infa length exceeds remaining valid length of the packet For each message the following are shown m An associated icon that indicates the kind of message the icons E I and S shown below indicate a syntactic error information and a semantic error respectively GOs where E protocol syntax Rules error S semantic parameter or data range error I Information only not an error Both E and S should be regarded as errors m A string that identifies the exact location in the bit stream where the error was encountered the format of the string is STREAMTYPE gt STREAMTYPE STREAMID gt NODE packetNumber For example the following string identifies an error in packet number 2 of the MPEG 1 audio stream on PID 210 TPT gt PES PID 210 MPEG 1 Audio gt AES0 2 M The message string associated with the messag
241. n y ms PTS difference is greater than 7m PTS difference is greater than 700m PTS difference ix greater than 7m PTS difference is greater than 7m PTS difference is greater than 7m PTS difference ix greater than 700m PTS difference is greater than y ms PTS difference i greater than 700m PTS difference is greater than 700m PTS difference i greater than O0rris PTS difference i greater than 7m PTS difference is greater than 00ms PTS difference ix greater than 700m PTS difference is greater than 7 mz PTS difference is greater than 7m PTS difference it greater than Um NM E The program always opens the Event Log window when it starts to analyze a file As the file is analyzed the program writes the results to the window as they are produced When processing finishes an Analysis Complete message is appended to the report Packet Selection If a warning or error message gives a packet number that packet may be inspected by selecting the message For example here is an extract from a file with PTS errors on two of the Audio streams Raph nro TENA c esos er e e Item T oen fs Wm oA T V eS A Iis retken yen dh os a Error Frag 3 Audio PID 16065 PES Packet PTS Error PTS difference is greater than 700m e Frag 3 Audio PID 107 PES Packet 7 PTS Error PTS difference ix greater than Um e Error Frag 3 Audia PID 106 PES Packet 6 PTS Error PTS difference is greater than rims amp rues Praag 0 Audia PIM dmm PEE Pareto PTS
242. nd also store errors in log files NOTE It is assumed that you are familiar with MPEG compression standards and terminology If you are new to MPEG and want to know about MPEG compression standards and terminology refer to the documents ISO IEC 11172 Vol 1 2 3 and 4 for MPEG 1 and ISO IEC 13818 Vol 1 2 and 3 for MPEG 2 basics Starting the ES Analyzer 5 2 The program can be started by selecting the ES Analyzer option from the Start Programs menu or by double clicking on the ES Analyzer shortcut on the desktop ES Tektraniz BS Digital Multiplexer Jul Tektronix Buffer Analyser Tektronix ES Analyser Tektronix ES Analyser CUI Tektronix PES Analyser 2 Tektronix Release Notes C3 Tektronix TS Analyser Initially an empty shell window is displayed It is necessary to open a stream before any screen details can be seen MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Getting Started Opening an MPEG Stream 1 To open a file select the Open option from the File Menu or select the corresponding icon on the toolbar The following dialog box appears Look irr C3 Video a ship mpag File name cact D E 1 mpa Files of type Known Formats Cancel pen s Auto Hex window ES Analyzer displays a standard windows Open dialog box with two additional fields Hex Window and Open As 2 Select the file you want to open The types of files that
243. ng an Input File Select a Program to Make Seamless 221 0 picsicieviietbeteketcie vena selecting a Multiplex Output File 9 21 9 21 9 23 9 26 9 29 9 33 9 38 11 1 11 1 11 2 11 4 11 4 11 11 11 11 11 12 11 13 11 14 11 15 11 16 12 1 12 1 12 2 12 7 12 10 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual Table of Contents Volume 2 Transport Stream Cutter Transport Stream Cutter ccc cece cece cece cece ce eeennes 13 1 Starina SING WIZ eerren eek de put einer gent Bae ew oon hed eae Be 13 1 Gui No qr Seis eee pean vere ose eae eed eee 13 2 Script Pad Getting Started is Lacie wees cog hin eee eee AU DRE RN RO RR URN D 14 1 SELE UP ico beers AU ao duct dala oot dedudes Pat ake bd Med 14 1 Starina The PROCLAIM oo od eich uUo Nd oie Medio NUR Be Uo etu dues 14 1 Initial ANPPCALANCe nuo weet d UO B a Ue WAN Une us oU leone ds 14 2 Initial Men ODUOBS 4 i345 ooh Tee ee PAUUO Pb Up Wheel ae dues 14 3 SCADE Mile Appearance naan h QU nU Rogue le UR UD EOD uU M due 14 3 ODEODIP a Pile desunt eub SN rip Rondo qup RARO ee saa Nor 14 4 Menu and Controls 4 52443 wor E EE E EUM E 14 7 huno PPP ERIT 14 7 dd dc Dr Soe 8s ane ee snd eile a ee era ety 4s Baad 14 9 DIMUS BOE xcd icem dnd ee QUSE ood eee ew d shape Daw See ie aA 14 10 Script File Editing and Encryption ee 14 11 Keyword Color Coding asiria iunt RA ERR AUR eter ioe thee eda 14 11 PPAR EUS cea Ai bed etna i bs sua ism
244. ng the corresponding color index in the Packet View dialog The color index is also a toggle for display You can also view distance graph between packets of the same PID by just viewing spectral lines of the corre sponding PID To switch back to displaying all PIDs double click the All index represented by white color MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 31 ES Analyzer Working with Transport and PES Streams NOTE When you first open Packet View it displays just the front page of the stream so that not all of the PID numbers present in the stream are displayed in the button boxes below the main display If you want to see them all drag the horizontal scroll bar pointer to the far right all of the PID number buttons will then be displayed this could take a few seconds for large stream files Packet view does not operate when a program node is highlighted it works in all other nodes in navigation view Understanding PES A Packetized Elementary Stream PES as the name suggests is composed of contiguous packets of an elementary stream with packet headers as shown in the following illustration prepended to the packet A PES occurs only in MPEG 2 streams and its structure has been adapted from the packet structure of the MPEG 1 System stream For more information on PES streams refer to the ISO IEC 13818 1 document PES Header Stream ID 224 Packet Number E stream Type video stream Packet Length jo Optional F
245. ngs dialog box Click on the packet number to dis play it in the Packets view Places the recording function into an armed state If a pre trigger value has been specified the pre trigger re cording will start as shown by the progress bar Full recording will start when any trigger requirements are met Only active during recording this button either disarms the previously armed trigger or stops recording immedi ately Any recording made up to the point when the but ton is pressed will be lost For manual recording this button becomes active after arming and any pre trigger conditions have been met when pressed recording will start immediately The Recording Settings dialog can be left open while waiting for a recording to take place If after setting up the recording the dialog is closed the recording can be controlled from the tool bar MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 107 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Pre Trigger Recording Setting a pre trigger size allows the condition of the final recording to be examined both before and after a trigger event Pre triggering a recording allows a section of a recording to be recorded before the trigger event The pre triggered portion of the file is filled and written over repeatedly until the trigger event occurs Pre trigger recording starts when the trigger is armed by pressing Arm gt localhost MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer mj b File Nevigsti
246. nterface Concepts Packet Size used for TS bit rate Specify the packet size 188 or 204 to be used in the calculation of the transport stream bit rate This is dis played in the status bar Color Scheme Select the background color for all graphs When De fault is selected the graphs are based on a white back ground When Instrument is selected the graphs are based on a black backgrounds Optimize for UI performance Under some circumstances when analyzing large files or using low specification instruments the user interface may appear to freeze until the deferred analysis is com plete Enabling this feature will cause the user interface to refresh at more regular intervals thus reassuring you that the analysis is progressing Remember last tab visited on exit When the TSCA is opened the tab that was being viewed in the previous session will be remembered and displayed Enable thumbnails Thumbnail views of program content will be displayed when this option is enabled Font Preferences Font F To display content For a particular language select a font that supports that language s character sek Change the Font or size by clicking in the appropriate column Press Esc to cancel The Log Entries font is used in the Event Lag views The Stream Content font is used when displaying content information e g service names General event information er Arial Black Arial Narrow Arial Unicode ms b
247. o all nodes in the active stream Rules to be applied to a single node such as PSI PES VES can be added from the Node tab Filter Message X GLOBAL NODE Message Category Ai Disable Messagels of ai type C Disable Message Number s C Report Message Number s maximum of Ed times iB Add Rule Save Rules c Load Rules Rules zu Remove RUE TU Remove SIT The top half of the Global tab contains m A drop down list from which the category of messages can be selected to which rules are to be applied and Three options for the display of messages As rules are created using these fields they should be added to the Rules text field below by selecting the Add Rule button 5 18 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Error Testing Methods and Outputs The three options are as follows m Disable all messages on the basis of severity that is Info D Semantic S or Error E Enable the Disable Messages s of checkbox select the type of message to be disabled and press the Add Rule button Note that the rule is added in the Rules text field Filter Message GLOBAL NODE Message Category fall Disable Messages of ET 1 type Disable Message Number s Info TS l i b Error Rules Disable All Semantic Type Messages M Disable messages on the basis of message number Each message is assigned a unique nu
248. ocation x Bit Allocation Information r SNA Offset vi 1 Coupling Deka Bit Allocation Exists N A Bi Allocation Info Exists W Coarse SNR Offset 21 Coupling Deka BitAlocation Segments Na Coupling Fins SNR Offset hz L em Slow Decay Code b Ing ipsias Low Frequency Effect w Fast Decay Code fi ping Fast Gain Code Channel Exponent Strategy D15 SbwGanCode fi Coupling Leak Initizzation y Channel Fine SNF Offset fi2 er F Channel Fast Gain Code 4 DB Per Bit Gain Code 2 Fast Leuk Intkzation fo Masking Floor Code 5 Slow Leak Initkzation 0 Skip Length Exists SkipLength NA Channel Select haces Congl ine Tao ChamelFies Left Channel Band Structure The lower part of the previous illustration displays the channel specific information for the selected audio block as shown in the following illustration Complies fnt Channel Fields Left Channel Band 5tueture MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 69 ES Analyzer Working with Audio Streams Explaining the Status Bar Coupling Info Cherie Pie lls Block Switch and Dither Page Exponent Strategy Coupling Exponent Strategy Reuse Channel Exponent Strategy Heuse Channel Bandeath Code HLA Exponent Bir Allocation Informatian Gain Range Cade N A Channel Fine SNB Offset NA Channel Fast G
249. ogram 4479 BBC TEXT HH ix Program 4543 Bec PARLMNT A dr H Evenklog Parameters d Troc am nan TR 10H 280 aeree 1 5 PI error pid GO teat Hai Do Qc 30 508 Cut TR 10H 250 eror 1 5 PG error pid GC timeat end duration aims More OO TA 108 290 error 1 6 PE error pid E03 deeenuk sini Q Morea as TR 0A 290 error 1 B PiG_Lerror pid 603 tensor and duration 230i onaz hoo TR 10d 250 error 1 5 PO error pid 603 teneout star UD rn ee See di aca TOO TR 10H 280 aeree 1 5 PI emor pid GOJ trant sisi DOs Fos TR 100 220 errer 1 5 PO error pid 803 treo end curabion 2059ms DOIG WD TR 10H TEC error 1 8 F err pad E maot she 0L Occ TG 36E E TR 10d 290 error 1 5 PD emer pid GU tect amd duration uote Uo T amp 30D TR 10d 220 error 1 5 PD error ped 603 irent starl TR 0M 29D emer 1 5 PID err pid GO tianu end duration Sains T5 Assay QU Sex Qu Bt rate 24 128637 Mops 9 168 Packat Sina 204 511 359 Packets DB No Estersions BM Ei In addition when the cursor is hovered over the elementary stream node a tooltip is displayed giving stream type and description MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 35 TSCA Using the Program View Q Transport Stream Id 4103 Network Mame Sandy He Ei Program 4167 BBC ONE e BEL PID 600 0x 258 ze 1 4 Contin Stream type O02 MPEG 2 video PID carries a PCR AQP PID BOT 0x255 A Sf PID 502 0x254 A Qu rip 603 001x256 E 2 PI
250. on Summary Now Playing MPE Sessions Mumber of Programs 6 Mean TS bitrate 24 128 Mbps Mean TS bitrate excluding Mull PID 22 126 Mbps Programs Mean Bit Rates Programas 4 67 BBC ONE 6 079 Mbps 2 002 bps appalti jes oes Program HEF 4231 BEC TWO 5 1102 Mbps Borg i 21 35 4351 BBC CHOICE 6 101 Mbps amp 4415 BEC NEWS 24 5 969 Mbps 4479 BEC TEXT 0 883 Mbps 4545 BEC PARLMMT 0 375 Mbps PID 8131 2 002 Mbps 1 Program 4351 6 101 hops The pie chart view is divided into two panes The left pane shows the pie chart the right legend provides a list of the component programs Each program is color coded related information given includes the overall program status icon the program name and number and the bit rate The values given in the pie chart labels are bit rates expressed as percentages of the overall bit rate The Null PID is Shown in this view The color of the bit rate labels and the bit rate values in the legend reflects the status of the bit rate measurement for example green indicates that the program has stayed within the bit rate limits and red indicates that the bit rate has exceeded the limits MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 31 Test Equipment Depot 800 517 8431 99 Washington Street Melrose MA 02176 FAX 781 665 0780 TestEquipmentDepot com TSCA Using the Program View 2 32 Bit Rate Value Display Test Status Panes You can toggle the bit rate displa
251. on 5 86 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Advanced Audio Compression The Channels tab Figure 5 10 displays the configuration of the coded channels The physical location of the speakers corresponding to the channels coded in the stream for standard and non standard configurations can be displayed ADIF Header Raw Data Chinas Chane D zn Device Crystal SoundFusson tm qr Left Speaker Front Leit 1 Right Speaker Front Right sw linplicit Speaker Mapping NonStandud Speaker Channel Mapping pc Front Left Front Plight 3 4 6F GS0 u T Dba oe Back Left gt lt Back Right Figure 5 10 ADIF channels non standard information MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 87 ES Analyzer Advanced Audio Compression The syntactic element type corresponding to each speaker in the Speaker Chan nel Mapping is denoted by a color code scheme the legend for which is given in the Ch Element Types box The number appearing in the color spots denotes the EIT element instance tag of that syntactic element Figure 5 11 ADIF channels standard information 5 88 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Advanced Audio Compression ADTS Stream Forms The analyzed information regarding the input ADTS stream is displayed by means of a pr
252. on Settings CaphureVu Record Hep ky O ss urysi vas Qe o a Preferences OT fal s racer 2D b saat B sop A 10 Program Tests SUPSI PID Packets S Summers MPE Sessions omo Stream al Record Settings L3 M Pctri pesca Q Armes 10009 10 rat r Q Program 3 Acher c 2 542 Mbps 614 1572 Mops 2551 Mbps E Program 4 Asher Recording is armed o il B stop 4318Mbps 1044 0 541 Mops 4 329 Mops E Qrrogans Acer 5493 Maps 1327 0214 Mbps 5497 Mbps 10 707 Mo 25585 1728 Mbps 10 708 Mb 18 040 Mb 38 77 4582 Mbps 16 052 Mb 280 Vips 540 2245 Mbps 3230 Mb Ar M Pretriager ve 0 0 t s at 41 471 Mbps SMB ts at 4 471 Mone 3 6 NT Actua TTC Q 315 NT Other Q 23 3 PCR Recettion P Qs32ssepeixe Q 235 PCR Diecortieuty indicator Q 34suet oD Q 26 PCR Accuracy Q 25 0501 Actual wu 3 5b SOT Other 36 460 Actus Q 35b ET Other iscorr Q s7rsr Q ise TS Avaisbity QQ Sync GQ Da rate 4147100 Mbps 108 Packet Sire 100 DVD NoExtensions kteace OVD Parade EE Figure 2 48 Record Settings dialog box Armed state CAUTION Recording may fail if the hard disk is unable to match the data rate of the stream This can be caused by a fragmented hard disk Regular defragmenta tion of the hard disk is recommended refer to your Windows documentation or on line help 2 108 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Menu Bar and Options The Menu
253. on User Interface Concepts The CaptureVu breakpoint is now set You can set as many breakpoints as you require The next time an error is detected on any breakpoint test analysis real time or deferred will stop and the test will be identified CaptureVu Analysis The CaptureVu breakpoint will operate during real time and during deferred analysis The Capture Vu Settings dialog box is displayed as soon as a breakpoint is activated or the CaptureVu feature is activated from the application Tool Bar gt localhost MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer File Navigation Settings Caphwevul Record Help 9 Qe o a red ODE e 2 a iit a o Progrem Tests SIPSIT PD Packets mg urs 5 Rn t Q arity 1 E Prerity 2 21 Transport Q ro 210 ox 22cr dar aren i NO 410 018A ouam E edema Q Pb 210 013 M Q 235 PCR Discontinuty indicator Q 24 PCR Accuracy gt Capture u Status 2 Rashime Analysis State E Q SFN Error e Captured l e Restart Anaysts LEZ A packet 19725252 wagered by apum j 9 Activate this disiog whan Capture Vu triggers TS Avalab y Sync Dira 41 471001 Mbps 100 Packet Sire 100 1 192 015 Packets DVA MNoDdensions iterace OVD Parais BS ON The dialog box contains the following fields State This panel displays the test and packet in which the test has failed Clicking either the test or the packet identity will open the related view Tests or Packets and highlight the tes
254. ons that make up the MTS400 Series MPEG Test Systems Options are enabled by a software Key not all options may be enabled Detailed descriptions of all applications can be found in the remainder of this manual See also the MTS400 Series MPEG Test Systems Getting Started manual 071 1507 xx The MTSAEA Compressed Video ES Analyzer options are described in the MTS4EA User Manual 071 1641 xx The applications are shown in the same order that they appear in the Windows Start menu Table 1 1 MTS430 MTS400 MTS4SA MTS4UP Installed Applications Desktop Icon Application where installaed Analyzers Transport Stream Compliance Analyzer TSCA Real Time Real time transport stream analysis with user selectable MPEG 2 DVB E ATSC and ISDB conformance tests Shows transport structure header T5 Compliance contents hexadecimal packet contents PCR timing transport rate Analyser graphs and error message logs Transport Stream Compliance Analyzer TSCA Deferred D eferred transport stream analysis with user selectable MPEG 2 DVB ATSC and ISDB conformance tests Shows transport structure header T5 Compliance contents hexadecimal packet contents PCR timing transport rate Analyser graphs and error message logs Transport Stream Compliance Analyzer Lite TSCA Deferred Same as for the TS Analyzer except that the file size of transport E streams to be analyzed is limited to 192 MB T5 Compliance Analyser Pac
255. open are as follows NOTE A check mark next to an option indicates that the window or toolbar is currently visible or enabled no check mark means that it is hidden or disabled File Menu Options The File menu contains the menu options listed in Table 3 1 Table 3 1 File menu options Command Function Open Opens an MPEG file for analysis The program opens the file selection dialog allowing the user to choose the required file Print Setup Opens a dialog for selecting which printer and associated options to use 1 filename A list of the four most recently analyzed files If the program 2 filename has recently been installed the list may be empty or hold less 3 filename than four files 4 filename Selecting a filename opens that file for analysis Exit Finishes running the program MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 3 3 4 PES Analyzer Getting Started View Menu Options The View menu contains the menu options listed in Table 3 2 Table 3 2 View menu options Command Function Displays or hides the toolbar Displays or hides the status bar Toolbar Status Bar Settings Menu Options The Settings menu contains the menu options listed in Table 3 3 Table 3 3 Settings menu options Command Function Test Options Opens a dialog for setting the Conformance Test Options for analyzing and interpreting the PES information in stream files Options Menu Options The O
256. operty sheet containing three tabs The ADTS Header tab Figure 5 12 displays the fields of the header while the Raw Data tab displays the fields in each raw data block and the Channels tab displays the configuration of the coded channels The content of the Raw Data and Channels tabs are identical to that in the ADIF stream RawData Channels ADTS Header Fired Header p fi Samping Frequency 12 kHz Protection Absent 9 Layer o Channel Configuration i Onqinal Copy x Profile ssp Vanable Header Copyright Info j Error Detection Frame Length 358 Cepyniohi 1D Bir x CAC Check Buiter Fullness 85 Copyright ID Stat X No of Raw Data Blocks f Figure 5 12 ADTS header information MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 89 EEE eee Closed Caption Analysis Closed captions are captions that are hidden in the video signal invisible without a special decoder The place they are hidden is called line 21 of the vertical blanking interval VBI ES Analyzer allows closed caption data to be analyzed and inspected The two options are m CCA Standalone Player CC EIA608 CC EI708 analysis m Full Elementary Stream Analyzer CC EIA608 CC EI708 analysis NOTE No special installation process is required The options are dongle protected enabled The Stand Alone option has full Closed Caption functionality but other ES Analyzer functions are disabled XDS analysis is c
257. orst case of all of its tests and the worst case of all of the tests represented by its child nodes similarly when an LED representing a parent node in a tree is disabled or enabled all subsidiary or child nodes are also disabled or enabled to reflect the state of the parent node When an LED representing a parent node is reset all the child nodes are also reset MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 119 TSCA Task Examples Which Tests Have Failed in an Analyzed Stream In this example the analyzer has just finished analyzing a stream The Program navigation view is initially displayed with the transport stream tree collapsed The transport stream error LED is red indicating that one or more tests have failed Method With the Program tab still selected view the tests summary view bottom right F cim nit aug 7 panoratod timastamps MPG MPEG TS Compliance Analysor Fie Mewigation Settings Captumewu Record Heg E e Restart Anh o o a Pref erences Program Tests SUPSE PID Packets r 5 M qti Say Now Plains MFE Sessions Fe Virancport Streany idl 4103 Metveork Mame Sandy Heath GD Progesm 4467 BEC OME ee x Qi Progam i231 BEC TAD cm x Qi Program 4351 BSC CHOKCE zn E Program 4415 ESC NEMS M a Program 4479 BES TEXT jj s Progam AHAI 66C PARLMNT JI AUMBer ei Pregrams 6 Current TS bil rate 24 129 Mbps Current TS bit rate excluding Hull PID 22 118 Mbps HEE Humi L 3 45 f aT idii
258. ote 41470920 Mts p 188 Pocket Ste 169 DVB No Extensions terface CVE Prale BE El Figure 2 14 PCR Graphs view 2 36 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Using the Program View The Associated Tests tab shows tests related to the elementary stream node The Parameters view displays all of the parameters for the currently selected test in the Associated Tests pane if applicable As well as displaying the current minimum and maximum values for each of the test parameters you can change the parameter value For deferred analysis when values are changed the stream must be reanalyzed for them to be applied In real time the changes will take effect immediately Similarly the Event Log shows the errors for the highlighted test When no tests are selected the event log will show the events related to all tests associated with the elementary stream selected in the program tree MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 37 Using the Tests View The Tests view displays test information relevant to the transport stream being analyzed The view is displayed when the Tests tab is selected in the navigation tabbed pane see Figure 2 15 oF ASI MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer Se ses eset essi an EG Restart analysts G ek GY coward d preferences 77 77 a Ww am soe mg Program Tests SIPs PID Pachsts t Li Sync 1 2 semc Byta Q L da Pat i 1 4 Continuity 1 5 9 PMT a Ler Dec B 7005
259. otion coding for the macroblock from the reference frame to the current frame Different types of vectors are plotted in different colors You can also selectively choose to display different motion vectors by using the buttons on the right 5 46 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams FF Forward Frame BF Backward Frame FTF Forward Top Field BTF Backward Top Field FBF Forward Bottom Field BBF Backward Bottom Field DTF DMV Top Field DBF DMV Bottom Field If a button is grayed out the associated vector is not currently available The motion vectors are plotted for the luminance blocks They are to scale in the resolution of full pel or half pel according to the pel resolution fields received For each macroblock multiple vectors may be received All or some of them may be displayed simultaneously When Tooltips are enabled a summary of parameters is displayed in a popup window For MPEG 1 that has only frame pictures two kinds of motion vectors are applicable forward frame for P and B pictures and backward frame for B pictures For MPEG 2 video additional vectors may also be coded which are forward frame for P and B pictures backward frame for B pictures forward top field backward top field forward bottom field backward bottom field dual prime top field dual prime bottom field ES Analyzer interprets all the above vectors and
260. pect Ratio 9 16 Profile amp Level Main amp Main Chrama Format 4 2 0 i Picture Size H V 20 x 576 Picture Structure Frame Picture AQms Malanin Geek WBY Delay 65535 VBV Buffer Size 112 i Low Delay Falte Progressive Frame False Progressive Sequence False Tap Field First True Repeat First Field False Tee DR CO ode NC REED ue goma se 12 600 12 720 12 640 12 960 13 120 XPTS Access unit time s Active Format DTS sum of durations 15 S shi amp prctl 4 3cent The panel on the right shows information about the selected access unit For video streams these are always complete packets The frame rate and frame type shown in the panel are specific to video streams The Picture Size H x V information is taken from the display_horizontal_ size and display_vertical_ size values in the sequence display extension If that is not present the horizon tal size value and vertical size values in the sequence header as modified by the sequence header extension values horizontal size extension and verti cal size extension in the sequence header extension are used MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 43 PES Analyzer PTS DTS Timing Analysis Some of the information shown in the panel is specific to audio streams AC 3 Audio streams will differ from Audio streams The graph shows timing analysis of the PTS There are no DTS in an audio stream Select an acces
261. pens a graph of the Elementary Stream Buffer for the selected video stream This option is only available when a PID carrying a Processed Video stream is selected in the Stream List EL Opens the Event Log for the selected stream The button is only enabled when the PID of a Processed stream is selected in the Stream List window Opens all of the relevant graphs and the event log for the selected stream This option is only available when a PID carrying a Processed Video stream is selected in the Stream List 2 The remaining buttons control display options for Graphs of buffer analysis results vn Toggles the graph displays between having all points drawn and sampling the points for drawing E3 Synchronize Graphs toggles the graphs between using the same position and zoom settings or operating independently 31 Auto Scale toggles the selected graph between fixed and auto scaling of the y axis amp Zoom In increases the magnification along the x axis time scale of the currently selected graph All graphs are affected if Synchronize Graphs is enabled Al Zoom Out reduces the magnification along the x axis time scale of the currently selected graph All graphs are affected if Synchronize Graphs is enabled The Toolbar can be dragged off the edge of the main window into a floating pallet To do this place the mouse pointer on the background inside the Toolbar not on one of the buttons hold the left button down and drag in
262. ppear in it A report can be used to examine run ups to problems pre trigger Before starting a regression test select the Stream Options button in the Regression test window Ensure that the Dump Fields check box is enabled and select the adjacent Select button You can then add the fields to be listed in the dump file columns individual fields or all fields You can check the dump in file box and name your dat file or use the default VES dat or AES dat Do this for video amp audio elementary streams To select fields 1 Click the Stream Options button in the regression test window to display the following screen lel E Streams to be Analyzed Analyze Dump Fields Dump in File is Wideo Elementary Streams Macroblock evel M I Select EATEMP VES dat 5 amp Audio Elementary Streams w EEA CATEMPMAES dat E Drurmp Ophion apa gt Complete Stream Part of Stream Marinunn size ME fo Hexadecimal Dump C Decimal Dump 2 Enable and disable the streams using the checkboxes in the Analyze column MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 27 ES Analyzer Error Testing Methods and Outputs 5 28 Select Fields Eg Options Deselect the streams you don t want ES Analyzer to analyze By default all the streams are selected If you want to analyze Video Elementary Streams you may either select Macroblock Level or Picture Level from the adjacent drop down list Select the streams
263. ptions menu contains the menu options listed in Table 3 4 Table 3 4 Options menu options Command Function Limit Repeat Errors Lists the first 20 occurrences of each error type in the event log MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual PES Analyzer Getting Started Options The MPEG and ATSC Conformance Test Options for MPEG and ATSC may not be modified when a file is open To change them all files must be closed the test options modified and the file opened again Select Test Options from the Settings menu to open the Conformance Tests dialog QEMPEG 2 PES Analyser File View REUME Options Help cal Test Oplianz E m NOTE The Settings Menu is only available when there is no file open It is hidden when a file is opened and redisplayed when the file is closed MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 5 PES Analyzer Getting Started Conformance Tests The dialog box contains two tabbed pages containing tests relating to MPEG and ATSC files respectively Note that the MPEG tests are sufficient for DVB Streams Test of PES Header Syntax MPEG The tests of PES header Syntax are based on the conformance requirements laid down in the standards document ISO IEC 13818 4 for Packetized Elementary Streams Each check box uses the same name for a particular test as the standard For example to test conformance to the standard for the length of PES packets select the PES_packet_length option
264. pts EPG View An electronic program guide EPG where present is a schedule of events programs that are or will be available on each service a short summary or commentary for each event may also be included Events for services which are actually carried in the stream are referred to as actual and as present or following labeled as EIT actual p f in the navigation view A transport stream may also carry EPG information for other network services referred to as other labeled as EIT other p f in the navigation view NOTE The examples shown in the figures in this section are of DVB transport streams The construction of SI and node names in ATSC and ISDB streams differ The EPG node in the navigation view contains and displays all of the program information carried in the transport stream The content of the Detail view will depend on the EPG currently highlighted table node Nodes representing an individual table or subtable will offer the usual Summary Section and SI Repetition graph detail views However the higher nodes will display a graphical representation of the programming information as shown in Figure 2 42 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 93 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Title bar Display time zone Start time Display range PD Streams bbc aug 7 penetrated timestamps MPG IMBEG TS Complian Be Navigation Setting Cagturevut Rev Mal K Bestes Qe
265. ptureVu analysis view the packets carrying a PID by highlighting the PID and selecting Go To Packets view from the context menu the packet will be added to the PIDs list in the Packets view MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 53 TSCA Using the PID View OF DO Streamsibbecl aug generaled timestamps MPG MPEG TS Compliance Analyser File HMawigati n Settings Capturevu Record Help E reaa Chex dh Preferences 77777789 D d M e Progen Tests SPSI PID Packets p Summary Now Paving MPE Sessions e e0010255 E ALP Ds 47 Network Ninme Sandy Heath B Qi Reserved Pits ce P a eaS eget ET 2 002 MPEG 4924 7 Kbar 22 33 4013 080 thes 4924 54 kbps Q Pan cm A i PD SIDA 8 E po o 250 E Q PD 510 252 s D Q ran com 8 Qm A DE Po 5 255 E Q Pp 620 0260 s D PDEA 02D A PD En ase A is QD PD 625 mar 3 Q Pp 00 28 e D Q Po om A i Grosso EJ Q Pp 550 0284 Xi m GR PD ost 0256 sr amp SE P 552 onc igi Q P os ceo ii Gros AO PAD 661 0235 iti PID 562 00x296 E e 1 ro uocsn gu Po 1005 rase Hit i 3 PD 1008 Ox3EE FH E 8 rp 1007 arr xii Q PD 1005 mcn 91 i ro 1009 cert HH ic SE PD 1010 rar 20 3 amp 8 P 1012 inara sii EE PD I3 pers Si Q rima etre vi E E Pp 1015 car sii E Po 1016 con Hi Q an ness E nz 054 Q 00 55 euz52 Q eu cen Q iiti 5130255 g soc Q a itid 622
266. puter or MPEG test system into the CD ROM drive 2 Locate the LangPack directory on the CD ROM This directory contains a number of inf files for various languages For example you may want to install japanese inf and or tchinese inf for Japanese and Traditional Chinese language fonts MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Getting Started 3 To install new fonts right click on each desired font file in the LangPack directory and select Install 4 The new fonts you installed should now appear as possible font selections in the Preferences dialog box You must select the new font in the Preferences dialog box before the new font will be used to display stream content Loading a Custom The ARIB specifications for the ISDB standards make use of private extensions Extension Font to the standard Unicode character set OxEOOO OxF8FF These extensions allow a user to add additional characters and non standard proprietary characters to an existing font The extension sets are provided as TrueType Extension files tte Any extension sets should be installed using the Private Character Editor which is supplied as part of the standard MS Windows installation To install a font extension set on your computer 1 Open the MS Windows Private Character Editor a Select Run from the Start menu b Enter eudcedit in the Run dialog box and click OK 2 After the Private Character Editor opens close the Select Code dialog box 3
267. qualified service personnel Avoid Exposed Circuitry Do not touch exposed connections and components when power is present Use Proper Fuse Use only the fuse type and rating specified for this product Do Not Operate in Wet Damp Conditions Do Not Operate in an Explosive Atmosphere Keep Product Surfaces Clean and Dry Provide Proper Ventilation Refer to the manual s installation instructions for details on installing the product so it has proper ventilation MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual xi General Safety Summary xii Terms in this Manual Symbols and Terms on the Product These terms may appear in this manual WARNING Warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result in injury or loss of life CAUTION Caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in damage to this product or other property These terms may appear on the product DANGER indicates an injury hazard immediately accessible as you read the marking m WARNING indicates an injury hazard not immediately accessible as you read the marking m CAUTION indicates a hazard to property including the product The following symbols may appear on the product A CAUTION Protective Ground Refer to Manual Earth Terminal MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual A EEUU eee Service Safety Summary Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures Read this Service Safety Summary
268. r Parameter unite of Pre MV Backed Top Fed x B5y 10 MV Backward BottemFiek x 45 y Other Prio MB Int FALSE DCT T FIELD HB air m Scale CBP MB Size Bits i DLI Vaboes bor hers No 214 Glock No 3 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 51 ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams 5 52 The Show DCT button is used to toggle the DCT Coefficients display To view the DCT values of the a macroblock select the macroblock a window contain ing details of coded and decoded DCT values will be displayed P DCT Values fot Macroblock No 642 Block No D Select Block Decoded DCT Values Inverse OCT Values 223 223 224 225 226 227 228 228 209 207 206 205 204 202 201 2 rr 176 173 170 166 162 160 iss 15r vr ez ps 5 7 1 15s 15e 13r ias 122 130 fras ms 115 4 113 113 12 012 111 110 110 109 108 108 _ Note that the luma y control has four selections 0 1 2 and 3 which corre spond to an 8x8 pixel corner of the 16x16 pixel selected macroblock Chroma sub sampling Cb and Cr will display matrices for the color differences between frames The picture display has the following limitations M When navigating to a specific GOP using the toolbar icon the picture display may be unable to display some B pictures correctly These pictures are those that use a frame from the previous GOP for reference This happens only when you navigate to a
269. r a bar chart or as a pie chart Pop up menus enable fast limit selection Each PID is associated with a number of tests When one or more tests fail each failed test will be listed under the relevant PID Select a specific PID to display a summary of all the associated tests Select a specific test to display the Event Log and Parameters for that test only The Packets view displays information about all of the packets found in the transport stream grouped according to content These groups include PID value SFN mega initialization packets MIPs DVB only and ISDB T information packets IIPs When you select a specific PID or MIP only packets carrying that particular PID or MIP are displayed A section view is also available The Packets view is not available in real time mode However packets in a real time stream can be examined using the Capture Vu feature MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Getting Started Capture Vu Feature The CaptureVu feature captures a snapshot of system events in real and deferred time and allows you to debug the intermittent and complex problems that traditional analyzers miss You can initiate CaptureVu either manually or automatically by associating a CaptureVu Breakpoint with any test event When a breakpoint is detected either manual or automatic the stream is paused and an in depth deferred time analysis can be performed on stored data This powerful debug mode enables fast
270. r both MPEG Layer I and Layer II audio is available MPEG 2 extensions for Layer I and II surround and center channels and low frequency channels are also interpreted and analyzed Multi lingual extensions in MPEG 2 are currently not analyzed ES Analyzer is also unable to analyze the MPEG 2 Audio stream if the extension bit stream is present For a detailed discussion on the MPEG audio syntax refer to ISO 11172 3 and ISO 13818 3 With ES Analyzer you can m Navigate to any audio frame see details in the Navigating through Streams section in the Getting Started chapter m View frame details including frame header and plots of the frame data as shown in the following illustration B Interpret and display audio descriptors received in higher level streams and validate them against the stream BM Play an audio stream For each audio frame data may be received for at most two channels as shown in the next illustration additional channels may also be received in the MPEG 2 extension MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 61 ES Analyzer Working with Audio Streams Audio Player 5 62 The Audio Player is available on MPEG 1 MPEG 2 and Dolby AC 3 streams and AAC as an option With a suitable sound card installed in the host PC audio streams can be played NOTE The speed and quality of playout isnot high fidelity but is sufficient to allow an audio stream to be monitored for analysis WARNING While an
271. r opens a file selection dialog to choose an MPEG file for processing When the MPEG file has been chosen the MPEG file selector closes and another file selection dialog opens This is for choosing a Buffer Model Results File BMR which holds the results of any analysis performed on the MPEG file Buffer Analyzer suggests an output file with the same name as the MPEG file but a file extension of bmr to hold the Buffer Model Results Select OK to accept the suggested filename Otherwise select a different file or type in a different name and then select OK NOTE Choosing an existing BMR file will erase all results that had previously been saved in that file An existing Buffer Model Results BMR file can be opened to review the results saved in it from previous Buffer Model Analysis MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 4 9 T STD Buffer Analyzer Getting Started Opening a File from the Menus and Toolbar Window Layout To open a BMR file select the Open option from the File menu Alternatively use the Ctrl O keyboard shortcut M MPEG 2 T STD Buffer Analyser View Help New Frint Setup 1 d i s bmr 2 5d imn bmr 3 4d2_10s brr 440 5s bmr Exil If the required file is in the list of recently analyzed BMR files it can be opened from the list to save using the open file dialog There is a shortcut button available on the Toolbar for opening a file which has the standard file open sym
272. r picture quality analysis tabs the same macroblock remains selected for easy identification As an aid to locating a stream you can click on any open GOP icon in the tree view to switch picture displays in the stream multiplex The GOP header is an optional header and it is displayed as shown below when received GOV Awd Jicine Slice And MB Picture Player GOP Header Drop Frame Flag Closed GOP 3 BrokenLink 3 TimeCode 0000 GOP Number fi Showing in Decoding Order pon eee O Picture Picture Size 1110 Temporal Reference 2 VBV Delay 0 7252 User Data Size o Forward F code IN A Forward Vector N E BeckwedEcode qi Backward Vector NA Picture Coding Extension ut MEE F codes x Intra VLC Format Intra DC Precision e Forward Horizontal fis Top Field First y Alternate Scan x Picture Structure F tame Pict Scale T IB j ki Repeat First Field 2 Frame Prediction Frame DCT W Forward Vertical 15 Ponorka Lo T Chroma 420 Type Concealment Motion Vectors Backward Horizontal fis Composite Display V Anis Backward Vertical 15 Fid Sequence NA SubCamerPhase NA Sub Carrier 8 Burst Amplitude NA MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams The lower part of the display also shows the picture extensions that have been received H OME CE E zoz rsse rrse EHUD acre Load Intra Quantizer Matris
273. re the displayed packets access units are in relation to the rest of the file It can be used to scroll the display through the data in the same way as a standard window scroll bar Slider Control Shows position of selected access unit within the file Drag the control to move the View Bar When released it returns to show position of selected access unit View Bar Shows size and position of visible area of the graph within the file First Access unit in File Last Access unit in File Latest Access unit in View Earliest Access unit in View To scroll the stream through the view drag the Slider Control left or right with the mouse After dragging the Slider Control it returns to the previous position showing the location of the selected access unit MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual PES Analyzer PTS DTS Timing Analysis Video Streams Click the mouse pointer on the white space either side of the View Bar to center the displayed graph about the currently selected access unit When an access unit is selected on the graph the Slider Control is automatically repositioned within the View Bar The placement of the Slider Control reflects the position of the selected packet in the field of view Selecting an Access Unit on the graph also changes the selection for all of the other views to the packet containing that Access Unit Ad 10s mpg PIS DTS View P
274. ream Errors in script validation will be logged in the stream error log Enabling this checkbox may have an impact on real time analysis MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 117 Task Examples Error Status The examples in this section describe how to locate a fault or information using the analyzer The examples assume a basic understanding of the analyzer user interface and that you are familiar with the more important aspects of digital television transport stream structure and interpretation standards The MPEG Test System is a tool which allows you to analyze a transport stream and then examine it in detail Errors in the content can be pinpointed and examined down to the byte level Because of the comprehensive nature of the analyzer there are a number of ways of achieving your objective In these examples one or more ways are described to achieve the objective LED icons are used throughout the analyzer interface to represent the status of the tests applied to associated items for example programs Colors used are as follows w Red Error test failed ue Yellow Transient error error not currently being detected but has been seen since last reset 1 Green No error test passed bail Gray Test disabled 4 k White Test not applicable When an LED represents a parent node in a tree for example a program node is the parent of elementary stream nodes or a navigation tab the color represents the w
275. red mode a static stream can be analyzed and displayed the content can then be inspected at leisure Real time streams can be paused for detailed offline analysis and then when the issue has been found real time analysis can be resumed In real time mode a live stream is analyzed and displayed and is available when the TSCA is installed on a MTS400 series MPEG Test System with any supported physical layer interface Real time monitoring of Video over IP internet protocol is also available as a standalone application for running on a user s own PC MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Getting Started Technical Background User Interface Program View The analyzer has a client server architecture Each invocation of the analyzer starts up two processes tsca exe which is the client and MpegCore exe which is the MPEG analysis engine Additionally with the first invocation of the analyzer another single process CoreManager exe is started CoreManager exe forms an intermediary between TSCA clients and MPEG cores The tsca exe MpegCore exe and CoreManager exe processes use SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol and HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol to communicate The port numbers used for communication are read from a configuration file CoreInfo xml In a default installation this file can be found in c program files tektronix mpeg mts400 apps tsca xml The default port range is 15700 15800 These va
276. roblock Colors Skipped macroblocks are displayed in dark green The macroblock size for the selected macroblock is displayed in the macroblock field display area below it GOP And Picture Slice Aud Mit m Picture Player ee MB Size Display recens sarete tt cent a T EHE UC 0 C CL T TT TN CONCI OON Y LLLI E A NT E aa a HEEN E a T SESS ce n D E pew ot NIRE PEEL ELELL Ie ERE EERE EEE LL HLLELLHLLL Amu o as liem n LAA eH Macroblock Number 468 Motion Vector Parameters in unis of Pood MY Backward Top Field i 2 0 s MV Backward Bottom Field x 4 0 yc Other Parameters MB Intra sek EEEE EEEH Poe ama eee ES ea p eps es n NS RES ES D S S S ESSI rs GO LLLLELLE DCT Type MB Quantizer Scale CBP MB Size Bits HITTEEIE IIIS tilia TERR i E See INN NNI ee m Ia n Ek E EI Eb E E L E I L4 a al lug j CE Zl Ee m EERE IT 7 EE EE EE EE En e ISTE IE I ECEE EA A EEE OTR EE E EI ES Hz Ea Prediction Type FiedBased STWCodefg X Motion Vector Fomatf Fisa STW Class D Macroblock Motion Backward Y DCTI Moton Vector Coun 2 STWCode e Macroblock Motion Fowad 3 croblock Size 4t DMV 3 Mesobockaddes o CBP ooo Macroblock Escape i Macroblock Colors The color coded macroblock type represents the prediction type employed Field Based
277. rog 1 Video PID 289 IL Oy x B PB PB B P BB P B amp B P B P SB Dats atCursor AL Number 151 Stream Type Video PES Packet Number PTS 42249 331 DTS 42242131 Frame Rate 25 Ips ie ee eae Se a reme Type 40 BSED zs t aint asa a aa see 5 GL 6 000 6080 6160 Be XPTS Access uni time a TDTS sum of durations Profile amp Level Main amp Main Chroma Format The panel on the right shows information about the selected access unit For video streams these are always complete packets Some of the information shown in the panel is specific to video streams that is frame rate and frame type The graph shows the frames of video in transmission order analysis and when Zoomed In close enough the type of each packet plotted along the x axis The graph scale is drawn in gray dashed lines It is the equivalent of the scale or graticule on an oscilloscope or logic analyzer MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 41 PES Analyzer PTS DTS Timing Analysis 3 42 X Axis Y Axis Frame Type Shown when there is space to display the characters y axis shows any differences between the PTS DTS times and the calculated arrival times of the Access Unit ee TRUM Cee ee e ae e Oo T 3 NNUS E AEN Line colour and cursor show selected access unit It also indicates the difference between PTS and DTS times Omsk X X x X A A
278. rogram navigation view 2 Expand the Transport Stream tree and a program node see Figure 2 53 3 Note the number of program PIDs Note also that each PID is accompanied by an icon indicating the stream type Hover the cursor over a PID node to display more information 4 The Summary and the PID Information views also display the program PIDs y a i z i 1 z Program Tests SI PSI PID Packets H Summary Now Playing QJ Associated Tests Bit rate Graphs i a S s Transport Stream Id 4103 Metwork Mame Sandy 8B Program 4167 BEC OME sa Qi PID 600 0x258 emat 1 bem Q FID 601 0x2591 z 18 Stream type 2 0102 MPEG 2 Yideo er RRC PID carries a PCR pin 602 0x254 A Service Type 1 digital television service Q PID 603 0x256 E Q PID 650 0x254 1841 Now The Sound Of Music Next BBC News Stream Evpe 8 PID 851 02565 yos 600 0x258 Ex 2 DxOPX MPEG video BK Qi PID 1005 Ox3ED 3i 8 PID 1006 Dx3EE 4i oo GQ PID 1007 COxSEF X4 Lo PMT PID 4167 Ox1047 eG Program 4231 BEC TWO rens H Program 4351 BBC CHOICE ay cb Program 4415 BEC NEWS 24 Ag So pranta 1470 BRC TEXT TIAE QQ PID 652 mx28c3 iii 601 0x259 A 3 0x03 MPEG 1 Audio OO mM fsa ms eres INMPEST E Ay dint Figure 2 53 PID count MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Task Examples What is the Bit Rate of each
279. ropriate software key permis sions are not found A warning message is displayed when real time analysis is not available Make any necessary interface settings During analysis the interface selected will be shown in the status bar The IP interface settings are described on page 2 12 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Getting Started Start the Analysis 1 After you have selected the interpretation standard and the stream source click OK to continue 2 The TSCA software starts analyzing the selected stream During deferred analysis a progress bar is displayed The TSCA starts reporting analysis results see Figure 2 5 T Sitroamsisymi mpe MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer Fic Mewigation Settings Caplurevu Record Help E emam QO d Preiorences 7777 a D gt nue Program Taste SUS PD Packets i E Qu aepo Stream id 1 Meteecrk Mame H Q ogam a o Rogan x roam 23 ew T Q Program amp s Drops xn Qu MULL PDT i Q Ir 101220 Deore C SFH Enor Event Log 21 Transport Qiicmc 2 3 8PCR Repetition 9 43b PCH Deconmiosty roca LJ 24 PCR Accuracy Q 25FF75 Q scar TS Avoibodt Q Syne Et rote 41470929 Mbos p 182 Puck Size 0 183 636 Packets CVE NoExensons DR 0 Figure 2 5 TSCA window showing analysis progress ua ETA ODEI Meer 2 435 Migr 10 00 0026 Migs 4516 Hepe 477 0051 Mixer 10 E35 Mb at 71 OOTA Mens 16037 Mb 31 8 NT Actual QJ 34b MT Cher Q
280. rs cece cee eee eens Viewing the Program Stream Map 2 cee eee eee eee eens Working with Teletext i io oo ses pce ses rune t 3 os wag e dae a e dos VBI Enhanced Teletext SUppotb ineo RRRER vh eR xar tree eins Advanced Audio Compression eeeeeee nnn ADIF Stream POTIS 2 4 mo ds AL ore o esas dr ted S ENE 3 OAS FERRE out ADIS Stream Fons 22222 2322 dre Rd eh OCA ore d Rd re OSEE s Closed Caption Analysis eeeeeeer nnn Enabling Closed Caption Analysis 0 ccc cece eee Selecting Closed Caption Analysis Standard llle CC EIAGOS SUPPO c2 ba idee es EIS HEC bn V SE EPA dnb CC BEIAT0S SUPPO udo orbe CIAM E RYE dde e AE VPE de ES 5 94 Dumping Closed Caption Statistics 2 0 0 0 ccc cece 5 98 DVB Subtitle Stream Analysis eere 5 101 DVB Subtitle Data TaD esis otc as Seawater Pee e asque see S 5 103 paseo MIEL uide Ent as dd hn belts aaah Gel a EO rr Leda x Me ees 5 106 I Ooo Won AN 1 1 QOO RB NUS RU W C9 uU Ut cA cA V C tn tA In Un GA GA LA 5A Un I Ul tA tA l i i a MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual Table of Contents Volume 2 Carousel Analyzer General Safety Summary xi Service Safety Summary xiii Preface XV Related Material XV Manual Conventions xvi Getting Started sese E ERS ee oi ewe RV T ERU E 6 1 Data Broadcasting OVGIVIOW sa isiexemerteeieerererbiqaduereqe vede 6 3 Starmie ProPTAllb s
281. rt stream Program stream oystem stream Packetized elementary stream PES PES containing a video or bx PP audio stream respectively FE il f2 Audio stream an MPEG 1 and or MPEG 2 audio stream TERT Teletext Bm Dolby AC 3 audio stream MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Getting Started Table 5 2 Navigation icons Cont Icon Stream type representation T adl ap aft Video stream an MPEG 1 and or MPEG 2 video stream If Closed Caption data is detected during analysis CC is added to the video icon a User data stream mi Group of pictures GOP aL TF pof p GOP but DVB subtitle PES suffix 1 and 2 in the Tree View icons Video and Audio Elementary Streams refer to MPEG 1 or MPEG 2 Note that MPEG 2 streams can contain MPEG 1 audio information NOTE If packets are scrambled or if stream analysis AAC Audio has been excluded by dongle ES Analyzer does not display them Navigating through When an MPEG file is initially opened ES Analyzer automatically determines Streams the kind of MPEG stream it is For a valid MPEG bit stream ES Analyzer opens the tree view with a node for the top level stream contained in the file By default the stream hierarchy is expanded to only one level You can expand col lapse a node by clicking it You can select the stream to be viewed at any level displayed in the tree view window by simply clicking the left mouse button on the specifi
282. rz select the Edit button IP Configuration Name IP Device Mane F Source Acddeess P Destination Address UDP Destination Port In the Open Transport Stream dialog box with IP selected in the Select Interface drop down menu the current settings for the selected configuration are shown the individual settings are described in the following paragraphs Select OK to confirm the IP setting and start analysis 2 12 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Getting Started Multijoin Utility The real time IP analysis capability can only analyze traffic that appears on the link To analyze a multicast that is not currently available on the link a utility is provided called multijoin This joins the multicast effectively causing the multicast traffic to be broadcast to the host machine The multijoin utility can be found in the following directory c program filesXtektronix mpeg mts400 utilities To run the multijoin utility open a command prompt window and change to the directory in which multijoin is installed Run multijoin exe and provide the IP address of the multicast you wish to join For example to join a multicast on 239 20 30 40 the command line would be multijoin 239 20 30 40 If the multicast can be joined successfully the real time IP analysis capability of the TSCA will be able to analyze the multicast traffic While multijoin is running the mulicast traffic will be received closing the progra
283. s B Perform buffer analysis of the embedded audio video stream using the STD model see the Analyzing Streams chapter for details m Perform PCR PTS frequency analysis model see the Analyzing Streams chapter for details Viewing Pack and System Headers 5 72 When navigating through a stream the current pack is displayed in the header display area as shown in the preceding illustration The pack and system header fields are displayed for the current packet of the Program stream The currently applicable system header is displayed for the packet The receipt of a system header in the current pack is indicated by a check mark in the system header group box A cross mark indicates that the system header was received earlier The list of streams declared in the header is displayed in the elementary stream list box It is possible that the stream may contain some PES streams that are not declared in the System Header Such streams are added in the tree view when a packet of the same is encountered MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Program Streams Viewing the Program Stream Map gl The program stream map can be viewed by clicking the stream map icon PSMAP in the tree view window This pops up the stream map showing the descriptors for the Program stream and the contained elementary streams The descriptors associated with each elementary stream in a program can be viewed in one of two ways m
284. s the following controls are added which allow the windows panes to be resized MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 63 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Horizontal and Vertical Horizontal and vertical control icons are placed between adjacent panes Clicking Controls on an icon will expand the adjacent pane in the direction shown by the icon AF Q TR The size of panes can also be controlled by placing the cursor over the horizontal or vertical dividing bar so that it changes to a bidirectional arrow The dividing bar can then be dragged to the required position an example is shown in Figure 2 25 Program Tests StS PID Packets z 9 Transport Stream Id 1 Network Name amp Q Program 1 Adherent x Q Program 2 Adherent Il e Program 3 amp dherent Il i23 amp Program 4 Adherent rz x ES Q Program 5 Adherent v Su Agdher ent 1 Acher ent Il z Adherent I 3 Adherent P 4 Adherent W 2 NULL PID 21581 Dx Program Tests SIPSII PID Packets Summary MPE Sessions Transport Stream Id 1 Network Name SDHERENT NETWORK Ez g Program 1 Adherent p Program 2 Adherent I xa Mame Adherert Adherent I Adherent I Q adherent rv Adherert v Q NULL PID 8191 amp Program 3 Adherent Ill segs amp Program 4 Adherent Iv p t QJ Program 5 Adherent Y gx mr P oa ri Figure 2 25 Window size adjus
285. s 69 104 kbps O 000Kbps D 0 E ESE bos 19 95 812 800 hs 4826 356 kbps PG ZU Kbps 0 000 Kbps 0 000 Kbps 0 000 Kbps HALE Kos LOS ae kbps 33 038 kbps 0 000 kbgs 0 000 kbps 51 136 kbps 0 000 kbps in i Kbps 51 136 Kbps 0 000 Kbps v en COO 2875 98 Foe 20 214663 443 thos 860 462 Kbps 266 208 Kbps 1 109 264 704 kbps 267 712 Kbps amp zEWKhps n 0 000 Kbps 5 0 MS 35711561208 20 19 4865 94 kbps 4873 975 kbps Z amp 208 Kbps 1 208 2E4 7D4 thes 257 712 Kbps O00 kbps 000 kbps 67 680 Kbps 0 000 Khe 0 000 tbos 0 000 Kbps p 18448 kips 69 184 Kbps 60 160 kbps SRIS2 Kbps 1 10 264 704 Kbos 267 712 kbps D 000 bos 3 52 544448 thos adi D D lt 0 0 0 0 0 0 ep zb en 0 2 0 xD 0 0 oc kbes 0 000 Kbas gc khos 43 622 thes O 009 thes 0 000 kbps 42 637 kbps 0 000 Kbps 43 632 kbs 103 288 thes 31 584 ches 0 000 thos 1 504 kbps 851 264 kbps DOC Kbps 0 002 Kbps 81 196 Kbps 169 792 kbps 33 053 kbps 0 000 Kbps CRE kbps 51 136 kbps D000 Kegs CI kbps 51 136 kbps 0 000 Kbps ay In DVB analysis mode the MPE tab is always present however the MPE view will only be populated when MPE data is present in the stream See page 2 98 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 51 TSCA Using the PID View PID View All PIDs 2
286. s MPEG Test System User Manual 3 21 PES Analyzer Packet Hex View Packet Header 3 22 The Hex View displays the bytes holding PES Packet header information in magenta color text For example here is a packet containing a PTS field from a video stream QE Ad 10s mpg Hex View Prog 2 Video PID 305 PES Packet 171 Ml E3 00 00 i EO B 00 80 60 05 21 OA 17 64 B3 00 0 2D DC OB AE bytes carrying header pois E EE information displayed in magenta colour text The most significant two bits of the eighth byte that is the byte at address 0x0007 contain the PTS DTS flags The ninth byte address 0x0008 contains the PES header data length which specifies how many additional bytes are present In the above example PTS DITS flag 2 PES header data length 5 These specify that there is a 5 byte Presentation Time Stamp PTS field in the header The contents of the PTS are 21 0A 17 64 B3 and they follow the PES header data length MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual PES Analyzer Packet Hex View The preceding packet from the same stream carried both a PTS and DTS field PTS DTS flag 3 PES_header_data_length 10 shown as OA in hexadecimal QE Ad 10s_mpg Hex View Prog 2 Video PID 305 PES Packet 170 Miel E 2 OU 1E a amp Ug 4 O01 ES 40 45 FF g on np aw n4 19 bytes of header information including the DTS and PTS fields Instead of having to interpret header
287. s can be removed individually Remove Rule button or globally Remove All button Rules that are already set cannot be edited they must be removed and recreated Rule sets can be saved and reloaded as required using the Save Rules and Load Rules buttons Message Filtering Node 1 Select a stream in the left scroll window and then select the types of messages you want to be filtered out By default all messages are displayed for a stream Filter Message GLOBAL NODE Please Select a Stream Please Select Messages to Filter Out PES PID 290 MPEI Se E C All Messages Bj PESIPID 88 MPEG Len rus PES PID 283 MPEG 1 Syntactic Errors BH PES PID 90 MPEG 2 E is PESIPID 3051 MPE TL i General Informat Mag EEs 3 EL GOP B PES PID 306 MPE 88 PES PID 96 MPEG BR PESIPID 9 MPEG e PESIPID 38 MPEG 3 fR amp PESIPID 160 MPE E aj vEs 224 cool GOP See et If you want your message filter s to be applicable to all streams opened until now select it for the entire World This option will apply the filter s to all nodes displayed in the tree view window MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 21 ES Analyzer Error Testing Methods and Outputs If you want your message filter to be applicable to all streams irrespec tive of whether they are opened or not click the Set for all Streams button 2 Click OK to accept to changes Cancel to close
288. s for each embedded stream and the file progress bar is updated according to the stream being currently viewed In addition the byte offset in the file for the currently displayed unit of data is also displayed in the status bar For example when you are viewing a Packetized Elementary Stream PES the byte offset of the first byte of the start code of the currently viewed packet in the opened file is displayed in the status bar Similarly when viewing a GOP in a Video stream that is embedded in a Transport stream the byte offset of the start code of the corresponding GOP in the file is displayed in the status bar More details are given with the explanation of status bar with each individual stream m Characteristics of the stream being currently viewed These vary with the stream and are described in detail for each stream in subsequent chapters in this book The state of the status bar display can be toggled by selecting deselecting the Status Bar command on the View menu that is View gt Status Bar MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 23 ES Analyzer Error Testing Methods and Outputs Regression Testing and Error Log Files Regression Test Window 5 24 With ES Analyzer you can regression test MPEG streams with errors being saved to log files and save data from selected fields to report files for viewing later see the section Reviewing a Report for details To perform a regression test close the file if it
289. s have a vertical scale that goes from 50 to 200 For example BF Video Elementary Buffer EB1 Pid 1110 U1 2 044 E 15 053 20 074 Time MMS 3 Selecting the Auto Scale Axis option from the Options menu changes the y axis for the currently active graph Analyser Ad 5s bmr View ilies Process Window Hel m Draw All Points Sunchranise Wiews Suto Scale x Avie Alternatively select the equivalent shortcut button DE amp p l Te me ez e MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T STD Buffer Analyzer Results Graphs The y axis is now drawn so that the full scale contains the range of values in the graph to the nearest 25 For example if the range of values was from 30 to 64 the y axis would go from 25 to 75 The earlier example will be rescaled to look like this WE Video Elementary Buffer EB1 Pid 1110 K0 40x 30x 20 yl H 10 0 00 000 0 4 015 0 8 029 12 044 16 058 20 074 Time MM S3 To revert to the default scale select the menu option or click on the shortcut button again Draw All Points The graphs will often contain more data points than can be resolved on the screen By default to avoid drawing points on top of each other the application will plot every nth point This also speeds up drawing process How many points to plot is determined from the available width of the graph on the screen and the total number of points to plot
290. s the packet data Any other rows represent additional fields such as the Presentation Time Stamp PTS carried in this example The relationship of these rows to the Hex view is FTS QE Ad 10s mpg Hex View Prog 2 Wide JES Packet 171 Q0000 OO 00 1 EO 00 OU 80 B D5 21 04 17 64 B3 O0 00 00010 O1 00 00 TA 4B DB B8 00 00 01 B5 85 55 57 98 00 nona 00 00 01 j 32 EF 23 20 8B EE 03 E AD 3B 10 FF 00030 E7 09 78 9C CB AS 61 66 51 BF 10 B4 62 C5 A5 92 00040 35 CO CF 2C A3 55 41 C3 70 7B C3 AA 81 66 DC 04 nnnmesni i1 94 Fn AP AR f Se A Bn 7R ma BE Am 00 n4 7 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual PES Analyzer Packet Header Interpretation The size of the header depends on the fields it carries Here is the Header Information view of the preceding packet which carries PTS and DTS fields QE Ad 10s mpg Header Interpretation Prog 2 Video PID 305 PES Packet 170 OxO00001 Ox00E0 video stream Ox00 PES data original PTS Es DSM additional peg PES priority trick mode flag O0 O0 Ua OO Oss O0 0xD Ox0 Ou xD Us f Dx 040 4231 9977 4231277 DTS ESCA rate flags flag scrambling control alignment copyright indicator flags MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 31 i ANNNNNNNMNMNMNMNMNMNMNgNgMg92 auwuw NN Program Structure The Program Structure window displays a list of all available programs and the elementary s
291. s to display the Options dialog and then click the File Types tab By default ES Analyzer opens the log files with the application with which they are currently associated You can save the regression script and the results in a regression script To save the file choose Save As from the File menu The file is saved as a binary file and also saves the regression results You can reload the regression file including the results of the last regression whenever you want Regression can also be run on a previously saved regression script file Message Settings Messages sent to the log file can be controlled through the Message Settings dialog box Rules to be applied to messages can be created as required The operation of this dialog box is similar to Message Filtering as described on page 5 17 5 26 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Error Testing Methods and Outputs Reports and Field Selection Creating a Report You can save and review reports consisting of field value dumps of specific fields when you regression test a stream To review a report it must first be created by selecting the fields to be viewed then setting up and running the regression and finally selecting the View Reports button it is also possible to select and open multiple reports A regression report is packet by packet details listed with information fields you can choose A report is not an error list although errors detected may a
292. s unit by clicking on it with the mouse Clicking between two PTS will select an access unit that does not carry a PTS QE Ad 1 is mpg PT57DTS View Prog 2 Audio PID 306 2m cL mL EK BD ABC XD DLL Ek GE a GE Mp ODD SE A Solid line and 3 Difference cursor show selected between the access unit FES PTS and the 1 calculated arrival time 1 ofthe Access Unit 1 i I i TE l l TM E lj ee erus poem cecal Paanan alata paces Jiang oiii 1 JOB ZBBA 3072 3480 3888 42568 4 04 517 5 rBll APTS Access unit time TDIS xum of durations ES j 01010000000 I I a I ST I oa I I The graph scale is drawn in gray dashed lines for each value on the axis In this example there are only two values on the y axis at 0 ms and 24 ms 3 44 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual PES Analyzer PTS DTS Timing Analysis AC 3 Audio Streams QE ATSC l s mpg PTS DTS View Prog 3 AC 3 Audio PID 52 Dataat Cursor 4 AU Mumber 41 Stream Type amp L 3 Audio PES Packet Number 41 FTS 412033750 ID AILS audio Bitratel ndex 384k bits Frequency AS000H 2 Drei x x ene kc be KN aE BE aK ME 4 Kio de HD PENDE KEEN aS DE He E Made 0768 0928 1 008 1248 1 408 1 568 1726 1 888 PTS Access unit lime s DTS sum of durations The Data at Cursor panel of the PTS DTS View shows different information for AC 3 Audio streams Otherwise the window works in the same way
293. s video streams within the following MPEG 2 profiles Main Profile High Level MP HL Main Profile Main Level MP ML 4 2 2 Profile Main Level 4 2 2P ML MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 49 ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams 5 50 Viewing the Decoded Picture with Motion Vector Plots The decoded picture can be further enhanced with an overlay of motion vector plots The interpretation of the display corresponds with the description in the previous section Viewing the Motion Vector Plots To view the vector plots for the currently displayed picture m Select the Show MV button on the right side of the picture M The vectors displayed will depend upon the selections made from the remaining buttons on the right side of the screen GOP And Picture Shes Aud Wit Picture Player P FRAME Slice Display MB Size Display G Scale Code Display Moton Vector Display Picture Display Aacroblock Number 165 Moton Vector Parameterslin units of Pwel MY Forward Frame x 0 0 v 0 0 FALSE DCT Type FRAME MB QuartizerScale 3 CBP 011100 86 Prosty Breakpoint NA QuantzerScale 7 Slice Extension Fleg 3 InssSice J PicueiD Na RowNumber 2 actoblock Macroblock Intra x Prediction Type Macroblock Patiem v Motion Vector Fomat N sTwcas P Macroblock Motion Eackwad 9 Motion Vector Count M STWEode fa Macroblock Motion Foward 3 ONV Macroblock Address 165 CEP m
294. sions Number of Programs 6 Mean TS bitrate 24 128 Mbps Mean TS bitrate excluding Null PID 22 126 Mbps Mamie Number Mean Bit Rate Q MULL PID 8191 Ox FFF Qh EEC ONE Q sec reo GES CHOICE EEC News 24 Q Bec TEXT BBC PARLMNT Mean 2 002 Mbps 6 079 Mbps 6 102 Mbps 6 101 Mbps 5 969 Mbps 0 883 Mbps 0 975 Mbps 8 30 el 3595 21 45 ela 20 96 3 1095 3 42 Min 1 895 Mbps 5 790 Mbps 5 805 Mbps 2 804 Mbps 5 679 Mbps 0 594 Mbps 0 686 Mbps 2 324 Mbps 6 115 Mbps 6 169 Mbps 6 166 Mbps 5 996 Mbps 0 902 Mbps 0 994 Mbps Each program identified in the stream is allocated one row of the table related information includes the overall program status icon the program name program number and the maximum minimum and average bit rates The Null PID is not shown in this view In addition to the basic display you can associate a maximum and minimum threshold value with each program in the bar chart see page 2 89 For deferred analysis where these values are set after analysis the stream must be reanalyzed for them to be applied In real time analysis the new values will take effect immediately The color of the bit rate bar indicates that the program has stayed within the bit rate limits green or exceeded the limits red 2 30 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Using the Program View Pie Chart Display the transport stream pie chart by selecting the pie chart ic
295. splay Q Scale Code Display Motion Vector Display Picture Display HERR IRI THES BIRDS spp opp e o po ng TEETJETHEIRICII DELHI AAA AMAA ERB DER EET DLE Hd Lee e e s ss EE EE E d hm s ed End EET s ed Ed UE Se fal Ea Exi Eg ea fd En lico LE sd ee lm JE du emm e cs EE E ae rf Gi mM IM Macrablock Mumber 51 Motion Vector Paramelers in unite of Pizel MV Formand Top Field x 25 300 MY Forveard Bottom Field x 1 5 30 HV Backward Top Field x 1 0 y 3 MY Backward Bottom Field x 0 5 p 1 0 Other Parameters B Intra DCT Tupe HB Quantizer Scale CEP noe H m za Ss FARRAR RAB HS SI REI ER BEL REEL ee ELLE BERI ROBBER EE BEBE ESIEBEDSHOEBUESEBAESE TOOT EL ETATE ETE ELE EET PLE EE EIE ET oA PERSE BEEEE EEEN as Bese pus BERE Lem EPTRBEIBIEHIRIETETR EET TEE EESTI ERI Slice LAA Prorty Breakpoirt NA QuantizerScale 10 Slice Extension Flag 3 IntraSlice 3 PictaelD NA RowNunbe 2 Macroblock Intra X Mactoblock Quant X Prediction Type i985 STWCoceFlag X Macroblock Pattem X QuenizerScse 0 Motion Vector Format Field STW Class po Macroblock Motion Backward W DCT Type ha Motion Vector Count 2 smwtace A Macroblock Motion Forward W Macroblock Size 33 DMV Macroblock Address 516 CBP ono For each macroblock the motion vectors corresponding to it are plotted to scale as a directed arrow The direction of the arrow represents m
296. stopped T Stop Stops the video stream and allows the other analysis tabs to be selected 7 Next Picture Steps forward one frame p Play from GOP Start Plays the pictures from the start of the 4 current GOP D Zoom Restore Display Enlarges and restores the area in which the picture appears Fit Best in Display Area Fits picture in display area or displays L1 Display Picture at True Size picture at original size 4 Left Right Scroll Scrolls the displayed picture left and right 3 Up Down Scroll Scrolls the displayed picture up and m down 4 Show Hide information Shows or hides the information panel for the displayed picture The follow ing information is displayed GOP Number in which the frame is present Coded Number refers to the picture number within the GOP Display Time in hh mm ss cc where cc is the display number in the whole file Display Number refers to the dis play number of a picture within the GOP MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 59 le eee Working with Audio Streams ES Analyzer analyzes both MPEG 1 and 2 Audio streams and Dolby Digital AC 3 Audio streams Understanding MPEG Audio Streams An MPEG audio stream consists of a sequence of audio frames Audio data may be received for multiple channels Each channel is divided into sub bands for which data is transmitted ES Analyzer verifies audio streams according to the MPEG audio recommenda tions Support fo
297. summary view similarly selecting the MIP node will only allow MIP information to be displayed in the associated summary view In the packet summary view you can use the top bar to navigate the packets in the stream ja gt gt The packet position bar shows the position of the selected packet in the stream Current packet position The navigation bar functionality depends on the selection in the packet naviga tion view If you select All Packets the controls will operate on all packets If you select a single PID a filter is in operation and the controls will work only for those packets carrying that PID Selects the first available packet in the stream or carrying the selected PID A l Selects the previous available packet in the stream or carrying the selected PID A Selects the next available packet in the stream or carrying the selected PID IM Selects the last available packet in the stream or carrying the selected PID wo V Opens the Go To Packet dialog box You can also use the packet position bar to navigate through the stream Use the cursor to point to and click the next packet to be displayed Double click the packet number in the bar to open the Go To Packet dialog box enter the required packet number and select OK For both methods remember that the destination packet is dependent on the node selected in the navigation view MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual
298. t GOP received This represents the actual picture Display number It is calculated by adding the temporal reference of the current picture to the cumulative picture display number prior to the GOP The GOP header tab has a slider for selecting the picture whose details you want to display The header for the selected picture is displayed below the GOP header in the same dialog box as shown in the earlier illustration For MPEG 2 several picture extensions may be received The picture coding extension is always displayed while the other picture extensions are displayed on tabbed folders as shown below The tabs for each of these extensions are enabled and the text on the tab appears in red only if the corresponding extension is received in the stream HOME ceE Wenzs essE rrse v 0G We ee es er ee 9 His 16 22 24 2r 29 34 37 pis zz 26 zr zs 34 4 a EE EIER EE E ERE E ETT REESE SESS D 27 32 35 40 48 58 _ Ee 27 29 35 36 46 56 69 83 em CPE Load Intra Quantizer Matris Load Nan Intra Quantizer Matris Load Chroma Intra Quantizer Matrix D aooo Load Chroma Man Intra Quantizer M atris All tabs with red text represent extensions that have been received for the current picture The next section describes each extension and its interpretation MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams Explaining the Picture Ex
299. t gives you the number of channels that are present the presence of the LFE channel additional CRCs and other relevant fields in the MC Header as shown Hukichsnnel Hescerinomations Pp a 2 The MC Composite Status tab provides the sub band information of the channels and their relationship with the transmission channels as shown 5 66 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Audio Streams Explaining the Status Bar For Help press F1 Display The lower part of the dialog box displays information specific to the channels You can select the channel for which you want to see the details by clicking the appropriate graphic at right The channel specific data for the selected channel is displayed at left as for MPEG 1 Bi Wont scrst Grouping Sralefactor Channel Select Audio Play Device Crystal Audio 5 ystem Playbacl TT Play Channels Left Fight Channel 7 Center Channel Hits Codernard fshf The status bar for Audio streams displays the following Frame number which is the number of the current frame in the stream M Layer number which is the number of the audio stream M Byte offset in the file which is the first byte of the Frame header being currently viewed in both the hexadecimal and decimal formats Framer SJF 48 0kHz 256kbits s Layer Oti O n MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 67 ES Analyzer Working with
300. t is applied to only that PID not to the other PIDs using the same test or the test default value The nominal value is provided by the interpretation standard it cannot be changed using the user interface 1 Click in the Value field 2 Enter the required value 3 Press Enter NOTE For a new value to take effect during deferred analysis the stream must be closed Select Restart Analysis to open and reanalyze the stream MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 83 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Access to all parameters Event Log 2 84 All parameters are accessible from the Parameters menu option Settings gt Parameters Parameter values can be changed in the same way as individual parameters Changes made to values in this dialog box are also applied to the individual PID parameters since changes made here become the default value for the parameter CE Parameters Edit the parameter by clicking in the Value column Press Esc to cancel Akernatively use the keyboard cursor keys to navigate around the table and Ctrl Tab to toggle between the table and the buttons Parameters which have been changed from their nominal values are displayed with a green background alus Zi 10000 Ur Mir gy 100000 100 1 500600 100 100 100000 100 30000 2340000 S00000 1000000 00000 300000 300000 300000 300000 2000000 SON ma ms mz nmi ms ms ms ms mas ms i H
301. t or packet see Figure 2 45 and Figure 2 46 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 101 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts t lpcalhast MPEG T5 Compliance Analyzer E E Fenton inset Qe D T a Preterenced ona m a M oe b e eee a Program Tests saec pin Packets E attete i girin ii Priory 1 9 n FD 110 OE g Friot PD 210 0x02 211 Q 21 Tronapor PD 510 0136 s e uero FID 410 Ux 19A l ho 310 138 Q ro 510 mrt 23h PCR Dincenliruty indioator JA PCR Accurscy 2 prs JEGAT E Frivty 3 one i LJ SFN Era Al packet 10725255 triggered by 2 33 PORE Activate tris dialog when Captuns Vu triggers TS Avalst ty sinc Da rate 41471004 Mops gh 408 Packet Size 100 1 192 015 Packets OVE NoEstensicns nbertsce DVE Paratel B T5 Avast Sine De rae 41471001 wipe 100 puse Size 100 1 192 1015 Pachete OVE o Eensione retoce VO Paci BB Gi Figure 2 45 CaptureVu breakpoint Test view 2 102 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts gt localhost MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer File Nevigstion Settings CaphueVu Record Help estat me Oo B ouem 7777 a ab 0 pe O gt I Program Tests SUPS Pio Pochetz 4 Di E YO Al Packets EET ie y PO Fiters Transpor Packet 1 Transport Packet S i Transport Packet transport pocket ead
302. t the left of the Open Transport Stream window to select which standards will be used to interpret the stream NOTE The TSCA software analyzes streams in strict accordance with the standards defined by the digital television authorities DVB Digital Video Broadcasting ATSC Advanced Television Systems Committee and ISDB Integrated Services Digital Broadcasting The TSCA software uses preloaded scripts which establish the expected content and syntax of the analyzed stream The analyzer is supplied with a comprehen sive range of scripts which in different combinations can interpret the full range of digital television standards 2 Select the Base Standards and then if available select the Region The analysis scripts that will be used are displayed in the Script Files pane F Open Transport Stream Siris C Use Custom Scripts Enable scripted section validations during analysis slower Scnpts Directory 3 The stream interpretation is now set Choose one of the analysis options to select a file or real time analysis NOTE The selected stream interpretation standard is not implemented until stream analysis is started If the Open Transport Stream dialog box is closed without starting analysis the stream interpretation settings are lost they revert to the settings that were in effect when the application was last closed MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 7 TSCA Getting Started Off Line Def
303. t to open the Edit IP Configuration dialog box Modify the individual fields or select a new entry in the traffic area Select OK to confirm and save the changes and close the Edit IP Configuration dialog box The new settings are implemented immediately Select an Alternative IP Connection Select a new configuration from the Interface Settings drop down list Note the change in the Current Settings section of the window Delete an IP Configuration To delete an IP configuration ensure that the configuration to be deleted is displayed in the Open Transport Stream dialog box and select Delete The selected IP configuration is deleted and the next available IP configuration is displayed Setting the Stream Content Font You can configure the TSCA software to display stream content information in a user defined font style or language such as Japanese or Chinese NOTE How the TSCA displays the text strings carried in the stream itself is dictated by the TSCA font setting and by the interpretation standard used during the analysis process How the TSCA displays entries in the Event Log is dictated by the TSCA font setting and fonts used by a local computer For example if the default language of the TSCA computer is Japanese the event log will be displayed in Japanese characters you must choose a suitable font for the characters to display correctly MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 15 TSCA Getting Started Selecting
304. tails for the selected macroblock Picture Quality data which overlaps the slice display area M Decoded field frame for the selected picture 5 42 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams Explaining the Slice and When displaying the slices the current picture is represented by its constituent Macroblock Display slices see the above illustration You can move the mouse to any slice and select it using the left mouse button The slice header display shows the header for the currently selected slice MPEG 1 slices can span multiple rows and the display shows the same Slice display is color coded Intra slices are shown in green color while slices that do not have this flag set are displayed in gray color Within a slice the macroblocks are also shown You can select a macroblock in the slice using the left mouse button The header and information of the currently selected macroblock is displayed below the macroblock display Skipped macroblocks in a slice are shown using a different color and cannot be selected When viewing the slice display you can move forward to the next picture or backward to the previous picture You do this by clicking the picture navigation buttons on the top right corner of the dialog box You can also return to the GOP display and select a specific picture When moving backwards you cannot cross the GOP boundary however when moving forward you can cross a GOP
305. tart Deneral Event Starting the Video buffer model VB Delay method being used Level Mam Profile tain Buffer sizes sek to TB 512 MB 10000 EB 229476 byte Start af PB overfor WO DELAY period exceeds available time before dec End of MB overflow WE DIE LAY period exceeds available time before dec Start of MB overflows End of HB overtlow Start of MB overflows VEN DELAY period exceeds available time before deci WO DELAY period exceeds available time before dec End of HB overtlows Start af MB orverthows VEN DELAY period exceeds available time before dec WE DELAY perd exceeds available time before dec End of MB overtlows Start af PB overfloor WEY DELAY period exceeds available time before deci General E vent WE DELAY period exceeds available time before co An Event Log window may be opened for each PID that has been or is currently being processed Results are written to the log as they are produced All times and packet numbers are given relative to the start of the file Selecting the time of an event from the Event Log will place a cursor at that time in each of the Buffer results Graphs To select an event click on its Time in the left column For example to select the B MB Overflow Start for packet 83496 click on the time 0 15 697 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T STD Buffer Analyzer Event and Message Logs BE Test2 bmr Event Log for PID 610 TS Packet r3 2 Ust BMB Overflo
306. te User Interface SDT Service Description Table SI Service Information DVB SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SSI Synchronous Serial Interface STT System Time Table MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Glossary TEF Transport Error Flag TMCC Transmission and Multiplexing Configuration Control ISDB S TOT Time Offset Table TSDT Transport Streams Description Table TVCT Terrestrial Virtual Channel Table TVRO Television Receive Only UTC Coordinated Universal Time VCT Virtual Channel Table VSB Vestigial sideband XML Extensible Markup Language MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 141 TSCA Glossary 2 142 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual Le Packetized Elementary Stream Analyzer Getting Started The Packetized Elementary Stream PES Analyzer performs a series of user selectable conformance tests on a previously recorded file Files can be interpreted according to either the ATSC or DVB standards Once the file is analyzed analyzed users can view the results of the selected tests and browse through the content of the PES packets Tektronix MPEG 2 PES Analyser Ad_10s mpg Els Edi View window Help H al a miim aig Q Ad 10s mpo Program Structure Mi GS PG Ad 10s mpg E vent Lag Ci x E Progra 1 Prog 3 Audo PID 107 PES Packet 80 PTS Enor PTS d lerence w greater than 700ms Vi
307. tensions QME This allows the quantizer matrices to be down Quantizer Matrix Extension loaded for any picture At most four matrices can be downloaded namely intra quantizer matrix non intra quan tizer matrix chroma intra quantizer matrix and chroma non intra quantizer matrix The QME tab displays through a check mark the matrices that were downloaded A down loaded matrix is displayed when you move the mouse over the name of the specific matrix CE This indicates any copyrights on the video The Copyright Extension copyright field is interpreted and displayed PDE This extension gives display extensions for Picture Display Extension MPEG 2 video PSSE This is received when the spatial scalability of Picture Spatial Scaleable MPEOG 2 video is used in the video stream Extension PTSE This extension is received when the temporal Picture Temporal Scaleable scalability of MPEG 2 video is used in the vid Extension eo stream UD This displays any user data associated with the User Data picture in hexadecimal format If the data repre sents ASCII text the ASCII text is also inter preted and displayed CPE Camera Picture Extension NOTE These tabs will only operate if the appropriate extensions are present within the stream under test All four matrices will only display if they are downloaded with certain stream types for example HDTV streams 9 indicates that only the default matrix will be
308. that the contents are constant which is the general case If the program changes in a drastic way such as streams disappearing between PMTs the model will give meaningless results Only the first occurrence of complete PAT and PMT are read when forming the Stream List Use TS Cutter to isolate a section when multiple versions of the tables occur A number of packets in the file are scanned for the Sequence Header and Extension start codes containing profile and level see Settings page 4 4 If they are not found the Main Profile and Level setting are assumed together with the maximum VBV buffer size MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 4 11 T STD Buffer Analyzer Getting Started Initial Processing of BMR Files If a BMR file is opened the State column indicates which streams had been processed The file only holds results for those streams marked as Processed To obtain results for unprocessed streams the original MPEG file will have to be opened again and analyzed 4 12 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual Menus and Controls Toolbar When a file is open the program presents a different set of menus and options They change as soon as the Stream List window appears For example the Open file commands are replaced by Close file commands e P3 a 3 tE MB s amp e vn 35 st ala The Toolbar provides a set of convenient shortcuts for the more frequently used menu options The availab
309. the Display Font Installing Asian Language Fonts 2 16 Perform the following steps to set which font will be used by the TSCA software to display stream content You can configure the TSCA software to display stream content using any font that is installed on your computer 1 Select Settings gt Preferences from the menu 2 Select Font at the left of the Preferences dialog box to display the window shown in Figure 2 6 Preferences Fort Change the display font or size by clicking in the appropriate column Press Esc to cancel Locale Default Font Font Font Name ant Size default Normal Stream Content lt lt defautt gt Mortal Arial Cancel Figure 2 6 Selecting a display font from the preferences dialog box 3 The dialog box lists the default font used by your computer for the Log Entries and Stream Content displays on the TSCA software Use the Font Name and Font Size drop down boxes to select a desired font style and size 4 Click OK to accept and save any changes Computers that are using local versions of MS Windows NT and MS Win dows 2000 such as Japanese or Chinese or using MS Windows XP should have the Asian language fonts already installed on their systems If your computer or MPEG test system does not have Asian fonts installed perform the following steps to install the Asian fonts 1 Insert the MS Windows OS CD ROM which was supplied with your com
310. the graph area while the necessary data is gathered Figure 2 26 shows a typical graph display in this case a PID carrying PCR has been selected and two of the five available PCR graphs are displayed T DzVstraamsbohc1augz2 7 ganaratad timostamps MPG MPEG TS Compliance Analyser Fie Mewigation Settings CaptumeWu Record Help L3 OESR Anaha E o d rere m fal i gt d Program Tests SUPSI PID Packets Associated Tests PCR Graphs PTS Graphs Bi rate Graphs 7 cO sc mode amp x 7 FJ 3 Quek Links View Packet 152 650 m Packets Tres s 4D Reserved Fibs 8 ob Reterenced Pits in stream 41 roo mes enl Packet 152868 UTC g5ze 150 DateTime L Poo cse A puris pies RE Pn en ee m i e PD 803 ose EJ Q rosio cce eel Q Poet aes n ORG Ht thes A EE PD 613 ce 3 PID 2D O28 S D 2 POEM tha 8 O mem M DE P623 cocer ES 4 PID G40 0290 a O Q Proen ies A ie PD c3 coz EX Q no Eso ras eM E E Pip 65 coca xit EAE PD 552 coer Bat AQ PD 653 crece Hal PO BO foxes A TEN j PID BB Cascos Beli in BR PO 662 rox236 di i B PO 663 0237 eri Pip 1005 cor iei mE PID 1006 Oc SEE Hd ie S ro wor ese HR Po 1008 acr Oo El i AE PID 1000 031 En F Po 1010002 i Po 101 1 cae 3 Hi ie GE Po 102 4 HR ic AE PID 1013 03F5 ER Q Po 1014 o6 98 x PIDA015 0077 Ei EM AD 1016 PE ERE Da af Gunga dogo se TS Away QD Syre QD Bit rate 24 128337 Mops 9 188 Pecket Sira 2
311. the stream type 15 PID Q 2 3 4 PCR Repetil QJ 2 3h PCR Discor PID 602 0x254 A Jets PD 650 0x284 j FID 651 0x265 X The tooltip is available wherever the selected PID node is displayed for example in the PID navigation view 2 124 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Task Examples Method2 1 Select the Program navigation view 2 Select the program node 3 In the summary view select the Summary tab Program Tests SIPSI PID Packets Summary Now Playing Q Associated Tests Bit rate Graphs Eje EBCIONE Program number 4167 0x1047 a Transport Stream Id 4103 Network Name Sandy He B 2 rogram 4167 BBC ONE QJ PID 600 0x258 ex D Q PID 601 0x259 f 8 PID 602 0x254 A Service Provider BBC XQ PID 603 0256 GI Qi PID 650 0x284 ju PID 651 0x285 Xt PID 652 0x280 iB QJ PID 1005 0x3ED X64 8 PID 1006 0x3EE ini 8 PID 1007 ox3EF 934 Service Type 1 digital television service PMT PID 4167 0 1047 B PID 600 0x258 li 9 Program 4231 BEC TWO aya Stream Cype Current B Current Oe iL Way Component i Q Program 4351 BBC CHOICE eyx Q 600 0x258 amp x 2 0x02 MPEG 2 Video EE 4924 096K 80 4918 080 K 4934 624 K 1 0x1 i Program 4415 BBC NEWS 24 gn Q 601 0x259 JA 3 0x03 MPEG 1 Audio 269 216 Kbps 4 4 266 208 Kbps 270 720 Kbps 2 0x2 8
312. tion You can also click the Add All button under Display Extension to add related fields to the Fields Included list box 7 Specify the file into which you want the fields to be dumped You may type the filename dat or select one by using the browse button next to the default filename 8 Specify the dump options Dump Options 999 Complete Stream C Park of Stream darimu stee al fo Hexadecimal Dump f Decimal Dump k If you select Part of Stream the Maximum Size MB field is enabled and you ll need to specify the size of the stream from which the fields will be dumped Once you have specified the fields return to the regression test window by clicking the button next to the Stream Options button MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 29 ES Analyzer Error Testing Methods and Outputs Reviewing a Report A sample report looks like this Collecting Statistics for C mpegstreams mls bird4 mpg Date 04 02 98 Time 16 38 42 Packet Fixed Audio SCR Flag Bound 0 1 1083 2167 3250 4334 5417 6501 7585 8668 0 9752 Z O Hi 00 10 UI 4 C N Hn PRP RPrPrP PPE PRP RP RPP PPP Note that these dump files have the default extension of dat Demultiplexing Transport Streams to PES or Elementary Output Files It is possible to select a given stream node in navigation view such as PES video audio or VES audio video but NOT gop
313. tments Table Manipulation In views such as the PID summary view which takes the form of a table the columns can be sorted in ascending or descending order by clicking the section of the header bar on which the table is to be sorted Similarly column widths can be adjusted by dragging the column divider bar to the required column width 2 64 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Icons Icons are used in the TSCA to convey information about a node or function Table 2 3 and Table 2 4 show the icons used in the TSCA with a brief descrip tion of each Table 2 5 shows the icons used in the quick link section of context right click menus NOTE The display of all icons is context dependent Not all icons will be visible in all views Table 2 3 Object identification icons Icon Description t Application Information Table MHP B Audio e Conditional Access PID VM Data stream Packet PCR Program E Programs EE SI table SI table container SI tables Stream scrambled Subtitles Teletext T MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 65 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts Table 2 3 Object identification icons Cont Icon Description Video F Video audio Table 2 4 Interface management icons Icon Description Open transport stream View CaptureVu settings Capture analysis Bar Chart Pie chart Link to Preferences Audible al
314. to the main window area The result is a self contained window that looks like this L O ma eid amp 8 TE MB BB eL A viz at aal To replace the Toolbar on the window border drag it over the border until the outline changes shape and release it It can be placed on the top bottom left or right hand edges 4 14 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T STD Buffer Analyzer Menus and Controls Status Bar ES Help press F1 4 The Status Bar may be hidden from view but if is visible it is always at the bottom of the main window It displays the following information about the program and keyboard states Message Field Gives a description of any button or option over which the cursor is placed May also show other non critical messages TS Payload Unit Start Displays number of TS packet in which current PES packet starts Analysis Status Displays a progress indicator while a Tile is being loaded Keyboard Mode Indicators TS Packet 1043 Actie i e greyed out The message changes to describe the function of the button or menu option ower which the mouse pointer is placed The description is still displayed if the button or option is unavailable CAP NUM TS Packet 1043 tt Analyser Ad 5s bmr ieee Process Window Draw All Points Synchronise Views Auto Scale 75 Axis View the FTS DTS Analys
315. transport header bytes are displayed in red Similarly bytes greater than 188 are displayed in gray The adaptation field where present is displayed in blue If the section is corrupted or empty the background of the hex view is red instead of blue 2 60 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Using the Packets View ISDB Streams Figure 2 23 and Figure 2 24 show an example of the packet detail view with an analyzed ISDB T stream Note the IIP tab and the additional TMCC and IIP nodes E localhost MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer Ex File Mawigati n Settings Capturevu Record Help J E reran arsyes Qe Qs dA ree 07777 a nO gos ETE ET gg UU ESE 4 n Program Tests sipsi AID Pocket F id gt Di cu Salt Packets i 4 Eg Sii Fitters xXx z Traresport Packed Tramsport Packet Freanepert_Packet tranrzmnort parchet bardar 3 fmo butea Dad rankpor E wrreor indicalos N a opuvliend unit skaet indiswkar fi tranrborb gri er ity 0 a FID 784 00310 tranzpurk snramh ing montra 0 Hat scrambled g adaplation Field aantirol M adaptat len lisald payload only a continuiku rauntar x 3 oe i payload A rae hytfeg length z ifi bobes Pachet Ertra Eytes P THE by ree a THCC identiFiar 2 I I T 4 rerurved Da d beffer seset control tlag 0 Chorma operation d fultih an eontral fiar far srarganas hrosdosshing
316. transport streams shown in Figure 2 16 The Group node is split into priority groups First Priority Second Priority and Third Priority Each of these priority groups contains a number of individual tests T D straamssymz mpg MPEG TS Compliance Analysar File Mewigation Settings Caphurevu Record Hel L3 KE Restart andes E o a Preferences 077 Programm Tests SUPST_ PID Packets H Gm 101 290 Other O SFN Error E T BE n F TF 101 2m E 2 1 frarepoer in Qu rrority 1 1 2 sme Byte Q peda co Priorty 2 ligu 13a PAT 23a PER Repetition 2 a eek gt 1 4 Continuity Q 2 3 b PCR Discontinuy Indicator 1 5 a PT o 25 5 POR Repotton i nari Q 23b POR Daccninuaihr indicator BC 3 6 9 EIT Actual ve pales 3 6 5 EIT Cher PD 210 OD roo cens FID 470 rct 8 Qg sers H 28 caT E Priory 5 31aNT Actual J 335 HIT Other r4 325 Repetition 34 0lre Pn x 3 5 0 S57 Actual CJ 35 SDT Other SA 36 407 Actus 24 38bET Other TEE LORS RC CESO po T rain gi okote 37415 TR dt 260 error 2 4 POR accuracy emor pid zi fnaccursey 627n amp siat t QR cooo HTS TR 101 20 error 24 CR occuracy error pid 3t 00naccuracy 648r start OOD Se S38 Sea TR 30 280 error 2 4 PCR accuracy error gud Sa rpscca oy MS DOB s end durslien 247 0r 3 OUOXSS 495b Ji545g TR 10i 280 emer 2 5 PCR_sccurscy_errorh pid 310 naccurscy 4953n2 end duration 225m TR 101 290 error miramur ary secbon repebibio
317. treams that they contain It shows which stream is currently selected for inspection and may be used to select a different stream The example below shows a program structure from a file conforming to the ATSC standard QE ATSC_10s mpg Program Structure CIE X eene Program 3 001 video PID 49 0x0031 ATSC Audio PID 52 0 0034 t ATSC Program Identifier PID 51 0 0033 E Program 4 DO i Video PID G5 0x0041 oo ATSC Audio PID 69 0 0044 t ATSC Program Identifier PID 57 0 0043 me Program 5 The example below is a program structure from a file that is compliant to the DVB standard QE DVB l s mpg Program Structure DE x B Program 1 ees Video PID 289080121 ow Audo PID 290080122 Audio PID 28 00058 H Audio PID 5300055 cee Audio PIO 90 00054 Program 2 mee video PID 305 00131 oe Audio PID 306 0x00 32 E Audio PID S5 6L been Audio PID 97 DUDET Audio PID 38 0 006z coe Program 3 Program 4 Program 5 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 3 33 PES Analyzer Program Structure The Diagram The Program Structure is displayed by the program as soon as a file is opened As the file is analyzed the top levels of a structure diagram are drawn in the window QE Ad 10s mpg Program Structure IDE x Program 1 a Video FID 283 00121 ceo Audio PID 290 001 22 coe Audio FID 88 0 0058 Audio FID 893 0 0
318. ts If the All Packets checkbox is not selected enter the number of packets to be prescanned in this field PES Private Interpretation This setting specifies the model type to use for streams signaled as PES Private stream_type 6 The selections available include the following AC 3 Audio AAC Audio MPEOG 2 Audio and Video and System The default setting is AC 3 Audio System iden Audio Bulfer Sizes Data Transfer Automatic Leak Method Automatic C Manual WEY Delay Method Default Frame Hate 25 Framese s ea r MB 10000 Bytes Buffer Sizes Specifies the sizes that will be used for the Main and Elementary Buffers when interpreting the stream The options are MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual T STD Buffer Analyzer Getting Started Automatic Automatically detect the buffer sizes from the Sequence Headers and Extensions in the elementary stream being processed This is the default option when the applica tion is started Manual Enables the size of the Main or Multiplex buffer MB and Elementary Buffer EB to be specified manually The MB and EB fields are available for editing when this option is enabled Data Transfer By default Buffer Analyzer inspects the stream to determine which transfer method to use This can be overridden if required The options are Automatic Examine the stream to determine the transfer method This is the default option when the applicat
319. ts previously set up can be viewed by selecting View Report 5 100 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ee ee DVB Subtitle Stream Analysis DVB Subtitling provides a means of conveying region based bit mapped graphics as MPEG 2 packetized elementary streams PES The bit mapped pixel images are run length encoded and transmitted with color look up tables CLUT to a decoder where the stream is decoded and the subtitle image rendered with the on screen display When a DVB Subtitle node is revealed and highlighted the screen shown below is displayed rad TPT ay PROGRAM 9259 Fl gp PROGRAM 8325 B GF PROGRAM 8384 Er sj PES PID 2823 MPEG 2 Video Bx us VES 234 lll GOP PES PID 2824 MPEG 2 Audio 8 PES PID 22826 MPEG 2 Audio E PES PID duci DWE Subtitle a g PROGRAM 8448 H ay PROGRAM 8575 m er PROGRAM B640 NOTE Some streams may show subtitle nodes from which the Page View described below cannot display any subtitles This is not an error it is because the stream is too short to carry the requisite data If possible record a longer section of the stream and retry the analysis MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 101 ES Analyzer DVB Subtitle Stream Analysis his Tektronix MPEG 2 ES A je j Y w sa gr PROGRAM 8225 le ef PROGRAM Bad Eh FESP MPEG 2 Video c Be ves ANI oor OR PESIFIDAZEM MPEG 2 Audio E PESIPID 2225 MPEG 2 Audo E fey PESIPIDez225 DVE Subile
320. type 2 bit 4 bit or 8 bit the background color and the CLUT identity As described in the standard the CLUT is attached to the region not the object therefore the user can see the bitmap using all of the available CLUTS The Object view is displayed by selecting the Show Object button on the DVB subtitle Data tab DVB Subtitle Object Decoder Type 4Bit Decoder Cup f2 Backaround Calc Black The Cowardly Lion from The Wizard of MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer DVB Subtitle Stream Analysis CLUT View The Object view is displayed by selecting the Default CLUT table button on the DVB Subtitle Data tab D YB Subtitle Default CLUT x Default CLUT 2 Bits CLUT B Bits CLUT E ntry 0 Entry 0 Enty 1 Entry 1 Entry 2 Entry 2 Enty 3 Ent 3 E ntry 4 4 Bits CLUT ALME TT Entry l Entry 5 Enty 1 E ntry B Enty 2 E ntp 7 Enty 3 E ntm 8 Entry 3 Entry 4 Entry 5 Entry 10 Entry E Entry 11 Enty E ntp 12 ALME 4 NOTE Subtitles in the UK are colored in a limited set red cyan green yellow white one for each of four speakers actors and white for additional speakers actors MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 105 ES Analyzer DVB Subtitle Stream Analysis Page View Tab On the Page view tab the regions listed in the Page Composition Segment area of the DVB Subtitle Data tab are rendered on a blank screen
321. und Selecting a specific test in the Associated Tests pane will display the Event Log and Parameters for that test only MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Using the PID View PID View Detail View All PID and Group The All PID and PID Group detail view provides you with a PID oriented overview of the transport stream This view is displayed when any of the main nodes is selected in the navigation pane All PIDs Referenced PIDs Unrefer enced PIDs or User PIDs The view shows the relative data rates of all of the PIDs contained within the selected node you can display the information in either a bar chart or a pie format The associated test states are shown in all views TK D Streamstbbcl aug generated timestamps MPG MPEG TS Compliance Analyser File Mawigation Settings Captunevu Record Help Greta anase Gpext Piece di prefers 77 a D d is Qu Al Pos 47 Network Name Sandy Heath ii Qu Reserved Pits 8 Referenced PIDE in cream 41 Unretarenced PDs in stream 01 gt peha Cumulaiwe Bit rate 44 123 Mbps T5 Avadabley Syne pt rate 2 128357 Mbps qp 168 Packat spe 208 511 359 Packets DV No Estensons M I Figure 2 21 PID Summary view The PID Information view see Figure 2 22 provides PID related information for example PID type stream type scrambled status and the presence of PCRs Layer information is also shown when analyzing ISDB streams In deferred mode or during Ca
322. untry specific extensions to be added to the base standard scripts If No Extensions is selected only the standard scripts are listed in the script list The remaining country specific extensions add extra scripts to the current listing 3 Note that the scripts that will be used are listed in the main pane Scripts listed by default are resident in the default installation directory program files tektronix mpeg mts400 scripts Other directory locations can be specified in the custom script selection mode All selections will be retained between TSCA sessions 4 Return to either the Analyze File or the Real time Analysis window ensure that a stream is selected and select OK for analysis to start Scripts are syntactically analyzed when the OK button is selected A fault in the syntax of a script will not necessarily prevent a stream from being analyzed but it may result in an incomplete analysis of the stream Errors in the script syntax will be noted in the stream log Custom Script Selection When the Custom Scripts checkbox is enabled the buttons beside the script listing become active and custom scripts can be selected in addition to the standard scripts Some script names in the listing are dimmed these are considered to be essential and cannot be removed MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 115 TSCA Common User Interface Concepts 2 116 F Open Transport Stream Bars Standard Dm Scripts Directory P ip
323. ureVu I gt Realtime analysis a Arm D Start LJ Stop Opens the Open Transport Stream dialog box Restart analysis User actions are recorded during a session The forward and back buttons allow you to step through the actions in order to review or repeat them Opens the Preferences dialog box from which you can set your preferences View CaptureVu status Resume file analysis Stop and capture analysis View record setting Arm record feature Start recording Stop recording MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual TSCA Understanding the Analyzer Window Progress bar The progress bar indicates the progress of processing during deferred analysis of a stream ESSI THEN SR Hn PU MPEG TS Compliance Analyzer File Navigation Settings Capture Yu Record Help pe Restart Analysis d Preferences PTT I e COCO Teste CIDC DIM Da b 2 TUMMA mc css Prorram To stop the analysis process click the Stop button on the toolbar Navigation View The left hand pane in the main window is designated as the navigation view and provides the main analysis information for the transport stream in a number of forms that is Programs Tests SI PSI PID and Packets Views are selected using the tabs at the top of the pane The background of each view is color coded to aid identification Detail View Panes s The right hand pane in the main window is the detail vi
324. ures Presentation Order Decoding Order Motion Yector Uyverlay Colour Selection Q white Vector Dependent O Black Background Dependent Cancel 9 94 MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams Viewing the Slice Size Distribution Display Order of Pictures Select Presentation Order or Decoding order Motion Vector Overlay Colour Section White All vectors will be displayed in white Black All vectors will be displayed in black Vector Dependent Colors will correspond to the vector selection button colors Background Dependent Colors are combined with picture background to provide a contrast For any picture you can also view the slice size distribution To view the plot 1 Position the cursor to the picture for which you want to see the slice size plot on the GOP And Picture tab 2 Move into the slices display by clicking the Slice and MB tab 3 Click the Show Slice Size Statistics icon is on the toolbar NOTE The Show Slice Size Statistics icon is grayed out on all tabs except the Slice and MB tab The plot appears in another window Slice Size Spectrum for GOP Mo 1 Picture Mo 2 1 00 0 590 0 60 0 70 0 60 0 50 0 40 0 30 Slice Size Bytes 1 b 11 15 2 2b 31 3b slice No MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 9 99 ES Analyzer Working with Video Streams Viewing the Frame Size You can view the picture
325. urrently disabled Extended Data Services is a supplementary data stream existing in Line 21 Field 2 It is used to provide additional data primarily content advisory information on the program being aired Reference EIA 744 Enabling Closed Caption Analysis 1 Open a stream containing Closed Captions 2 Expand the navigation tree and open either a VES or a GOP node 3 Enable Closed Caption Analysis in the Settings menu A check mark next to the option indicates that Closed Caption Analysis is enabled NOTE By default Closed Caption Analysis is enabled It is recommended that it be only enabled when required disabling it will improve the speed of picture analysis processing However disabling and enabling the Closed Caption Analysis feature should only be done when a stream is first opened not during analysis Opening the feature during analysis may result in improper analysis When Closed Caption Analysis is enabled the Closed Caption Display tab will be visible in the Slice and MB GOP tab MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 91 ES Analyzer Closed Caption Analysis 4 Ensure that the Picture Display Settings Settings gt Picture Display are as shown in the following screenshot Picture Display Settings Display Order of Pictures Presentation Order Decoding Order Motion Vector Overlay Colour Selection 3 White Vector Dependent Black Background Dependent Cancel
326. ve which errors are measured as jitter PCR_OJ AC high pass filter cut off frequency Both of these parameters can be set at any frequency between 1 MHz and 10 Hz which encompasses all of the standard MGF profiles To change these values select Settings gt Parameters from the menu bar scroll to the appropriate parameters and make the required changes TY Parameters Edit the parameter by clicking in the Value column Press Esc to cancel Parameters which have been changed from their nominal values are displayed with a green background Description Figure 2 30 PCR parameters Filter settings Please note that the TR 101 290 drift limit of 75 MHZ s is only defined at a demarcation frequency of 10 MHz As the low pass filter frequency is increased above that value more of the PCR jitter will be measured as drift and so the measured drift values will increase If you are attempting to check that your source PCR clock is compliant with the TR 101 290 limits the low pass filter cut off frequency should be set to 10 MHz Settling Time All of the PCR measurements that depend on demarcation filters PCR DR PCR FO PCR OJ and PCR AC have a settling time The measurements will not give valid values before this time The settling time is indicated on the PCR graphs in the TSCA This settling time is inversely proportional to the cut off frequency of the demarcation filter so there is a trade off between reducing the filter
327. w Start Start of MB overflow 12 110 General Event YEW DELAY pernod exceeds available time before dec 12 117 B MB Overflow End End af MB overflow 012 118 General Ewent VBY DELANY pernod exceeds available time before dec 15 273 BMB Overflow Start Start of MB overflow 15 352 General Evert YEY DELAY pernod exceeds available time before dec 1 5 405 Bz HB Overflow End End of MB overflow 5 537 B MB Overflow Start Start of MB overflow 015 797 General Evert VEY DELAY pernod exceeds available time before dec 015 802 General Evert VBEV DELAY pernod exceeds available time before dec 15 872 BMB Overflow End End of MB overflow 016 095 BME Overflow Start Skart of MB overflow To deselect an event click the mouse pointer over any part of the data other than in the Time column Alternatively hold the Ctrl key down and click on the selected event Time Detail Message Logging The Buffer Analyzer may be used with the software developers utility Tracer to reveal more detail When executed with the d command line option the Buffer Analyzer produces a detail message log which may be read with the Tracer program These messages may be useful for in depth analysis of the internal processing particularly for the video stream type Tracer has filtering capabilities that allow the user to focus on message types of particular interest Detail messages generated by Buffer Analyzer while Tracer is not running may be lost Refer to Tracer section 11
328. xamined Navigating Around the The navigation bar at the top of the Packet summary view is used to move Packets between packets How the controls work depends on the selection in the Packets navigation view If All Packets is highlighted the controls will operate on all packets If a PID has been identified added to the PIDs node and highlighted the controls will operate only on packets carrying the selected PID OCOL ES Current packet position The packet position bar shows the position of the selected packet in the stream The controls work as follows Selects the first available packet in the stream or carrying the selected PID Selects the previous available packet in the stream or carrying the selected PID Selects the next available packet in the stream or carrying the selected PID MoR MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 2 131 TSCA Task Examples Selects the last available packet in the stream or carrying the selected PID Open Go to packet dialog box The packet position bar can also be used to navigate through the stream Use the cursor to point to and click the next packet to be displayed Similarly double click the packet number in the bar and enter the required packet number in the Go to packet dialog box Looking atthe Packet Having identified and selected a packet the Packets summary view displays the interpreted code and the raw data in hexadecimal and ASCII format 2
329. ys between the mean bit rate and the current bit rate by selecting or deselecting the Show Mean Values option on the detail view context menus see Figure 2 12 A checkmark adjacent to the option indicates that mean values are to be displayed Summary Mo Playing MPE Sessions Number of Programs amp Current TS hit rate 24 129 Mbps Current TS bit rate excluding Mull PID 22 116 Mbps Hame Mumber Currenk Bit Rake t urrent NULL PID 8181 D OH 2 012 Mbps BEC ONE 4167 BBC Tow az31 23 9 9 Q BECCHOICE 4351 m e oona nal a T Program 4167 BEC OHE Reset Bit Rake Limits BBC MENS 24 4415 Set Bib Rake Limits BBC TEXT 4479 BEC PARLMNT 4545 Shaw Mean values Quick Links Pip view PMT PID 4167 0x 1047 in PID tree Pig view PCR PID 600 0x258 in PID Tree view PCR Graphs Eg view this program s PMT in 5I Tree e Go to next red LED in current cree F3 Figure 2 12 Bit rate values display NOTE The bit rate value shown in the Status Bar is always the mean bit rate It is unaffected by the mean current selection The lower view pane allows the user to see a summary of the states of all the associated tests as well as the event log for the entire transport stream an un filtered event log The test tabs available will depend on the interpretation standard chosen For example with the DVB interpretation standard the available tabs are TR 101 209 and Other Other interpret
330. yser MTS400 Series MPEG Test System User Manual 5 25 ES Analyzer Error Testing Methods and Outputs For a regression test you can also select embedded streams that correspond to nodes in the tree view for a stream hierarchy You can do this by clicking the Streams Option button in the regression test window see Reviewing a Report below This displays the settings for the current stream By default the tests are enabled for all types of streams which you can disable Saving a regression script also saves these settings Running the Regression Once you have set up a regression script you can run it by clicking the Start Regression button A status window displays the continuous status of the regression If you want you can cancel the regression anytime by clicking the Cancel Regression button in the status window When the regression is complete the state of the regression run on each stream is displayed in a dialog box through the changed icon which is red for failure or green for success and the updated file type The icon remains a question mark if the file was not a valid MPEG file Viewing and Saving You can view the error log file created for any stream after it has been regression Results tested by double clicking the specific bit stream file in the regression test dialog box You will need to associate files of the type log with a text editor of your choice You may do so through the Explorer Click View Option

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Crumpler Cupcake 1500  Vansco Multiplex Module (VMM) 2820  AP100 ENG_manual_June 23  takeMS 64in1 Cardreader, black  AGITADOR MAGNÉTICO COM AQUECIMENTO DIGITAL 10 LTS 220V  Conceptronic CMULTIRWU3    SC-450 System Controller  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file